Home

3 - MyHyundaiForums.com

Contents

1. e f stalled in snow mud or sand use second gear Accelerate slowly to avoid spinning the drive wheels Use sand rock salt tire chains or other non slip material under the drive wheels to provide traction when stalled in ice snow or mud E110200AEN EU Rocking the vehicle If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to free it from snow sand or mud first turn the steering wheel right and left to clear the area around your front wheels Then shift back and forth between R Reverse and any forward gear in vehicles equipped with an automatic transaxle Do not race the engine and spin the wheels as little as possible If you are still stuck after a few tries have the vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid engine overheating and possible damage to the transaxle CAUTION Prolonged rocking may cause engine over heating transaxle dam age or failure and tire damage Driving your vehicle NOTICE 3 The ESC system should be turned OFF ORV047004 prior to rocking the vehicle E110300AUN E110400AUN EU Smooth cornering Driving at night Avoid braking or gear changing in cor Because night driving presents more ners especially when roads are wet hazards than driving in the daylight here Ideally corners should always be taken are some important tips to remember under gentle acceleration If you follow e Slow down and keep more distance these suggestions tire wear will be held between you and other
2. CAUTION Periodically remove any dirt that may accumulate on the guide rail If you try to open the sunroof when the temperature is below freezing or when the sunroof is covered with snow or ice the glass or the motor could be dam aged The sunroof is made to slide together with the sunshade Do not leave the sunshade closed while the sunroof is open Se OEN046026 D110300AEN Sunshade The sunshade will automatically open with the glass panel when the glass panel moves Close it manually if you want it closed Features of your vehicle OENO046183 D110400AEN In case of an emergency If the sunroof does not open electrically 1 Open the conversation mirror or sun glass holder cover 2 Remove the two screws and then remove the overhead console OEN046184 3 Insert the emergency handle provided with the vehicle and turn the handle clockwise to open or counterclockwise to close D110500AEN Resetting the sunroof Whenever the vehicle battery is discon nected or discharged or you use the emergency handle to operate the sun roof you must reset your sunroof system as follows 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 2 According to the position of the sun roof do the following 1 in case the sunroof is closed com pletely or tilted Push the sunroof control lever upward until the sunroof tilts com pletely upward 2 in case the sunroof is open Push the sunr
3. The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration For more details refer to the Gauges in the next pages OENO046040N D150000AUN EU Features of your vehicle OEN046181 D150100AUN Instrument panel illumination When the vehicle s parking lights or headlights are on rotate the illumination control knob to adjust the instrument panel illumination intensity hw OEN046216 Gauges D150201AUN Speedometer The speedometer indicates the forward speed of the vehicle The speedometer is calibrated in miles per hour and or kilometers per hour OEN046044 D150202AUN Tachometer The tachometer indicates the approxi mate number of engine revolutions per minute rpm Use the tachometer to select the correct shift points and to prevent lugging and or over revving the engine When the door is open or if the engine is not started within 1 minute the tachome ter pointer may move slightly in ON posi tion with the engine OFF This movement is normal and will not affect the accuracy of the tachometer once the engine is run ning Features of your vehicle CAUTION Do not operate the engine within the tachometer s RED ZONE This may cause severe engine dam age OEN046047L D150203AUN Engine temperature gauge This gauge shows the temperature of the engine coolant when the ignition switch is ON Do not continue driving with an overheat ed engine If your vehicle overheats re
4. Features of your vehicle a Q INT A AUTO N O exe OENO46069N MIST OUN028227N 1 D200100AEN EU Windshield wipers Operates as follows when the ignition switch is turned ON MIST For a single wiping cycle push the lever upward and release it with the lever in the OFF position The wipers will operate continu ously if the lever is pushed upward and held OFF Wiper is not in operation INT Wiper operates intermittently at the same wiping intervals Use this mode in a light rain or mist To vary the speed setting turn the speed control knob 1 LO Normal wiper speed HI Fast wiper speed x NOTICE If there is heavy accumulation of snow or ice on the windshield defrost the windshield for about 10 minutes or until the snow and or ice is removed before using the windshield wipers to ensure proper operation NOTICE e When you operate the wipers if your vehicle has a problem in any part of the wiper operation system the wiper may operate in the LO mode regard less of the wiper switch position In this case have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible e When the ignition key is removed the wiper blade sometimes may move to properly position slightly for reducing the deterioration of the windshield wipers Features of your vehicle Rain sensor jam OEN046187N Rain sensor HARE OEN048187N D200101AEN Auto control if equi
5. BRAKE N pmr J Engine oil pressure warning light AWD system warning light if equipped AWD LOCK indicator if equipped yea Low windshield washer fluid level warning light OWE if equipped ma Charging system warning light Ko Malfunction indicator IE m A Air bag warning light u D gt A aes Cruise indicator Cruise SET indicator HKH m Immobilizer indicator if equipped Tailgate open warning light Low fuel level warning light eA 5 lt Key out indicator if equipped TPMS Tire Pressure Monitoring System malfunction indicator TPM Low tire pressure telltale Hi Low tire pressure position telltale El For more detailed explanations refer to Instrument cluster in section 4 Your vehicle at a glance Interior overview 2 2 Instrument panel overview 2 3 Engine compartment 2 4 Your vehicle at a glance INTERIOR OVERVIEW 1 Door lock unlock button 008 4 16 2 Driver position memory system DUILLOR aa E E tee emcee ear eee 4 38 3 Outside rearview mirror control SWILE MEE peer eae sees TEA E 4 49 4 Central door lock switch 00 4 16 5 Power window lock button 4 29 6 Power window switches 06 4 26 TAINEN AA E ee cea E oer 4 85 8 Front tog light switcht eee e 4 73 9 Instrument panel illumination control MO cr a E E E E 4 52 10 ESC OFF DUON ernaia 5 26 11 Powe
6. Be sure to inform any drivers of the vehicle that may be unfamiliar with the system regarding the systems capabili ties and limitations A WARNING Pay close attention when the vehi cle is driven close to objects on the road particularly pedestrians and especially children Be aware that some objects may not be detected by the sensors due to the object s distance size or material all of which can limit the effectiveness of the sensor Always perform a visu al inspection to make sure the vehi cle is clear of all obstructions before moving the vehicle in any direction D170400AEN Self diagnosis If you don t hear an audible warning sound or if the buzzer sounds intermit tently when shifting the gear to the R Reverse position this may indicate a malfunction in the rear parking assist sys tem If this occurs have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible WARNING Your new vehicle warranty does not cover any accidents or damage to the vehicle or injuries to its occu pants due to a rear parking assist system malfunction Always drive safely and cautiously HAZARD WARNING FLASHER 1a OEN046059 D180000AUN The hazard warning flasher should be used whenever you find it necessary to stop the car in a hazardous location When you must make such an emer gency stop always pull off the road as far as possible The hazard warning lights are turned on
7. Maintenance DR LOCK 20A TOP LP ADJ PEDAL 15A i 15A j H LP WASHER T a UEL LID 15A RR FOG a R WIPER 30A TILT amp TELE 15A AL PIWDW LH MIRR HTD Power outside mirror motor amp defogger LH RH Front A C control module Defogger switch P SEAT IMS control module Driver Passenger seat manual switch Front lumbar support switch KEY SOL 10A AWD ECM Back warning buzzer PIC mechanical steering column lock Key solenoid Weight classification module Rear initiator LH RH DEICER 15A ROOF 15A 10A 5A 15A 25A P WDW RH 25A 10A 30A RSE SMART KEY PIC immobilizer module RSE module AUDIO 1 1 Audio USA set top box MEMORY FUSE ROOM LP Instrument cluster Power window main switch Door lamp Room lamp Data link connector BCM MEMORY FUSE Door warning switch IMS control module Front Rear A C control module Foot lamp Map lamp Electro chromic mirror Maintenance Engine compartment main fuse panel Description Fuse rating Protected component GN 1 40A Ignition switch ACC IG1 Start relay Ignition switch IG2 START VP Bi1 soa Fuse DR LOCK 20A STOP LP 15A TAIL LHIRH 10A ADJ PEDAL ISA Fuse P SEAT 30A KEY SOL 10A S ROOE 15A RSE SMART KEY om DEICER 15A Memory fuse AUDIO1 15A ROOM LP 15A POW FuepwowRsy OOOO Rear defogger relay Fuse MIRR HTD 10A Tire pressure monitoring module Semi active engine mounting solenoid Front initiator LH RH B ALARM O 10M BCM Hazard lamp Hea
8. Maintenance Do not drive faster than 75 mph 120 km h when your car is equipped with snow tires Tire chains Tire chains if necessary should be installed on the drive wheels as fol lows QWD Front wheels AWD All four wheels If a full set of chains is not available for a AWD vehicle chains may be installed on the front wheels only Be sure that the chains are installed in accordance with the manufactur er s Instructions To minimize tire and chain wear do not continue to use tire chains when they are no longer needed Radial ply tires Radial ply tires provide improved tread life road hazard resistance and smoother high speed ride The radi al ply tires used on this vehicle are of belted construction and are selected to complement the ride and handling characteristics of your vehicle Radial ply tires have the same load carrying Capacity as bias ply or bias belted tires of the same size and use the same recommended inflation pressure Mixing of radial ply tires with bias ply or bias belted tires is not recommended Any combina tions of radial ply and bias ply or bias belted tires when used on the same vehicle will seriously deteriorate vehicle handling The best rule to fol low is Identical radial ply tires should always be used as a Set of four Longer wearing tires can be more susceptible to irregular tread wear It is very important to follow the tire rotation interval shown in this sect
9. OENO36046N There is a child restraint symbol located on the lower portion of each side of the rear seatbacks These symbols indicate the position of the lower anchors for child restraints so equipped Safety features of your vehicle WARNING When using the vehicle s LATCH system to install a child restraint system in the rear seat all unused vehicle rear seat belt metal latch plates or tabs must be latched securely in their seat belt buckles and the seat belt webbing must be retracted behind the child restraint to prevent the child from reaching and taking hold of unretracted seat belts Unlatched metal latch plates or tabs may allow the child to reach the unretracted seat belts which may result in strangulation and a serious injury or death to the child in the child restraint A WARNING Install the child restraint seat fully rearward against the seatback with the seatback reclined two positions from the most upright latched posi tion LATCH anchors have been provided in your vehicle The LATCH anchors are located in the left and right outboard rear seating positions Their locations are shown in the illustration There is no LATCH anchor provided for the center rear seating position The LATCH anchors are located between the seatback and the seat cushion of the rear seat left and right outboard seating positions Follow the child seat manufacturer s instructions to properly install child restraint sea
10. Radial Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Rim A metal support for a tire and upon which the tire beads are seat ed Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead Maintenance ee Speed Rating An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire indicating the maximum speed at which a tire can operate Traction The friction between the tire and the road surface The amount of grip provided Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road Treadwear Indicators Narrow bands sometimes called wear bars that show across the tread of a tire when only 2 82 inch of tread remains UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards a tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire s traction tempera ture and treadwear Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using government testing proce dures The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire Vehicle Capacity Weight The num ber of designated seating positions multiplied by 150 Ibs 68 kg plus the rated cargo and luggage load Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire due to curb and accessory weight plus maximum occupant and cargo weight Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle its share of the curb weight accesso
11. 0 9 PSF 3 Mixture of antifreeze and water Ethylene glycol Coolant 11 10 US qt 10 5 J l l base coolant for aluminum radiator Brake fluid 0 7 0 8 US at 0 7 0 8 FMVSS116 DOT 3 or DOT 4 Rear axle oil AWD 0 95 US at 0 9 J Hypoid gear oil API Service GL 5 SAE 75W 90 Transfer case oil AWD 0 85 US qt 0 8 SHELL SPIRAX X or equivalent Fuel 20 6 US gal 78 1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available Along with other additional benefits they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction Often these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving but in a year s time they can offer significant cost and energy savings Specifications amp Consumer information 1040100AUN EU Recommended SAE viscosity number CAUTION Always be sure to clean the area around any filler plug drain plug or dipstick before checking or drain ing any lubricant This is especially important in dusty or sandy areas and when the vehicle is used on unpaved roads Cleaning the plug and dipstick areas will prevent dirt and grit from entering the engine and other mechanisms that could be damaged Engine oil viscosity thickness has an effect on fuel economy and cold weather operating engine start and engine oil flowability Lower viscosity engine oils can provide bet
12. This light also comes on when the Supplemental Restraint System SRS is not working properly If the AIR BAG warning light does not come on or con tinuously remains on after operating for about 6 seconds when you turned the ignition switch to the ON position or start ed the engine or if it comes on while driving have the SRS inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Features of your vehicle D150303AEN Anti lock brake system ABS warning light This light illuminates if the ignition switch is turned ON and goes off in approxi mately 3 seconds if the system is operat ing normally If the ABS warning light remains on comes on while driving or does not come on when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position this indicates that there may be a malfunction with the ABS If this occurs have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible The normal braking system will still be operational but with out the assistance of the anti lock brake system Electronic brake force distri bution EBD system warning light O BRAKE If two warning lights illumi nate at the same time while driving your vehicle may have a malfunction with the ABS and EBD system In this case your ABS and regular brake system may not work normally Have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible X NOTICE If the ABS warning light or EBD warn ing light is on and s
13. switch in the ACC position A driver must be in the towed vehicle to operate the steering and brakes OENO066017 Engine compartment 7 2 Maintenance services 7 3 Owner maintenance 7 4 Scheduled maintenance service 7 6 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items 7 11 Engine oil 7 14 Engine coolant 7 15 Brakes fluid 7 18 Power steering fluid 7 19 Washer fluid 7 20 Parking brake 7 20 Air cleaner 7 21 Climate control air filter 7 22 Wiper blades 7 24 Battery 7 27 Tires and wheels 7 30 Fuses 7 43 Maintenance Light bulbs 7 52 Appearance care 7 59 Emission control system 7 65 California perchlorate notice 7 68 Maintenance ENGINE COMPARTMENT Engine coolant reservoir Engine oil filler cap Brake fluid reservoir Air cleaner Fuse box Negative battery terminal Positive battery terminal O N OT BP WD Radiator cap 9 Engine oil dipstick 10 Power steering fluid reservoir 11 Windshield washer fluid reservoir The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration OENO78059 G010000AEN EU Maintenance SSCS MAINTENANCE SERVICES GO20000AEN You should exercise the utmost care to prevent damage to your vehicle and injury to yourself whenever performing any maintenance or inspection proce dures Should you have any doubts concerning the inspection or servicing of your vehi cle we strongly recom
14. 1400 Ibs A Weight 635 kg Subtract Occupant 750 Ibs Weight 340 kg 150 Ibs 68 kg x 5 Available Cargo and 650 Ibs Luggage weight 295 kg A Vehicle Capacity 1400 Ibs Weight 635 kg Subtract Occupant 300 Ibs 136 kg Weight 150 Ibs 68 kg x 2 Available Cargo and 1100 Ibs Luggage weight 499 kg Refer to your vehicle s tire and loading information label for specific informa tion about your vehicle s capacity weight and seating positions The com bined weight of the driver passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle s capacity weight ee ee eee eee gq sts e e e e e e e Driving your vehicle Example 3 AA Vehicle E Capacity i hi i AA A B C C190F03JM Vehicle Capacity 1400 Ibs Weight 635 kg Subtract Occupant 860 Ibs 390 kg Weight 172 lbs 78 kg x 5 Available Cargo and 540 Ibs Luggage weight 245 kg WR TRIM GAWR IRES COLD TIRE INFL REAR THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE U A FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY AND THEFT PREVENTION STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE V N TYPE MPV OEN056020 E150200AUN Certification label The certification label is located on the driver s door sill at the center pil lar This label shows the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle This is called the GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle all occupants fuel and cargo
15. Canister Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel tank are absorbed and stored in the onboard canister When the engine is running the fuel vapors absorbed in the canister are drawn into the surge tank through the purge control solenoid valve G270202AUN Purge Control Solenoid Valve PCSV The purge control solenoid valve is con trolled by the Engine Control Module ECM when the engine coolant temper ature is low during idling the PCSV clos es so that evaporated fuel is not taken into the engine After the engine warms up during ordinary driving the PCSV opens to introduce evaporated fuel to the engine G270300AUN 3 Exhaust emission control system The Exhaust Emission Control System is a highly effective system which controls exhaust emissions while maintaining good vehicle performance G270301AUN Vehicle modifications This vehicle should not be modified Modification of your vehicle could affect its performance safety or durability and may even violate governmental safety and emissions regulations In addition damage or performance problems resulting from any modification may not be covered under warranty G270302AUN EU Engine exhaust gas precautions car bon monoxide e Carbon monoxide can be present with other exhaust fumes Therefore if you smell exhaust fumes of any kind inside your vehicle have it inspected and repaired immediately If you ever sus pect exhaust fumes are coming into your vehi
16. During cooling operation you may occasionally notice a misty air flow because of rapid cooling and humid air intake This is a normal system opera tion characteristics Features of your vehicle Outside air Blower Heater core Climate control air filter Evaporator Cole 1LDA5047 D230300AEN Climate control air filter The climate control air filter installed behind the glove box filters the dust or other pollutants that come into the vehi cle from the outside through the heating and air conditioning system If dust or other pollutants accumulate in the filter over a period of time the air flow from the air vents may decrease resulting in moisture accumulation on the inside of the windshield even when the outside fresh air position is selected If this hap pens have the climate control air filter replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer X NOTICE e Replace the filter every 10 000 miles 15 000 km or once a year If the car is being driven in severe conditions such as dusty or rough roads more frequent air conditioner filter inspections and changes are required e When the air flow rate suddenly decreases the system should be checked at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer D230400AEN Checking the amount of air con ditioner refrigerant and compres sor lubricant When the amount of refrigerant is low the performance of the air conditioning is reduced Overfilling also has a negative impact on the
17. Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Rear axle Intended Outboard Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle Kilopascal kPa The metric unit for air pressure Load Index An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corre sponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire may be inflated The maxi mum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall Maximum Load Rating The load rating for a tire at the maximum per missible inflation pressure for that tire Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight The sum of curb weight accessory weight vehicle capacity weight and production options weight Normal Occupant Weight The number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 150 pounds 68 kg Occupant Distribution Designated seating positions Outward Facing Sidewall The side of a asymmetrical tire that has a par ticular side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle The outward facing sidewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on the inner facing sidewall Passenger P Metric Tire A tire used on passenger cars and some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles Recommended Inflation Pressure Vehicle manufacturer s recommend ed tire inflation pressure and shown on the tire placard
18. If the water leaks into the lamp bulb circuitry have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer OEN076030 G220100AUN Headlight position light turn sig nal light side marker light and front fog light bulb replacement 1 Headlight High 2 Headlight Low 3 Position light 4 Front turn signal light 5 Front side marker light 6 Front fog light if equipped Maintenance Continued e If a bulb becomes damaged or cracked replace it immediately and carefully dispose of it e Wear eye protection when chang ing a bulb Allow the bulb to cool down before handling it OHD076046 G220101AUN EU Headlight bulb WARNING Halogen bulbs e Halogen bulbs contain pressur ized gas that will produce flying pieces of glass if broken Always handle them carefully and avoid scratches and abra sions If the bulbs are lit avoid contact with liquids Never touch the glass with bare hands Residual oil may cause the bulb to overheat and burst when lit A bulb should be operated only when installed in a headlight Continued E High beam tint A w j 7 fii a V PL oft R 4 i i F i OEN076051N Open the hood 2 Remove the headlight bulb cover by turning it counterclockwise 3 Disconnect the headlight bulb socket connector 4 Unsnap the headlight bulb retaining wire by depressing the end and push ing it upward High beam
19. Instrument panel ON al Ob ai RL ee 2 3 Index 8 8888888888088 Intetior features ee ses 4 112 AC inverter ccres seereseeeeeeeceseeeeneeeececeeceeseeesneeeeeeseeeeseeegs 4 115 Asshtray sssssvessessseseassssssasarsossvensvetssnndasevovsnsssnontunssvanas 4 112 Ci garette hi ghter pacinhainewatneiadnuaiiawsdenshaaceadtaseeasenntesuensen 4 112 Clothes hanger eane 4 118 Cup holi reenen 4 113 Digital Clock sssssssssscssssassseassnensnsssnsssavansanesaneaeasaananas 4 117 Luggage net holder serierna 4 119 Outside thermometer eeessssssssssssssssesessssssesessssssesseees 4 117 Power euilis tet oe re ee ee 4 114 Shopping bag holder s ssssseroverssseressssseserssonsesanenses 4 118 SPN ahi taco nected A tenes E T AT 4 114 Interior li ght EAER sad saeliae neice danas pneu E ERAS E ER E E 4 78 Interior overyieW ssssssssssssssssssesssssssssscoseesssesesseeseseceseesseese 22 Ko O Key positions ssssssssssssessesvarssossssensssnsssssssovesensnsananenasanas 5 4 THluminated ignition switch sssssessssevaessearssarssasess 5 4 Key sssvtsssessssinvsvesosisonnsatessssasasassseucsnensnssnssveveterouseoeneanaasaeas Ae L Light bulbs s sssssssessssssessenssssnseesvovonnsonsennnnsesavessannoensneaenas 7 52 Headlight position light turn signal light side marker light and front fog light bulb replacement 7 52 High mounted stop light replacement 7 57 Interior light bulb replacement ssssssseess
20. This label also tells you the maxi mum weight that can be supported by the front and rear axles called Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR To find out the actual loads on your front and rear axles you need to go to a weigh station and weigh your vehicle Your dealer can help you with this Be sure to spread out your load equally on both sides of the center line Driving your vehicle Continued e Do not load your vehicle any WARNING Loose cargo Items you carry inside your A WARNING e Overloading your vehicle can heavier than the GVWR either the maximum front or rear GAWR and vehicle capacity weight If you do parts including tires on your vehicle can break and it can change the way your vehicle handles and braking ability This could cause you to lose control and crash Also overloading can shorten the life of your vehi cle The label will help you decide how much cargo and installed equipment your vehicle can carry If you carry items inside your vehicle like suitcases tools packages or anything else they are moving as fast as the vehicle If you have to stop or turn quickly or if there is a crash the items will keep going and can cause an injury if they strike the driv er or a passenger cause heat buildup in your vehicle s tires and possible tire failure that could lead to a crash Overloading your vehicle can cause increased stopping dis tances that could lead to a cr
21. While a CD is playing you can stop the CD by pressing the POWER ON OFF button on the remote control or the POWER VOLUME knob on the RSE control panel When the RSE is turned on again it will automatically begin playing the CD at the point where it was stopped Turning the vehicle off or selecting a dif ferent RSE Source will also stop playing the CD Eject Press the EJECT button A to eject the CD Discs can be ejected even when the unit is not turned on NOTICE The player has an Auto Reload Disc Protection feature to protect discs from accidental damage If a disc is not removed within 12 seconds after being ejected it will be pulled back into the player This is to protect the disc from accidental damage Features of your vehicle Using the MP3 Player Most RSE functions work the same for audio CDs and MP3 discs The major dif ference is that audio CDs are organized by tracks while MP3 discs are organ ized using folders and files Therefore the navigation functions are somewhat different for MP3 discs If the discs including CD and MP3 file the system only will play the CD track not the MP3 data file NOTICE While the player will accept DVD ROM and CD ROM discs the RSE cannot play discs in these formats Pause Play When an MP3 disc is inserted the RSE will automatically begin playing the first file in the disc Press the PLAY PAUSE button to pause the file Press the button
22. You should be aware of the specific requirements in your state Child and or infant safety seats must be properly placed and installed in the rear seat You must use a commercially available child restraint system that meets the require ments of the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards FMVSS Children could be injured or killed in a crash if their restraints are not properly secured For small children and babies a child seat or infant seat must be used Before buying a particular child restraint system make sure it fits your car seat and seat belts and fits your child Follow all the instructions provided by the man ufacturer when installing the child restraint system placed in the rear seat Never install a child or infant seat on the front passenger s seat Should an accident occur and cause the passenger side air bag to deploy it could severely injure or kill an infant or child seated in an infant or child seat Thus only use a child restraint in the rear seat of your vehicle A seat belt or child restraint sys tem can become very hot if it is left in a closed vehicle on a sunny day even if the outside tempera ture does not feel hot Be sure to check the seat cover and buckles before placing a child there Continued gage area or fasten it with a seat belt so that it will not be thrown forward in the case of a sudden stop or an accident Children may be seriously injured or killed by an inflating air bag
23. are wet If there is a risk the parking brake may freeze apply it only temporar ily while you put the gear selector lever in P automatic transaxle and block the rear wheels so the car cannot roll Then release the parking brake E120900AUN Don t let ice and snow accumu late underneath Under some conditions snow and ice can build up under the fenders and inter fere with the steering When driving in severe winter conditions where this may happen you should periodically check underneath the car to be sure the move ment of the front wheels and the steering components is not obstructed E121000AUN Carry emergency equipment Depending on the severity of the weath er where you drive your car you should carry appropriate emergency equipment Some of the items you may want to carry include tire chains tow straps or chains flashlight emergency flares sand a shovel jumper cables a window scraper gloves ground cloth coveralls a blanket etc Driving your vehicle TRAILER TOWING E140000AEN If you are considering towing with with your car you should first check with your state s Department of Motor Vehicles to determine their legal requirements Since laws vary from state to state the requirements for towing trailers cars or other types of vehicles or apparatus may differ Ask an authorized HYUNDAI deal er for further details before towing CAUTION Pulling a trailer improperly can damage you
24. bag design However air bag inflation can also cause injuries which can include facial abrasions bruises and broken bones because the inflation speed also caus es the air bags to expand with a great deal of force There are even circumstances under which contact with the steer ing wheel air bag can cause fatal injuries especially if the occupant is positioned excessively close to the steering wheel Safety features of your vehicle C040902AEN Noise and smoke When the air bags inflate they make a loud noise and they leave smoke and powder in the air inside of the vehicle This is normal and is a result of the igni tion of the air bag inflator After the air bag inflates you may feel substantial dis comfort in breathing due to the contact of your chest with both the seat belt and the air bag as well as from breathing the smoke and powder Open your doors and or windows as soon as possible after impact in order to reduce dis comfort and prevent prolonged expo sure to the smoke and powder Though the smoke and powder are non toxic they may cause irritation to the skin eyes nose and throat etc If this is the case wash and rinse with cold water immediately and consult a doctor if the symptom persists 1JBH3051 C040903AEN Do not install a child restraint on the front passenger s seat Never place a rear facing child restraint in the front passenger s seat If the air bag deploys it would impac
25. button the power will be on and you will be able to insert the disc even when the audio system s power is off X NOTICE e Do not use 8cm discs e The system will not play AAC WAVE formats e Make sure the printed side of the disk faces upward when you insert the disk 3 LCD Liquid Crystal Display It displays the state of the song currently played as well as the information of the disc including the track number CD RPT RDM SCAN runtime EQ mode CLASSIC POP ROCK JAZZ READ ING WAIT INSERT NO DISC and so forth 4 Disc Eject Button Press this button to eject the disk when the disk is in the deck If no CD is in the deck LCD will display NO DISK for 3 seconds The disk will be ejected when you press this button even when the igni tion switch ACC of the automobile is set to OFF or when the power of the audio system is off NOTICE ALL EJECT Press and hold this button for more than 0 8 seconds to eject all discs inside the deck in respective order 5 Disc Move Disc Up Down Button If you want to listen to another disk while using the CD changer press DISC A DISC Y button to move to the disc you want to listent to and play the disc If all 6 decks of the changer is not full the num ber of the empty deck will not be select ed but only the decks with discs will be played When moving through discs the selected disc will be displayed as U 6 SCAN Button When you press
26. dow defrosters Floor Defrost Level A C F D E Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters Defrost Level A D E Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield with a small amount of air directed to the side window defrosters TE OEN046099 Instrument panel vents The outlet vents can be opened or closed separately using the horizontal thumb wheel To close the vent rotate it left to the maximum position To open the vent rotate it right to the desired position Also you can adjust the direction of air delivery from these vents using the vent control lever as shown OEN046100 D230102AUN Temperature control The temperature control knob allows you to control the temperature of the air flow ing from the ventilation system To change the air temperature in the pas senger compartment turn the knob to the right position for warm and hot air or left position for cooler air Features of your vehicle OEN046101 D230103AEN Air intake control This is used to select the outside fresh air position or recirculated air position To change the air intake control position push the control button Recirculated air position The indicator light on the button illuminates when the recirculated air position is selected With the recirculated air position selected air from the passenger compart ment wil
27. 0 0 by pressing the RESET button for 1 second or more and then releasing a OEN046052 D150206AEN EE Trip computer if equipped The trip computer is a microcomputer controlled driver information system that displays information related to driving including odometer tripmeter driving time average speed average fuel con sumption and distance to empty on the display when the ignition switch is in the ON position All stored driving informa tion except odometer is reset if the bat tery is disconnected Features of your vehicle The odometer is always displayed until the display is turned off Push the TRIP button for less than 1 sec ond to select tripmeter driving time average speed average fuel consump tion or distance to empty function as fol lows Tripmeter A Tripmeter B Average speed Average fuel consumption OENO46049N Odometer The odometer indicates the total dis tance the vehicle has been driven You will also find the odometer useful to determine when periodic maintenance should be performed OENO046053N Tripmeter TRIP A Tripmeter A TRIP B Tripmeter B This mode indicates the distance of indi vidual trips selected since the last trip meter reset The meter s working range is from 0 0 to 999 9 miles 0 0 to 999 9 km Pressing the RESET button for more than 1 second when the tripmeter TRIP A or TRIP B is being displayed clears the tripmeter to zero
28. All children even those too large for child restraints must ride in the rear seat Safety features of your vehicle WARNING To reduce the chance of serious or fatal injuries Children of all ages are safer when restrained in the rear seat A child riding in the front passen ger seat can be forcefully struck by an inflating air bag resulting in serious or fatal injuries Always follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instruc tions for installation and use of the child restraint Always make sure the child seat is secured properly in the car and your child is securely restrained in the child seat Never hold a child in your arms or lap when riding in a vehicle The violent forces created during a crash will tear the child from your arms and throw the child against the car s interior Never put a seat belt over your self and a child During a crash the belt could press deep into the child causing serious internal injuries Continued Continued e Never leave children unattended in a vehicle not even for a short time The car can heat up very quickly resulting in serious Injuries to children inside Even very young children may inadver tently cause the vehicle to move entangle themselves in the win dows or lock themselves or oth ers inside the vehicle Never allow two children or any two persons to use the same seat belt Children often squirm and repo sition themselves impro
29. Button 8 14 Mark Memory Button EN M446XM Features of your vehicle 1 CD Selector e The system will start playing the CD when you press this button while radio or XM is on If no CD is found the LCD will display NO DISC for 3 seconds If the ignition switch of the automobile is set to ACC 1st notch or ON 2nd notch the system will be turned on and automatically play the CD from the last played part when you press this button even if the power of the audio system is off However only when the disc is placed inside the system 2 Disc Deck This is the place you insert or eject the CD When the ignition switch of the auto mobile is set to ACC 1st notch or ON 2nd notch if you push the disc in the power will be turned on and the CD will be played The CD player can play both 12cm and 8cm audio discs if you insert a video CD or Data CD then the LCD will display ERROR and it will turn to the previous mode radio or XM NOTICE Make sure the printed side of the disk faces upward when you insert the disk 3 LCD Liquid Crystal Display It displays the state of the song currently played as well as the information of the disc including the track number CD RPT RDM SCAN runtime and EQ mode CLASSIC POP ROCK JAZZ 4 Disc Eject Button Press this button to eject the disk when the disk is in the deck If no CD is in the deck LCD will display NO DISK for 3 seconds The disk
30. Driver s and front passenger s seat belt buckle sensors The SRSCM continually monitors all SRS components while the ignition switch is ON to determine if a crash impact is severe enough to require air bag deployment or pre tensioner seat belt deployment The SRS AIR BAG warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate for about 6 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position after which the SRS AIR BAG warning light should go out If any of the following conditions occurs this indicates a malfunction of the SRS Have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer inspect the air bag system as soon as possible e The light does not turn on briefly when you turn the ignition ON e The light stays on after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds e The light comes on while the vehicle is in motion Driver s front air bag 1 B240B01L The front air bag modules are located both in the center of the steering wheel and in the front passenger s panel above the glove box When the SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe impact to the front of the vehicle it will automatically deploy the front air bags Safety features of your vehicle Driver s front air bag 2 Driver s front air bag 3 Passenger s front air bag B240B02L Upon deployment tear seams molded directly into the pad covers will separate under pressure from the expansion of the air bags Further opening of the covers then allows full inflatio
31. E E A E A A eases 0 ed o suar ee 7 22 Consumer information a sia A E TA T E N A TA T 8 8 Cruise control system E E G26 a aa WS E T 5 31 D Defroster TE T a 6 0 a r N T a E E T 4 83 Dimensions E E E E E T A T E E E EEES amp 2 Door locks Saia a a AEE E A E E E E E E 4 14 Central door lock switch cr s eeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeesttaaeeeeeees 4 16 Child protector rear door lock sssssssssesssseessasasesesese 4 18 Driver position memory system 0eee sere eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 36 E Economical operation s metria rnp 5 35 Emergency starting ee er T 6 4 Jump starting ee eer ere 6 4 Push starting ee ey eet rie ee oer 6 5 Emission control SYSTEM tttterrrreererereresesseeessseessssesseeeeseeees 7 65 Crankcase emission control systemeeeereeeeeeereeereeeeeeee 7 65 Evaporative emission control including ORVR Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery System 7 65 Exhaust emission control SYSTEM Ee 7 66 Engine COMpartMEnt Meee eee 2 4 7 2 Engine Coolant sssssosssssorsssessssveisivesineasarsasssssosesonnensaasan 7 15 Engine Ke e g 7 EMgine Oi siessssesssessvenssssstsensssasarosossensnsnesssnvavavanedoanaaeanan 7 14 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items 7 11 Exterior featuresg sssssssssseseessssseseseseescecosesessseseeee 4 119 E E T EEE I AA E E 4 119 Fuel filler ji eee eee rene ere ree er ere eer er ere 4 30 Emergency fuel filer lid release oeer 4 32 Fuel requirements ee ere 1 3 i a IENE EE AA A A E 7
32. Electronic Stability control ESC system is designed to stabilize the vehicle during cornering maneuvers ESC checks where you are steering and where the vehicle is actually going ESC applies the brakes at individual wheels and intervenes in the engine management system to stabilize the vehicle The Electronic Stability Control ESC system is an electronic system designed to help the driver maintain vehicle control under adverse conditions It is not a substitute for safe driving practices Factors including speed road conditions and driver steering input can all affect whether ESC will be effective in preventing a loss of control It is still your responsibility to drive and corner at reasonable speeds and to leave a sufficient margin of safety When you apply your brakes under con ditions which may lock the wheels you may hear a tik tik sound from the brakes or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal This is normal and it means your ESC is active x NOTICE A click sound may be heard in the engine compartment when the vehicle begins to move after the engine is start ed These conditions are normal and indicate that the Electronic Stability Control System is functioning properly Driving your vehicle E070501AUN EU When operating E070502AUN EU ESC operation When the ESC is in operation ESC operation off ESC ON condition ESC indicator light blinks ESC OFF state e When the ignition is turned e When
33. IF EQUIPPED Moving up a steep grade from a stand AWD ing start To move up a steep grade from a stand ing start depress the brake pedal shift the shift lever to D Drive Select the appropriate gear depending on load weight and steepness of the grade and release the parking brake Depress the accelerator gradually while releasing the service brakes When accelerating from a stop on a 1KMA3053 steep hill the vehicle may have a ten eao ae E l J iron wheel l iron wheel Rear wheel dency to roll backwards Shifting the shift lever into 2 Second Gear will help prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards 1KMA3054 E170000AEN EU Engine power can be delivered to all front and rear wheels for maximum traction Full time AWD is useful when extra trac tion is required on road such as when driving on slippery muddy wet or snow covered roads These vehicles are not designed for challenging off road use Driving your vehicle Occasional off road use such as estab lished unpaved roads and trails is OK It is always important when traveling off highway that the driver carefully reduce speed to a level that does not exceed the safe operating speed for those condi tions In general off road conditions pro vide less traction and braking effective ness than normal road conditions The driver must be especially alert to avoid driving on slopes which tilt the vehicle to either side These factors m
34. LCD Liquid Crystal Display It displays the state of the system when listening to the radio such as AM FM1 FM2 Stereo ST preset number fre quency received EQ mode CLASSIC POP ROCK JAZZ and SCAN status Features of your vehicle 7 Radio Band AM FM Selection Button e This selects AM FM and the radio band will change in the following order every time you press the button FM1 gt FM2 gt AM Soo o e Press this button when CD or XM is on to automatically change to radio mode If the ignition switch of the automobile is set to ACC 1st notch or ON 2nd notch the system will be turned on and automatically play the radio when you press this button even if the power of the audio system is off 8 Audio Button Only M445 M446 without XM satellite radio e When listening to the audio system press this button to select following sound qualities in respective order BASS gt MIDDLE gt TREBLE gt FADER BALANCE gt EQUALIZER Current State Features of your vehicle Compact disc player operation M445 M446 E M445 without XM satellite radio hk CD Selector Disc Deck LCD Liquid Crystal Display Disc Eject Button CD Indicator SCAN Button Search Selection Button RDM Random Button RPT Repeat Button 10 Fast Forward Rewind Button oO oOo N O a A WB PD 11 Track Move Track Up Down Button 13 Directory Name Search Button 14
35. M Spraying washer fluid and wiping D210000AEN ON Intermittent wiper operation after some normal wiper operation A CAUTION Do not use the interior lights for A a opel aan extended periods when the engine Wash with brief wipes is not running It may cause battery discharge OEN046071N OEN048071N D200300AEN EE Rear window wiper and washer switch if equipped The rear window wiper and washer switch is located at the end of the wiper and washer switch lever Turn the switch to desired position to operate the rear wiper and washer Features of your vehicle OENO046074N D210100AEN EU Map lamp Ist row The light comes on when any door is opened regardless of the ignition switch position When doors are unlocked by the trans mitter or smart key the light comes on for approximately 30 seconds as long as any door is not open The light goes out gradually after approximately 30 seconds if the door is closed However if the igni tion switch is ON or all doors are locked the light will turn off immediately If a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ACC or LOCK position the light stays on for about 20 minutes However if a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ON position the light stays on continuously e lt Push the switch to turn the map lamp on or off This light produces a spot beam for con venient use as a map lamp at night or as a personal lamp for
36. Maintenance 5 Remove the bulb from the headlight assembly 6 Install a new headlight bulb and snap the headlight bulb retaining wire high beam into position by aligning the wire with the groove on the bulb 7 Connect the headlight bulb socket connector 8 Install the headlight bulb cover by turn ing it clockwise OENO076032 G220102AEN EU Front turn signal position side mark OENO076031 Type B G220200AEN er and fog light bulbs if equipped If the light bulb is not operating have the eens light bulb replace vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer If the light bulb is not operating have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer OEN076033 G220300AEN EU Rear combination light bulb replacement 1 Tail light Back up light Rear turn signal light Stop and tail light 5 Rear side marker light 2 3 4 Maintenance 6 Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place 7 Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise 8 Reinstall the light assembly to the body of the vehicle aP j a k Ee A i t i Feler 1 i t Y J 1 a OEN076034 OEN076036 t it 4 OEN076035 OENO76037 Outside light 4 Remove the socket from t
37. Maintenance y ha Tread wear indicator OENO76053 G200600AEN Tire replacement If the tire is worn evenly a tread wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread This shows there is less than 1 16 inch 1 6 mm of tread left on the tire Replace the tire when this happens Do not wait for the band to appear across the entire tread before replac ing the tire AX WARNING Replacing tires To reduce the chance or serious or fatal injuries from an acci dent caused by tire failure or loss of vehicle control Replace tires that are worn show uneven wear or are damaged Worn tires can cause loss of braking effec tiveness steering control and traction Do not drive your vehicle with too little or too much pressure in your tires This can lead to uneven wear and tire failure When replacing tires never mix radial and bias ply tires on the same car You must replace all tires including the spare if moving from radial to bias ply tires Continued Continued e Using tires and wheel other than the recommended sizes could cause unusual handling characteristics and poor vehi cle control resulting in a seri ous accident Wheels that do not meet HYUNDAI s specifications may fit poorly and result in damage to the vehicle or unusual handling and poor vehicle control Maintenance ee G200601AUN Compact spare tire replacement A compact spare tire has a shorter t
38. Mark Memory Button 15 Scroll Button EN M445N Features of your vehicle E M445s with XM satellite radio CD Selector Disc Deck LCD Liquid Crystal Display Disc Eject Button CD Indicator SCAN Button Search Selection Button RDM Random Button RPT Repeat Button 10 Fast Forward Rewind Button oO oOo N O oa A W PD 090 11 Track Move Track Up Down Button 12 Information Button 13 Directory Name Search Button 8 14 Mark Memory Button EN M445XM Features of your vehicle E M446 without XM satellite radio hk CD Selector Disc Deck LCD Liquid Crystal Display Disc Eject Button CD Indicator SCAN Button Search Selection Button RDM Random Button RPT Repeat Button 10 Fast Forward Rewind Button oO GO N O oa A OO PD 11 Track Move Track Up Down Button 13 Directory Name Search Button 14 Mark Memory Button 15 Scroll Button EN M446N Features of your vehicle E M446s with XM satellite radio CD Selector Disc Deck LCD Liquid Crystal Display Disc Eject Button CD Indicator SCAN Button Search Selection Button RDM Random Button RPT Repeat Button 10 Fast Forward Rewind Button oO oOo N O oa A W PD 00 11 Track Move Track Up Down Button 12 Information Button 13 Directory Name Search
39. Oo EN M445XM Features of your vehicle E M446 without XM satellite radio 1 Power Button and Volume Control Automatic Channel Seek Button SEEK Preset Memory Button AA WO N Manual Channel Select amp Sound Quality Control SCAN Button LCD Liquid Crystal Display Radio Band AM FM Selection Button Audio Button oO N OOA EN M446N Features of your vehicle E M446s with XM satellite radio Power Button and Volume Control Automatic Channel Seek Button SEEK Preset Memory Button Manual Channel Select amp Sound Quality Control SCAN Button LCD Liquid Crystal Display 7 Radio Band AM FM Selection Button A OO N O Oo EN M446XM Features of your vehicle b Power Button and Volume Control e Used for turning on off the audio sys tem e Press this button when using the audio system to turn off the power e Turn the volume control clockwise to increase volume and counterclock wise to decrease The volume level is displayed when adjusting the volume 2 Automatic Channel Seek Button SEEK Press this button to automatically find and tune to next available channel Press A to automatically seek next available channel in higher frequencies and Y in lower frequencies NOTICE If the channel is not received well use the manual control 4 3 Preset Memory Button Press this button and hold for
40. Safety features of your vehicle C041100AEN SRS Care Continued e If the air bags inflate they must WARNING The SRS is virtually maintenance free e Modification to SRS components and so there are no parts you can safely service by yourself If the SRS AIR BAG warning light does not illuminate or con tinuously remains on have your vehicle immediately inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Any work on the SRS system such as removing installing repairing or any work on the steering wheel must be per formed by an authorized HYUNDAI deal er Improper handling of the SRS system may result in serious personal injury or wiring including the addition of any kind of badges to the pad covers or modifications to the body structure can adversely affect SRS performance and lead to possible injury For cleaning the air bag pad cov ers use only a soft dry cloth or one which has been moistened with plain water Solvents or cleaners could adversely affect the air bag covers and proper deployment of the system No objects should be placed over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel instrument panel and the front passenger s panel above the glove box because any such object could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to inflate Continued be replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer e Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS wiring or other components of
41. To change the steering wheel angle pull down the lock release lever 1 adjust the steering wheel to the desired angle 2 and the desired position 3 then pull up the lock release lever to lock the steering wheel in place Be sure to adjust the steering wheel to the desired position before driving D130302CEN Electric type Adjust the steering wheel angle 2 and position 3 with the knob 1 while the ignition switch is ON Never adjust the position of the steering wheel while driv Ing Features of your vehicle OEN046031 D130500AUN Horn To sound the horn press the horn sym bol on your steering wheel Check the horn regularly to be sure it operates properly x NOTICE To sound the horn press the area indi cated by the horn symbol on your steer ing wheel see illustration The horn will operate only when this area is pressed CAUTION Do not strike the horn severely to operate it or hit it with your fist Do not press on the horn with a sharp pointed object MIRRORS D140100AUN Inside rearview mirror Adjust the rearview mirror to center on the view through the rear window Make this adjustment before you start driving Features of your vehicle OEN046032 D140101AUN Day night rearview mirror Make this adjustment before you start driving and while the day night lever is in the day position Pull the day night lever toward you to reduce glare from the headlights of vehi
42. Varying engine speed is needed to properly break in the engine e Avoid hard stops except in emergen cies to allow the brakes to seat prop erly e Don t let the engine idle longer than 3 minutes at one time e Don t tow a trailer during the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km of operation Introduction Introduction E VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS A040000AEN Your Hyundai vehicle is equipped with many high technology electronically controlled systems that help to ensure your vehicle operates properly and provides the performance that you expect These systems utilize computers to monitor the operation of various systems and components and help to control their operation These computerized system operations are wide ranging and involve components to reduce emissions to continuously evaluate the readiness of the air bag and seat belt pre tensioner systems to determine when the air bag and seat belt pre tensioner systems should be deployed and then to acti vate the deployment and if equipped to operate anti lock braking traction control and electronic stability control to assist the driver to control the vehi cle in difficult driving situations These systems electronically store information that is useful to service technicians when they need to diag nose and repair these systems Additional information is stored only when a crash occurs that results in the deployment of the air bags or seat belt
43. a cellular phone is used inside the vehicle noise may be produced from the audio equipment This does not mean that something is wrong with the audio equipment In such a case use the cellu lar phone at a place as far as possible from the audio equipment N CAUTION When using a communication sys tem such a cellular phone or a radio set inside the vehicle a separate external antenna must be fitted When a cellular phone or a radio set is used with an internal antenna alone it may interfere with the vehi cle s electrical system and adverse ly affect safe operation of the vehi cle Features of your vehicle Care of discs If the temperature inside the car is too high open the car windows for ventila tion before using your car audio It is illegal to copy and use MP3 WMA files without permission If equipped with M445 M446 use only CD DA Use CDs that are created only by law ful means Do not apply volatile agents such as benzene and thinner normal cl eaners and magnetic sprays made for ana logue disc onto CDs To prevent the disc surface from get ting damaged Hold and carry CDs by the edges or the edges of the center hole only Clean the disc surface with a piece of soft cloth before playback wipe it from the center to the outside edge Do not damage the disc surface or attach pieces of sticky tape or paper onto it Make sure on undesirable matter other than CDs are inserted into the CD player Do
44. air conditioning system Therefore if abnormal operation is found have the system inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer X NOTICE It is important when servicing the air conditioning system that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used Otherwise damage to the com pressor and abnormal system operation may occur Features of your vehicle AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED E Front climate control A C display Drivers temperature control button Front windshield defrost button Rear window defrost button AUTO automatic control button Passenger s temperature control button Dual temperature control selection button Rear climate control selection button Air quality control system button if equipped or air intake control button E Rear climate control if equipped 10 OFF button 11 Fan speed control knob 12 Air conditioning button 13 Mode selection button 14 Rear fan speed control knob 15 Rear mode selection button 16 Rear temperature control knob O oo N OAR WD OEN046116 OEN046095 D240000AEN EU Features of your vehicle OEN046120 D240100AEN Automatic heating and air condi tioning The automatic climate control system is controlled by simply setting the desired temperature The Full Automatic Temperature Control FATC system automatically controls the heating and cooling system as follows 1 Push the AUTO button The mod
45. all doors and tailgate are locked and closed and the key is removed from the ignition switch The power tailgate can be opened or closed by the transmitter or smart key regardless of the door lock status When the power tailgate is operated with the main or sub control button or transmitter or smart key the chime sounds and hazard warning lights flash 3 times a e When the power ON OFF button is ON On the tailgate OEN046013 depressed do as follows to open or close the power tailgate Pushing the sub control button on the bottom of the tailgate will close the power tailgate automatically Pressing the tailgate handle switch will open the power tailgate automat ically when the tailgate is unlocked Features of your vehicle e If the power tailgate is operated again while the tailgate is closing the tailgate is automatically opened fully e When the power ON OFF button is OFF not depressed the power tail gate can not be controlled with the sub A WARNING Make sure there are no people or control button or tailgate handle switch and if the sub control button is pushed the chime sounds once However the tailgate may be opened manually by pressing the tailgate han dle switch and lifting the tailgate upward The tailgate may be manually closed by pushing the tailgate down ward A WARNING Even though the power ON OFF button is in the OFF not depressed position the tailgate will
46. away from the battery 4 Do not connect it to or near any part that moves when the engine is cranked Do not allow the jumper cables to con tact anything except the correct battery terminals or the correct ground Do not lean over the battery when making connections N CAUTION Battery cables Do not connect the jumper cable from the negative terminal of the booster battery to the negative ter minal of the discharged battery This can cause the discharged bat tery to overheat and crack releas ing battery acid 5 Start the engine of the vehicle with the booster battery and let it run at 2 000 rpm then start the engine of the vehi cle with the discharged battery If the cause of your battery discharging is not apparent you should have your vehi cle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer F040200AUN EU Push starting Vehicles equipped with automatic transaxle cannot be push started Follow the directions in this section for jump starting What to do in an emergency IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS FO50000AEN If your temperature gauge indicates over heating you experience a loss of power or hear loud pinging or knocking the engine is probably too hot If this hap pens you should 1 Pull off the road and stop as soon as it is safe to do so 2 Place the gear selector lever in P auto matic transaxle and set the parking brake If the air conditioning is on turn it off 3 If engine coolant is run
47. battery com partment on the right side of each set of headphones and insert each of the bat teries observing the correct polarity as shown in the headphone battery com partment Each set of headphones requires two batteries To turn the headphones on push the POWER button on the left side of the headphones Push the button again to turn the headphones off Adjust the vol ume by turning the Volume control The headphones can be adjusted for size and can be stored more compactly by folding them Features of your vehicle NOTICE Conserve the energy of your batteries by turning the headphones off when they are not in use Headphone bat teries will typically work for 48 hours depending on the volume setting The headphone has an automatic shutoff feature to extend battery life The headphones will automatically turn off after 20 seconds if they don t detect a signal from the RSE In case of poor headphone reception performance please check the battery condition The headphones perform best when used within 2 8 feet 0 6 2 m of the RSE LCD display Getting too close or too far away will cause poor reception Audio from the vehicle s CD radio cannot be heard through the head phones RSE EN 10 Connecting Other Devices to the RSE Electronic devices such as video game systems or VHS players can be played through the RSE These external devices can be connected to the unit via RCA plugs available in the
48. battery positive sym bol faces up as indicated in the illus tration 3 Install the battery in the reverse order of removal NOTICE e Using the wrong battery can cause the smart key to malfunction Be sure to use the correct battery e Circuits inside the smart key may develop problems when dropped exposed to moisture or static electrici ty e If you suspect that your smart key might have sustained some damage or you feel your smart key is not working correctly contact an author ized HYUNDAI dealer Features of your vehicle REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY Type A Type B OEN046301 Remote keyless entry system operations D020101AEN EU Lock 1 All doors and tailgate are locked if the lock button is pressed If all doors and tailgate are closed the hazard warning lights blink and the chime sounds once to indicate that all doors and tailgate are locked However if any door or tailgate remains open the hazard warning lights and the chime will not operate If all doors and tailgate are closed after the lock button is pressed the hazard warning lights blink D020102AEN EU Unlock 2 Driver s door is unlocked if the unlock button is pressed once The hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that the driver s door is unlocked All doors and tailgate are unlocked if the unlock button is pressed once more within 4 seconds The hazard warning lights will blink and the ch
49. be aware of the specific require ments in your state Child and or infant seats must be properly placed and installed in the rear seat For more infor mation about the use of these restraints refer to Child restraint system in this section NOTICE Small children are best protected from injury in an accident when properly restrained in the rear seat by a child restraint system that meets the require ments of the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards Before buying any child restraint system make sure that it has a label certifying that it meets Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 The restraint must be appropriate for your child s height and weight Check the label on the child restraint for this information Refer to Child restraint system in this section C020301AUN Larger children Children who are too large for child restraint systems should always occupy the rear seat and use the available lap shoulder belts The lap portion should be fastened snug on the hips and as low as possible Check belt fit periodically A child s squirming could put the belt out of position Children are afforded the most safety in the event of an accident when they are restrained by a proper restraint system in the rear seat If a larger child over age 12 must be seated in the front seat the child should be securely restrained by the available lap shoulder belt and the seat should be placed in the rearmost position C
50. by pushing in the hazard switch This causes all turn signal lights to blink The hazard warning lights will operate even though the key is not in the ignition switch To turn the hazard warning lights off push the switch a second time Features of your vehicle LIGHTING D190100AUN Battery saver function e The purpose of this feature is to pre vent the battery from being dis charged The system automatically turns off the exterior lights when the driver removes the ignition key and opens the driver side door With this feature the parking lights will be turned off automatically if the driver parks on the side of road at night If necessary to keep the lights on when the ignition key is removed per form the following 1 Open the driver side door 2 Turn the parking lights OFF and ON again using the light switch on the steering column D190200AEN Headlight escort function if equipped The headlights and or taillights remain on for approximately 20 minutes after the ignition key is removed or turned to the ACC or LOCK position However if the drivers door is opened and closed the headlights are turned off after 30 sec onds The headlights can be turned off by pressing the lock button on the transmit ter or smart key twice or turning off the light switch from the headlight or Auto light position D190300AEN Rescue mode function if equipped If your vehicle has any problem on the vehi
51. by side collision sensors depending on the strength speed or angles of impact resulting from a side impact collision Although the front air bags drivers and front passenger s air bags are designed to inflate only in frontal collisions they also may inflate in other types of colli sions if the front impact sensors detect a sufficient impact Side impact and curtain air bags are designed to inflate only in side impact collisions but they may inflate in other collisions if the side impact sensors detect a sufficient impact If the vehicle chassis is impacted by bumps or objects on unimproved roads the air bags may deploy Drive carefully on unimproved roads or on surfaces not designed for vehicle traffic to prevent unintended air bag deployment 1VQA2086 C040802AEN Air bag non inflation conditions e In certain low speed collisions the air bags may not deploy The air bags are designed not to deploy in such cases because they may not provide benefits beyond the protection of the seat belts in such collisions Safety features of your vehicle OQUNO36087 e Frontal air bags are not designed to inflate in rear collisions because occu pants are moved backward by the force of the impact In this case inflat ed air bags would not be able to pro vide any additional benefit Fa e Front air bags may not inflate in side impact collisions because occupants move to the direction of the col
52. can be controlled and any special programming or features accessed by using the DVD menu To access the menu while playing a DVD press the MENU button Press the button a second time to exit the menu and return to the DVD program at the point it was being viewed While viewing the menu press the NEXT button to move the cursor up and the PREV button to move the cursor down the menu Press the FF gt button to move the cursor to the right and the lt REW button to move the cursor to the left x For more details see the DVD Menu section of this manual RSE DVD TTITLE 12 CHAPTER 265 00 23 45 EN DEL 2A 4 DISP Display Button F Pressing DISP enables you to adjust the parameters of the LCD monitor For more information on how to make these adjust ments see the Display section of this manual Features of your vehicle SOURCE SELECTION EN DEL 3A 5 SRC Source Button After inserting a disc in the RSE it will automatically use that as the source and begin playing that disc The RSE control panel will display DISC IN when there is disc loaded in the player Pressing the SRC button will bring out the Source Change Operation All avail able modes are presented You can select any available mode by using the four direction arrow buttons and press the ENTER button for completing the selection While the RSE is selected as the source by the front vehicle radio the front vehi cle ra
53. checks and inspections that should be performed by the owner or an authorized HYUNDAI dealer at the frequencies indicated to help ensure safe dependable operation of your vehicle Any adverse conditions should be brought to the attention of your dealer as soon as possible These Owner Maintenance Checks are generally not covered by warranties and you may be charged for labor parts and lubricants used Owner maintenance schedule G030101AUN When you stop for fuel e Check the engine oil level e Check coolant level in coolant reser voir e Check the windshield washer fluid level e Look for low or under inflated tires WARNING Be careful when checking your engine coolant level when the engine is hot Scalding hot coolant and steam may blow out under pressure This could cause burns or other serious injury Maintenance SSC G030102AUN While operating your vehicle e Note any changes in the sound of the exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumes in the vehicle e Check for vibrations in the steering wheel Notice any increased steering effort or looseness in the steering wheel or change in its straight ahead position Notice if your vehicle constantly turns slightly or pulls to one side when trav eling on smooth level road When stopping listen and check for unusual sounds pulling to one side increased brake pedal travel or hard to push brake pedal If any slipping or changes
54. cold weather See section 9 for recommendations If you aren t sure what weight oil you should use consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer E120500AUN Check spark plugs and ignition system Inspect your spark plugs as described in section 7 and replace them if necessary Also check all ignition wiring and compo nents to be sure they are not cracked worn or damaged in any way Driving your vehicle E120600AUN To keep locks from freezing To keep the locks from freezing squirt an approved de icer fluid or glycerine into the key opening If a lock is covered with ice squirt it with an approved de icing fluid to remove the ice If the lock is frozen internally you may be able to thaw it out by using a heated key Handle the heated key with care to avoid injury E120700AEN Use approved window washer anti freeze in system To keep the water in the window washer system from freezing add an approved window washer anti freeze solution in accordance with instructions on the con tainer Window washer anti freeze is available from an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and most auto parts outlets Do not use engine coolant or other types of anti freeze as these may damage the paint finish E120800AEN Don t let your parking brake freeze Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged position This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes
55. con venient use aS a map lamp at night or as a personal lamp for the rear passenger e DOOR The light comes on when the tailgate is opened Features of your vehicle OENO046077 D210300AEN Luggage lamp if equipped If the switch is pushed the light comes on when the tailgate is opened OEN046189 D210600AEN Puddle lamp if equipped The puddle lamp comes ON when the door is opened to assist entering or exit ing the vehicle When doors are unlocked by the trans mitter or smart key the light comes on for approximately 30 seconds as long as any door is not open The light goes out gradually after approximately 30 seconds if the door is closed However if the igni tion switch is ON or all doors are locked the light will turn off immediately If a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ACC or LOCK position the light stays on for about 20 minutes However if a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ON position the light stays on continuously A OEN046188 D210400AEN Door courtesy lamp if equipped The door courtesy lamp comes ON when the door is opened to assist entering or exiting the vehicle It also serves as a warning to passing vehicles that the vehi cle door is open Features of your vehicle OEN048080 D210500AUN D210600AUN Glove box lamp Vanity mirror lamp The glove box lamp comes on when the Opening the lid of the vanity mirror will glove box is ope
56. conditions However if the system determines that there is a AWD AUTO ae F need for the AWD mode the engine s driving power is dis AWD LOCK is ANT tributed to all four wheels automatically without driver inter deactivated Me vention When driving on normal roads and pavement the vehicle Indicator light is moves similar to conventional 2WD vehicles not illuminated NOTICE e When driving on normal roads deactivate the AWD LOCK mode by pushing the AWD LOCK button the indicator light goes off Driving on normal roads with AWD LOCK mode especially when cornering may cause mechanical noise or vibration The noise and vibration will disappear when the AWD LOCK mode is deactivated Some parts of the power train may be dam aged by prolonged driving with the noise and vibration e When the AWD LOCK mode is deactivated a shock may be felt as the drive power is delivered entirely to the front wheels This shock is not a mechanical failure Driving your vehicle E170300AEN EU For safe all wheel drive operation HILL1 HILL2 e When you are driving up or down hills drive as close to straight up and down the hill as possible Use extreme cau tion in going up or down steep hills since you may flip your vehicle over depending on the grade terrain and water mud conditions e Do not try to drive in deep standing water or mud since such conditions can stall your engine and clog your exhaust pipes Do not drive down steep
57. control to the fresh air position when the irritation has passed to keep fresh air in the vehicle This will help keep the driver alert and comfortable e Air for the heating cooling system is drawn in through the grilles just ahead of the windshield Care should be taken that these are not blocked by leaves snow ice or other obstructions e To prevent interior fog on the wind shield set the air intake control to the fresh air position and fan speed to the desired position turn on the air condi tioning system and adjust the temper ature control to desired temperature D230503AEN Air conditioning All HYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systems are filled with environmentally friendly R 134a refrigerant which does not dam age the ozone layer 1 Start the engine Push the air condi tioning button 2 Set the mode to the position 3 Set the air intake control to the outside air or recirculated air position 4 Adjust the fan speed control and tem perature control to maintain maximum comfort e When maximum cooling is desired set the temperature control to the extreme left position set the mode control to the MAX A C position then set the fan speed control to the highest speed Features of your vehicle Air conditioning system operation tips e f the vehicle has been parked in direct e When using the air conditioning sys tem you may notice clear water drip X NOTICE When using the air conditioning sys t
58. could seriously damage the compact CAUTION e You should drive carefully when the compact spare is in spare pbk a Ra Peers e e Any continuous road use of this tire snou e repiaced by tne i could result in tire failure loss of proper conventional tire and eo ae Oia DENIAL vehicle control and possible per rim at the first opportunity p l sonal injury e The operation of this vehicle NOTICE e Do not exceed the vehicle s maxi is not recommended with mum load rating or the load carry more than one compact spare Check the inflation pressure after ing capacity shown on the sidewall tire in use at the same time installing the spare tire Adjust it to of the compact spare tire the specified pressure as necessary Avoid driving over obstacles The compact spare tire diameter is smaller than the diameter of a con ventional tire and reduces the ground clearance approximately 1 inch 25 mm which could result in damage to the vehicle What to do in an emergency Do not take this vehicle through an automatic car wash while the com pact spare tire is installed Do not use tire chains on the com pact spare tire Because of the smaller size a tire chain will not fit properly This could damage the vehicle and result in loss of the chain The compact spare tire should not be installed on the front axle if the vehicle must be driven in snow or on ice Do not use the compact spare tire on any other vehicle because t
59. defog inside windshield 1 Select desired fan speed 2 Select desired temperature 3 Set the mode to the Ss or M7 posi tion 4 The outside fresh air will be selected automatically If the outside fresh air position is not selected automatically press the corre sponding button manually If the WY position is selected lower fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan speed Features of your vehicle OEN046138N D250102AEN EU To defrost outside windshield 1 Set the fan speed to the highest extreme right position 2 Set the temperature to the extreme hot position 3 Set the mode to the 7 position 4 The outside fresh air will be selected automatically If the WY position is selected lower fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan speed OEN046139N Automatic climate control system D250201AEN EU To defog inside windshield 1 Select desired fan speed 2 Select desired temperature 3 Press the defrost button 7 4 The outside fresh air position will be selected automatically If the outside fresh air position is not selected automatically adjust the corre sponding button manually If the WY position is selected lower fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan speed Wr m Za Leon i i OEN046140N D250202AEN EU To defrost outside windshield 1 Set the fan speed to the highest extreme right position 2 Set the temperature to the extreme hot HI position 3 Press the
60. defrost button W 4 The outside fresh air position will be selected automatically If the WY position is selected lower fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan speed Features of your vehicle D250300AUN EU Defogging logic To reduce the probability of fogging up the inside of the windshield the air intake is controlled automatically according to certain conditions such as or WN position To cancel or return the defog ging logic do the following OEN046141N D250301AUN Manual climate control system 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion 2 Turn the mode selection knob to the defrost position 3 Push the air intake control button at least 5 times within 3 seconds The indicator light in the air intake control button will blink 3 times with 0 5 second of interval It indicates that the defogging logic is canceled or returned to the pro grammed status If the battery has been discharged or dis connected it resets to the defog logic status OEN046142N D250302AUN Automatic climate control system 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion 2 Select the defrost position pressing defrost button HW 3 While holding the air conditioning but ton A C pressed press the air intake control button at least 5 times within 3 seconds The A C display blinks 3 times with 0 5 second of interval It indicates that the defogging logic is canceled or returned to the
61. difference when it knows the Magnetic Zone in which it is operating This is set either by the dealer or by the user The operating Zone Numbers for North America are shown in the figure on the following sec tion Features of your vehicle To adjust the Zone setting 1 Determine the desired Zone Number based upon your current location on the Zone Map 2 Press and hold the button for more than 3 but less than 6 seconds the current Zone Number will appear on the display 3 Pressing and holding the button again will cause the numbers to incre ment Note they will repeat 13 14 15 1 2 Releasing the button when the desired Zone Number appears on the display will set the new Zone 4 Within about 5 seconds the compass will start displaying a compass head ing again There are some conditions that can cause changes to the vehicle magnets such as installing a ski rack or a CB antenna Body repair work on the vehicle can also cause changes to the vehicle s magnetic field In these situations the compass will need to be re calibrated to quickly correct for these changes To re calibrate the compass B520CO5NF Features of your vehicle 1 Press and hold the button for more than 6 seconds When the compass memory is cleared a C will appear in the display 2 To calibrate the compass drive the vehicle in 2 complete circles at less than 5 mph 8 km h Integrated HomeLink Wireless Con
62. display for empty disc slots will go off and it will be displayed again when the slot is loaded with a disc x NOTICE e Insert a CD only when the word INSERT is on the LCD and the light of the deck flickers Insert CDs one by one in respective order e If the word INSERT does not appear on the LCD the CD will not be able to be inserted CD DOOR will be closed and if you try to insert a CD by force it may cause damage to the audio system e Do not insert 2 or more discs at once 16 RSE Hold and RSE Power Off If you press and hold this button for less than 0 8 seconds the LED of the button will light and RSE unit will be locked If you press and hold this button for more than 0 8 seconds RSE unit will be turned off with a beep and RSE will disappear from LCD 17 RSE Button Only M466 RSE without XM satellite radio e Press this button to switch to RSE Mode In RSE Mode you can listen the sound from RSE unit When RSE unit has no disc the LCD will display NO DISC IN RSE for 3 seconds If you press this button when the igni tion switch of the automobile is set to ACC ist notch or ON 2nd notch then it will turn on the power even if the audio is off However this works only when RSE unit have disc 18 Scroll Button Only M466 RSE without XM satellite radio Press 3 button while playing an MP3 file then the screen will scroll the file name in case the file name is longer than 8 char act
63. display becomes dusty or dirty clean it by wiping gently with a soft dry clean cloth Do not use chemical cleanser to clean the screen Loading a Disc To load a disc in the player insert it part way into the loading slot The player will automatically grip the disc and pull it the rest of the way in Disc Protection The player has an Auto Reload Disc Protection feature to protect discs from accidental damage If a disc is not removed within 12 seconds after being ejected it will be pulled back into the player Audio via Vehicle Speakers To hear the audio from the RSE through the vehicle s speakers the RSE button located in the front radio control must be selected Regardless of whether RSE audio is selected for the vehicle speakers or not when the RSE audio is playing it can be heard in the headphones Volume Control You can adjust the volume of the audio heard in the vehicle speakers from the RSE control panel or the remote control From the RSE control panel rotate the POWER VOLUME knob From the remote control press VOL to increase the volume and VOL to decrease the volume Adjusting the volume in this way will not affect the wireless headphone volume To adjust the headphones turn the VOL control wheel on the headphones RSE AUDIO 9 Headphones Your RSE comes with two 2 sets of wireless headphones and four 4 AAA 1 5V batteries To install the batteries press the button below the
64. file Features of your vehicle Selecting the HOME button on the dis play and pressing ENTER will bring the Song List to the screen with the song currently playing Press MENU again to leave the Song List The Song List will automatically dis appear after five seconds if no buttons are pressed While in normal play mode press the A LANG FOLD button at any time to jump to the first file in the previous folder press S TITLE FOLD to jump to the first file in the next folder Beal Aa Long As fou Lowe Me Yevlorday Once Moro j Fi Whon Tou Say Motheng At AN al Heal the Werle EN DEL 4A Previous Next File While a disc is playing press the PREV button to jump to the beginning of the current file If less than 10 seconds has elapsed on the current file pressing V PREV will go to the previous file Press it again to select previous files Press the button repeatedly to continue moving through previous files Press the NEXT button to jump to the beginning of the next file Press the but ton repeatedly to continue moving through the following files The current folder name and file name are shown in the Status Display at the top of the monitor Features of your vehicle Stop The disc will automatically stop when any other source e g the vehicle radio or an external game is selected When you switch back to the disc it will begin play ing at the point where it stopped Whi
65. firmly backward until it clicks into place Make sure that the seat is locked in place C010307AEN Folding the rear seat The rear seatbacks may be folded to facilitate carrying long items or to increase the luggage capacity of the vehicle Safety features of your vehicle To fold down the rear seatback 1 Insert the rear seat belt buckle in the pocket between the rear seatback and cushion and insert the rear seat belt webbing in the guide to prevent the seat belt from being damaged 2 Set the front or 2nd row seatback to the upright position and if necessary slide the front or 2nd row seat for ward 3 Lower the rear headrests to the lowest position E 2nd row seat OEN037026 4 Pull on the seatback folding lever then fold the seat toward the front of the vehicle When you return the seatback to its upright position always be sure it has locked into position by pushing on the top of the seatback E 2nd row seat OENO037028 5 To use the rear seat lift and pull the seatback backward by pulling on the folding lever Pull the seatback firmly until it clicks into place Make sure the seatback is locked in place 6 Return the rear seat belt to the proper position Safety features of your vehicle WARNING When you return the rear seatback to its upright position after being folded down Be careful not to damage the seat belt webbing or buckle Do not allow the seat belt webbing
66. hills since it requires extreme skill to maintain control of the vehicle Driving your vehicle e You must consciously take the effort to learn how to corner in an AWD vehicle Do not rely on your experience in con ventional 2WD vehicles in choosing safe cornering speed in AWD mode For starters you must drive more slow ly in AWD AX WARNING Wind danger If you are driving in heavy wind the vehicle s higher center of gravity decreases your steering control capacity and requires you to drive more slowly WARNING AWD e f you need to drive in water stop your Reduce speed when you turn cor ners The center of gravity of AWD vehicles is higher than that of con ventional 2WD vehicles making them more likely to roll over when you turn corners too fast e Drive carefully off road because your vehicle may be damaged by rocks or roots of trees Become familiar with the off road conditions where you are going to drive before you begin driving OENO056010 WARNING Steering wheel Do not grab inside of the steering wheel when you are driving off road Your arm may be hurt by a sudden steering maneuver or from steering wheel rebound due to impact with objects on the ground You could lose control of the steer ing wheel e Always hold the steering wheel firmly when you are driving off road e Make sure all passengers are wearing seat belts vehicle set your transfe
67. hook by turning it clockwise into the hole until it is fully secured 4 Remove the towing hook and install the cover after use Front OENO066013 FO80300AEN Emergency towing If towing is necessary we recommend you to have it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a commercial tow truck service If towing service is not available in an emergency your vehicle may be tem porarily towed using a cable or chain secured to the emergency towing hook under the front or rear of the vehicle Use extreme caution when towing the vehicle A driver must be in the vehicle to steer it and operate the brakes Towing in this manner may be done only on hard surfaced roads for a short dis tance and at low speeds Also the wheels axles power train steering and brakes must all be in good condition e Do not use the tow hooks to pull a vehi cle out of mud sand or other condi tions from which the vehicle cannot be driven out under its own power e Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than the vehicle doing the towing e The drivers of both vehicles should communicate with each other frequent ly What to do in an emergenc CAUTION Attach a towing strap to the tow hook Using a portion of the vehicle other than the tow hooks for tow ing may damage the body of your vehicle e Use only a cable or chain specifi cally intended for use in towing vehicles Securely fasten the cable or chain to the towing hoo
68. hot causing death or severe injury to unattended chil dren or animals who cannot escape the vehicle Furthermore children might operate features of the vehi cle that could injure them or they could encounter other harm possi bly from someone gaining entry to the vehicle Never leave children or animals unattended in your vehicle Features of your vehicle DO50300AEN Impact sensing door unlock sys tem if equipped All doors will be automatically unlocked when an impact causes the air bags to deploy DO50400BEN EU Auto door lock unlock feature e All doors will be automatically locked when shifting the transaxle shift lever out of P Park All doors will be automatically unlocked when shifting the transaxle shift lever into P Park NOTICE An authorized HYUNDAI dealer can activate or deactivate some auto door lock unlock features as follows e Speed sensing auto door lock e Auto door unlock by using the dri ver s door lock button e Auto door unlock when the ignition key is removed from the ignition switch e Auto door lock unlock by shifting the transaxle shift lever out of P Park or into P Park If you want to activate or deactivate some door lock unlock feature consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer DO50500AEN Child protector rear door lock The child safety lock is provided to help prevent children from accidentally open ing the rear doors from inside the vehicle The rear d
69. ignition key removal x NOTICE While driving if you notice buffeting and pulsation wind shock with either side window open you should open the opposite window slightly to reduce the condition OUN026012 D080101AUN Window opening and closing The drivers door has a master power window switch that controls all the win dows in the vehicle To open or close a window press down or pull up the front portion of the corre sponding switch to the first detent posi tion 5 OMG035014 D080103AUN Auto up down window Driver s window Depressing or pulling up the power win dow switch momentarily to the second detent position 6 completely lowers or lifts the window even when the switch is released To stop the window at the desired position while the window is in operation pull up or depress and release the switch to the opposite direction of the movement Features of your vehicle If the power window is not operated cor rectly the automatic power window sys tem must be reset as follows 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion 2 Close drivers window and continue pulling up on drivers power window switch for at least 1 second after the window is completely closed Automatic reversal If the upward movement of the window is blocked by an object or part of the body the window will detect the resistance and will stop upward movement The window will then lower approximately 11 8 in 30 cm to allo
70. in the oper ation of your transaxle occurs check the transaxle fluid level e Check automatic transaxle P Park function Check parking brake Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle water dripping from the air condition ing system during or after use is nor mal G030103AUN At least monthly e Check coolant level in the engine coolant reservoir e Check the operation of all exterior lights including the stoplights turn sig nals and hazard warning flashers e Check the inflation pressures of all tires including the spare G030104AUN At least twice a year i e every Spring and Fall e Check radiator heater and air condi tioning hoses for leaks or damage e Check windshield washer spray and wiper operation Clean wiper blades with clean cloth dampened with wash er fluid Check headlight alignment Check muffler exhaust pipes shields and clamps Check the lap shoulder belts for wear and function e Check for worn tires and loose wheel lug nuts G030105AUN EU At least once a year e Clean body and door drain holes e Lubricate door hinges and checks and hood hinges e Lubricate door and hood locks and latches Lubricate door rubber weatherstrips e Check the air conditioning system e Check the power steering fluid level e Inspect and lubricate automatic transaxle linkage and controls e Clean battery and terminals e Check the brake fluid level Maintenance SCHE
71. in this way will not adjust the wireless headphone volume To adjust the headphones roll the VOL control wheel Batteries The remote control requires a CR2025 battery included Features of your vehicle Troubleshooting Problem The disc is automati cally pulled back into the player Possible causes solutions The Auto Reload Disc Protection feature pulls discs back into the player after 12 seconds to protect them from accidental damage Press the Eject button to release the disc from the player The disc becomes stuck or blocked Press the Eject button to release the disc The player will attempt to eject the disc up to three times before performing the Auto Reload function Once the Auto Reload function is complete press the Eject button again to try to release the disc from the player There is no audio in the headphones Verify that the headphone is equipped with batteries and that the batteries are in good condition Insert or replace 2 AAA batteries to resume headphone function The RSE does not work The remote control does not work Press the PLAY button If the display does not show NO DISC then there is no power Check the power connection Check the fuse Turn the vehicle ignition off and back on to reset the RSE If the RSE still does not work contact your HYUNDAI dealer Make sure you are pointing the remote control at the face of the RSE at a 45 angle Change the b
72. instance where the oil light stays on when the engine is running the engine should be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer before the car is driven again Features of your vehicle D150308AEN EU Parking brake amp brake fluid QE warning light BRAKE Parking brake warning This light is illuminated when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switch in the START or ON position The warning light should go off when the parking brake is released while engine is run ning The parking brake warning chime will sound to remind you that the parking brake is applied when you are driving above 10 km h 6 mph Always release the parking brake before you drive Low brake fluid level warning If the warning light remains on it may indicate that the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low If the warning light remains on 1 Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle 2 With the engine stopped check the brake fluid level immediately and add fluid as required Then check all brake components for fluid leaks 3 Do not drive the vehicle if leaks are found the warning light remains on or the brakes do not operate properly Have the vehicle towed to any author ized HYUNDAI dealer for a brake sys tem inspection and necessary repairs Your vehicle is equipped with dual diago nal braking systems This means you still have braking on two wheels even if one of the dual systems should fail With
73. it See instructions for Jump starting FO30200AEN If engine turns over normally but does not start 1 Check fuel level 2 With the ignition switch in the LOCK position check all connectors at igni tion coils and spark plugs Reconnect any that may be disconnected or loose 3 Check the fuel line in the engine com partment 4 If the engine still does not start call an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or seek other qualified assistance What to do in an emergency EMERGENCY STARTING Wi Jumper Cables me FF Discharged Booster f r w battery attery A 7 wi ah oi Eamon F040000AUN Connect cables in numerical order and disconnect in reverse order F040100AEN Jump starting Jump starting can be dangerous if done incorrectly Therefore to avoid harm to yourself or damage to your vehicle or battery follow the jump starting proce dures If in doubt we strongly recom mend that you have a competent techni cian or towing service jump start your vehicle CAUTION Use only a 12 volt jumper system You can damage a 12 volt starting motor ignition system and other electrical parts beyond repair by use of a 24 volt power supply either two 12 volt batteries in series or a 24 volt motor generator set WARNING Battery Never attempt to check the elec trolyte level of the battery as this may cause the battery to rupture or explode causing serious injury AX WARN
74. left side of dash ENGINE OIL API grade 5J 5L or ABOVE ILSAC grade GF 3 or ABOVE and fuel efficient oil Use SAE SW 20 5W 30 or 1OW 30 if normal temperatures are above O F 18 C See page 7 14 HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY 30 o 4 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE Apply the parking brake with the engine running shill the selector lever through all ranges and return to N Neutral position Then check the level of fluid on the dipstick Use only TFF ATF T IV FWS 3309 Mobil ATF 3309 3309 US ATF or other brands meeting the JWS 3309 specification approved by Hyundai Motor Co QUICK INDEX OC ar Will vot Sather eee ee ea ied ip cd aea aa a Og ten aac a ee ie a eaea 4 58 4 66 ORS overhe l a eda ee ee eS o Towing of your vehicle 44 reramai o Starting the engine oe Se Re eT a o Driving ups for first 200 sig 2 000 km Se Pa a o Scheduled maintenance SS a Rea 7 6 o Reporting safety defects s eo sacro oceno eee ee ne 8 9 A3JO EU7ND Printed in Korea
75. lens lens tab and plastic housings APPEARANCE CARE Exterior care G230101AUN Exterior general caution It is very important to follow the label directions when using any chemical cleaner or polish Read all warning and caution statements that appear on the label G230102BUN Finish maintenance Washing To help protect your vehicle s finish from rust and deterioration wash it thoroughly and frequently at least once a month with lukewarm or cold water If you use your vehicle for off road driv ing you should wash it after each off road trip Pay special attention to the removal of any accumulation of salt dirt mud and other foreign materials Make sure the drain holes in the lower edges of the doors and rocker panels are kept clear and clean Insects tar tree sap bird droppings industrial pollution and similar deposits can damage your vehicle s finish if not removed immediately Even prompt washing with plain water may not completely remove all these deposits A mild soap safe for use on painted surfaces may be used After washing rinse the vehicle thor oughly with lukewarm or cold water Do not allow soap to dry on the finish CAUTION Do not use strong soap chemical detergents or hot water and do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or when the body of the vehicle is warm Maintenance OJB037800 CAUTION e Water washing in the engine com partment including high p
76. not remove any nut until the tire 5 Block both the front and rear of the has been raised off the ground wheel that is diagonally opposite the jack position 4 Remove the wheel lug nut wrench jack jack handle and spare tire What to do in an emergency OEN066007 7 Place the jack at the front or rear jacking position closest to the tire you are changing Place the jack at the designated locations under the frame The jacking positions are plates welded to the frame with two tabs and a raised dot to index with the jack OENO66009 8 Insert the jack handle into the jack and turn it clockwise raising the vehicle until the tire just clears the ground This measurement is approximately 1 2 in 30 mm Before removing the wheel lug nuts make sure the vehicle is sta ble and that there is no chance for movement or slippage 9 Loosen the wheel nuts and remove them with your fingers Slide the wheel off the studs and lay it flat so it cannot roll away To put the wheel on the hub pick up the spare tire line up the holes with the studs and slide the wheel onto them If this is difficult tip the wheel slightly and get the top hole in the wheel lined up with the top stud Then jiggle the wheel back and forth until the wheel can be slid over the other studs What to do in an emergency 10 To reinstall the wheel hold it on the studs put the wheel nuts on the studs and tighten them finger tight T
77. objects may not be rec ognized by the sensor 1 Sharp or slim objects such as ropes chains or small poles 2 Objects which tend to absorb the sen sor frequency such as clothes spongy material or snow 3 Undetectable objects smaller than 40 in 1 m in height and narrower than 6 in 14 cm in diameter D170300AEN Rear parking assist system pre cautions e The rear parking assist system may not sound sequentially depending on the speed and shapes of the objects detected e The rear parking assist system may malfunction if the vehicle bumper height or sensor installation has been modified or damaged Any non factory installed equipment or accessories may also interfere with the sensor per formance e The sensor may not recognize objects less than 15 in 40 cm from the sen sor or it may sense an incorrect dis tance Use caution e When the sensor is frozen or stained with snow dirt or water the sensor may be inoperative until the stains are removed using a soft cloth e Do not push scratch or strike the sen sor Sensor damage could occur Features of your vehicle x NOTICE This system can only sense objects with in the range and location of the sensors It can not detect objects in other areas where sensors are not installed Also small or slim objects such as poles or objects located between sensors may not be detected by the sensors Always visually check behind the vehi cle when backing up
78. open position 2 4 When the cool box is not used turn the lever to its closed position 1 For improving the effectiveness of the cool box do as follows 1 Set the temperature to the hot extreme right position for warm air or to the cold extreme left position for cool air Turn on the air conditioning system for cooler air 2 Set the fan speed to the highest extreme right position 3 Set the mode to the face a posi tion NOTICE If some items in the cool box block the vent the warming or cooling effective ness of the cool box is reduced Features of your vehicle System operation D230501AUN Ventilation 1 Set the mode to the position 2 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed D230502AEN Heating 1 Set the mode to the position 2 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 5 If dehumidified heating is desired turn the air conditioning system on e f the windshield fogs up set the mode to the lt 8 or 47 position Operation Tips e To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the car through the ventilation system temporarily set the air intake control to the recirculated air position Be sure to return the
79. plies of rub ber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others The letter R means radial ply con struction the letter D means diago nal or bias ply construction and the letter B means belted bias ply con struction Maintenance E G201005AUN 5 Maximum permissible inflation pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure Refer to the Tire and Loading Information label for recommended inflation pressure G201006AUN 6 Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire G2010007AEN EU 7 Uniform tire quality grading Tread wear The tread wear grade is a compara tive rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified govern ment test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half times 112 as well on the gov ernment course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road charact
80. position OEN046110 D230201AEN Rear mode selection The rear mode is selected by pushing the rear mode selection button on the rear control panel as follows Features of your vehicle OEN046112 Rear air blows from the upper vents on the rear ceiling e lt Rear air blows from the upper vents on the rear ceiling and the lower vents on the right rear e Rear air blows from the lower vents on the right rear trim OEN046114 Rear vents The vent can be adjusted by rotating the blade NOTICE If all the vents are closed it may cause some noise Always open 2 vents or more OEN046108 D230202AEN Rear temperature control To change the air temperature in the rear passenger compartment turn the knob to the right for warm and hot air or left for cooler air Features of your vehicle OEN046106 D230203AEN Rear fan speed control To change the fan speed turn the knob to the right for higher speed or left for lower speed To turn off the fan turn the knob to the OFF position D230600AEN Cool box if equipped You can keep beverage cans or other items warm or cool using the open close lever of the vent installed in the center console box 1 Turn on the fan and set the tempera ture control to the desired position 2 Set the mode control to the face 8 or bi level wea position 3 Turn the open close lever of the vent installed in the center console box to the
81. pre tensioners This type of data storage is done by devices called event data recorders EDR After a crash event the air bag and seat belt pre tensioner computer sys tem known as the Supplemental Restraint System Control Module SRSCM or Air bag Control Unit ACU may record some information about the condition of the vehicle and how it was being operated This infor mation consists of data related to seat belt usage and if there was diagnostic information in the air bag or seat belt systems at the time that a crash occurred and if the ACU sensed that a crash of sufficient severity occurred to require seat belt pre tensioner or air bag deployment To retrieve this information special equipment is needed and access to the vehicle or the device that stores the data is required Hyundai will not access information about a crash event or share it with others except e in response to an official request of police or similar government office or e with the consent of the vehicle owner or if the vehicle is leased with the consent of the lessee or e as part of Hyundai s defense of liti gation or e as required by law Introduction INDICATOR SYMBOLS ON THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER AO50000AEN EU Door ajar warning light IN Seat belt warning light High beam indicator Turn signal indicator ESC indicator ESC OFF indicator ABS warning light ORBRMEE G Key Parking brake amp Brake fluid warning light
82. programmed status If the battery has been discharged or disconnected it resets to the defog logic status Features of your vehicle STORAGE COMPARTMENT D270000AUN These compartments can be used to store small items required by the driver or passengers CAUTION e To avoid possible theft do not leave valuables in the storage compartment Always keep the storage com partment covers closed while driving Do not attempt to place 5 A so many items in the storage D270100AEN D270200AEN compartment that the storage compartment cover cannot close Center console storage Glove box OEN048144 securely These compartments can be used to The glove box can be locked and store small items required by the driver unlocked with a master key e front oe ea r To open the glove box pull the handle E o open the center console storage push and the glove box will automatically 4 WARNING Flammable the button 1 or pull up the lever 2 open Close the glove box after use materials Do not store cigarette lighters propane cylinders or other flamma A WARNING To reduce the risk of injury in an ble explosive materials in the vehi cle These items may catch fire and or explode if the vehicle is exposed to hot temperatures for extended periods accident or sudden stop always keep the glove box door closed while driving ee eee ee ee e l e e e e e e l l e ga l l e l e e l e e e e e Features of your vehicl
83. reduce the protection provided by the seat belt and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash Passengers should not place hard or sharp objects between them selves and the air bags Carrying hard or sharp objects on your lap or in your mouth can result in injuries if an air bag inflates Keep occupants away from the air bag covers All occupants should sit upright fully back in their seats with their seat belts on and their feet on the floor If occupants are too close to the air bag covers they could be injured if the air bags inflate Do not attach or place objects on or near the air bag covers Any object attached to or placed on the front or side air bag covers could interfere with the proper operation of the air bags Do not modify the front seats Modification of the front seats could interfere with the operation of the sup plemental restraint system sensing components or side air bags Do not place items under the front seats Placing items under the front seats could interfere with the operation of the supplemental restraint system sensing components and wiring har nesses Never hold an infant or child on your lap The infant or child could be seri ously injured or killed in the event of a crash All infants and children should be properly restrained in appropriate child safety seats or seat belts in the rear seat C041400AUN Adding equipment to or modifying your air bag equipped vehicle If you modi
84. remove bird droppings as soon as possi ble Don t neglect the interior Moisture can collect under the floor mats and carpeting to cause corrosion Check under the mats periodically to be sure the carpeting is dry Use particular care if you Carry fertilizers cleaning materials or chemicals in the car These should be carried only in proper containers and any spills or leaks should be cleaned up flushed with clean water and thoroughly dried Maintenance E Interior care G230201AUN Interior general precautions Prevent caustic solutions such as per fume and cosmetic oil from contacting the dashboard because they may cause damage or discoloration If they do con tact the dashboard wipe them off imme diately See the instructions that follow for the proper way to clean vinyl CAUTION Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electrical electronic components inside the vehicle as this may dam age them G230202AUN Cleaning the upholstery and interior trim Vinyl Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner Fabric Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean with a mild soap solution recom mended for upholstery or carpets Remove fresh spots immediately with a fabric spot cleaner If fresh spots do not receive immediate attention the fabric can be stained and its color can
85. s leave the vehicle If any door or tailgate or engine hood is opened within 30 seconds after the system enters the armed stage the system is disarmed to prevent an unnecessary alarm Features of your vehicle DO30200AEN EU Theft alarm stage The alarm will be activated if any of the following occurs while the system is armed e A front or rear door is opened without using the ignition key or transmitter or smart key e The tailgate is opened without using the transmitter or smart key e The engine hood is opened The horn will sound and the hazard warning lights will blink continuously for approximately 30 seconds and repeat the alarm once more unless the system is disarmed To turn off the system unlock the doors with the ignition key or transmitter DO3S0400AEN EU Disarmed stage The system will be disarmed when the doors and tailgate are unlocked with the transmitter or smart key or the ignition key After depressing the unlock button the hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound twice to indicate that the system is disarmed After depressing the unlock button if any door or tailgate is not opened within 30 seconds the system will be rearmed x NOTICE e Avoid trying to start the engine while the alarm is activated The vehicle starting motor is disabled during the theft alarm stage If the system is not disarmed with the transmitter or smart key insert the key into the i
86. should once again eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity dis charge by touching a metal part of the vehicle away from the fuel filler neck nozzle or other gaso line source When using an approved portable fuel container be sure to place the container on the ground prior to refueling Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire Once refueling has begun contact with the vehicle should be maintained until the filling is complete Continued Continued Use only approved portable plas tic fuel containers designed to carry and store gasoline Do not use cellular phones while refueling Electric current and or electronic interference from cel lular phones can potentially ignite fuel vapors causing a fire When refueling always shut the engine off Sparks produced by electrical components related to the engine can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire Once refueling is complete check to make sure the filler cap and filler door are securely closed before starting the engine DO NOT use matches or a lighter and DO NOT SMOKE or leave a lit cigarette in your vehicle while at a gas station especially during refueling Automotive fuel is highly flammable and can when ignited result in fire Continued Features of your vehicle CAUTION Make sure to refuel with unleaded fuel only If the fuel filler cap requires replacement use only a genuine HYUNDAI ca
87. so brake carefully and pull off the road Drive off the road as far as possible and park on firm level ground If you are on a divid ed highway do not park in the median area between the two traffic lanes What to do in an emergency 2 When the car is stopped turn on your emergency hazard flashers set the parking brake and put the transaxle in P automatic transaxle 3 Have all passengers get out of the car Be sure they all get out on the side of the car that is away from traffic 4 When changing a flat tire follow the instruction provided later in this sec tion FO20300AEN If engine stalls while driving 1 Reduce your speed gradually keeping a straight line Move cautiously off the road to a safe place 2 Turn on your emergency flashers 3 Try to start the engine again If your vehicle will not start contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or seek other qualified assistance IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START F030100AUN If engine doesn t turn over or turns over slowly 1 If your car has an automatic transaxle be sure the gear selector lever is in N Neutral or P Park and the emer gency brake is set 2 Check the battery connections to be sure they are clean and tight 3 Turn on the interior light If the light dims or goes out when you operate the starter the battery is discharged 4 Check the starter connections to be sure they are securely tightened 5 Do not push or pull the vehicle to start
88. speed which must be more than 25 mph 40 km h OENO56012 3 Push the COAST SET switch and release it at the desired speed The SET indicator light in the instrument cluster will illuminate Release the accelerator at the same time The desired speed will automatically be maintained On a steep grade the vehicle may slow down or speed up slightly while going downhill OEN056013 E090200AUN EU To increase cruise control set speed Follow either of these procedures e Push the RES ACCEL switch and hold it Your vehicle will accelerate Release the switch at the speed you want e Push the RES ACCEL switch and release it immediately The cruising speed will increase by 1 0 mph 1 6 km h each time the RES ACCEL switch is operated in this manner Driving your vehicle OENO56012 EO90300AUN EU To decrease the cruising speed Follow either of these procedures e Push the COAST SET switch and hold it Your vehicle will gradually slow down Release the switch at the speed you want to maintain e Push the COAST SET switch and release it immediately The cruising speed will decrease by 1 0 mph 1 6 km h each time the COAST SET switch is operated in this manner EO90400AUN To temporarily accelerate with the cruise control on If you want to speed up temporarily when the cruise control is on depress the accelerator pedal Increased speed will not interfere with cruise control operation or change the se
89. ss sssssssesssssessessssessesesscscoseessssseeeee 7 4 P Parking brake s ssvovsssssscessssssarenssoensnsnsnsssavevaroasnveneana 7 20 Power adjustable pedals s sssssesessesssssssvosessavensasees 4 38 Power steering fluid ssssssssssssssssssesossensssensssersvesoaseosaeenie 7 19 Ro SOS Rear parking assist SYSTEM Ce 4 67 Rear seat entertainment system RSE s8 4 166 Recommended lubricants and capacities seeeeee 8 4 Recommended SAE viscosity number s 8 5 Remote keyless C708 Wh Ae 4 8 Reporting safety alee Cae ee 8 9 Road warming esnearen nona eE S 6 2 S Scheduled maintenance ServiCe tt e eeteeeeeeeeeettntaeeeeeees 7 6 Normal maintenance schedule sssttttseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees gis Maintenance under severe usage conditions 7 10 Seat bis let eo niesu roni einsi rinn sni nAn aaa E 3 17 Pre tensioner seat belt eeesssssssssssssssssssessessssessesssesssees 3 23 Seat belt Driver s 3 point system with emergency locking retractor eeesssssssssseeeeesseeseesseeseeee 3 19 Seat belts Front passenger and rear seat 3 point system with combination locking retractor 3 20 Seat belt warning T L E TTT 3 19 Seats T T S T A O T AT T ua 6m 3 2 Armrest a avery bys TTO r E T T A TTT 3 13 Index Hedren re E E EEE E A 3 5 3 12 Folding the rear SOCAL eescessisssisressnsersrossaderiiatiniesersssesess 3 14 Front seat adjustment mantal e sssteewrnsisere
90. started allow the engine to run for 10 to 20 seconds prior to plac ing the vehicle in gear In very cold weather however give your engine a slightly longer warm up period Don t lug or over rev the engine Lugging is driving too slowly in too high a gear resulting in the engine bucking If this happens shift to a lower gear Over revving is racing the engine beyond its safe limit This can be avoid ed by shifting at the recommended speeds e Use your air conditioning sparingly The air conditioning system is operat ed by engine power so your fuel econ omy is reduced when you use it e Open windows at high speeds can reduce fuel economy e Fuel economy is less in crosswinds and headwinds To help offset some of this loss slow down when driving in these conditions Keeping a vehicle in good operating con dition is important both for economy and safety Therefore have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer perform scheduled inspections and maintenance Driving your vehicle SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS 1043002 E110100AUN Hazardous driving conditions When hazardous driving conditions are encountered such as water snow ice mud sand or similar hazards follow these suggestions e Drive cautiously and allow extra dis tance for braking e Avoid sudden movements in braking or steering e When braking with non ABS brakes pump the brake pedal with a light up and down motion until the vehicle is stopped
91. stop a disc and turn off the RSE system and the DVD player When the RSE is turned on again the disc will begin playing at the point where it stopped Eject a Disc To eject a disc press the A button A disc can be ejected even when the unit is not turned on X NOTICE The player has an Auto Reload Disc Protection feature to protect discs from accidental damage If a disc is not removed within 12 seconds after being ejected it will be pulled back into the player CD Player Operation The RSE will play audio CDs and mix CDs in standard 12 cm format NOTICE While the player will accept DVD ROM and CD ROM discs the RSE cannot play discs in these formats While the player is playing mix CD only the audio track will be played The data file will not be played by system Features of your vehicle Volume Control You can adjust the volume of the audio heard in the vehicle speakers from the RSE control panel or the remote control From the RSE control panel rotate the POWER VOLUME knob From the remote control press VOL to increase and VOL to decrease the volume Adjusting the volume in this way will not adjust the wireless headphone volume To adjust the headphones roll the VOL control wheel Play Pause Wem When a CD is inserted the RSE will automatically begin playing the first track Press the PLAY PAUSE button to pause the CD Press the button again to resume play While paused the elapsed ti
92. sunvisor extension forward or backward 4 The ticket holder 5 is provided for hold ing a tollgate ticket if equipped N CAUTION Vanity mirror lamp Close the vanity mirror cover securely and return the sunvisor to its original position after use If the vanity mirror is not closed securely the lamp will stay on and could result in battery discharge and pos sible sunvisor damage ma OEN046158 7 N OEN046160 D280500AEN Power outlet The power outlet is designed to provide power for mobile telephones or other devices designed to operate with vehicle electrical systems The devices should draw less than 10 amps with the engine running Features of your vehicle CAUTION Use the power outlet only when the engine is running and remove the accessory plug after use Using the accessory plug for pro longed periods of time with the engine off could cause the bat tery to discharge Only use 12V electric accessories which are less than 10A in elec tric capacity Adjust the air conditioner or heater to the lowest operating level when using the power outlet Close the cover when not in use Some electronic devices can cause electronic interference when plugged into a vehicle s power outlet These devices may cause excessive audio static and malfunctions in other electronic systems or devices used in your vehicle OEN048161N D281300AEN AC inverter if equipped These supply 11
93. switch in the START or ON position Before driving be sure the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off If the brake warning light remains on after the parking brake is released while engine is running there may be a malfunction in the brake system Immediate attention is necessary If at all possible cease driving the vehi cle immediately If that is not possible use extreme caution while operating the vehicle and only continue to drive the vehicle until you can reach a safe loca tion or repair shop W 75 Driving your vehicle EO70300AEN EU Anti lock brake system ABS WARNING ABS or ESC will not prevent acci dents due to improper or danger ous driving maneuvers Even though vehicle control is improved during emergency braking always maintain a safe distance between you and objects ahead Vehicle speeds should always be reduced during extreme road conditions The braking distance for cars equipped with an anti lock braking system or Electronic Stability Control System may be longer than for those without it in the fol lowing road conditions During these conditions the vehicle should be driven at reduced speeds e Rough gravel or snow covered roads e With tire chains installed Continued Continued e On roads where the road surface is pitted or has different surface height The safety features of an ABS or ESC equipped vehicle should not be tested by high
94. the Electronic Stability e To cancel ESC operation ON ESC and ESC OFF indi Control is operating properly ESC press the ESC OFF button cator lights illuminate for you can feel a slight pulsation OFF ESC OFF indicator light illu approximately 3 seconds in the vehicle This is only the minates then ESC is turned on effect of brake control and e If the ignition switch is turned e Press the ESC OFF button indicates nothing unusual to LOCK position when ESC for at least half a second after e When moving out of the mud is off ESC remains off Upon turning the ignition ON to turn or slippery road pressing the restarting the engine the ESC off ESC OFF indicator accelerator pedal may not ESC will automatically turn will illuminate To turn the cause the engine rpm revo on again ESC on press the ESC OFF lutions per minute to button ESC OFF indicator increase light will go off e When starting the engine you may hear a slight ticking sound This is the ESC per forming an automatic system self check and does not indi cate a problem Driving your vehicle E ESC indicator light blinks ESC E ESC OFF indicator light comes on ESC OFF E070503AEN EU Indicator light When the ignition switch is turned ON the indicator light illuminates then goes off if ESC system is operating normally The ESC indicator light blinks whenever ESC is operating The ESC OFF indicator light comes on when either the ESC is turned off w
95. the ability to control the SRS deployment based on how close the driver s seat is to the steering wheel whether or not the seat belts are fas tened and how severe the impact is The advanced SRS offers the ability to control the air bag inflation with two lev els A first stage level is provided for moderate severity impacts A second stage level is provided for more severe impacts According to the impact severity seating position and seat belt usage the SRSCM SRS Control Module controls the air bag inflation Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or sever ity of injury in an accident Additionally your vehicle is equipped with an occupant classification system in the front passenger s seat The occupant classification system detects the pres ence of a passenger in the front passen ger s seat and will turn off the front pas senger s air bag under certain condi tions For more detail see Occupant classification system in this section WARNING e Modification to the seat structure can adversely affect the seat track position sensor and cause the air bag to deploy at a different level than should be provided Do not place any objects under neath the front seats as they could damage the seat track position sensor or interfere with the occupant classification sys tem Do not place any objects that may cause magnetic fields near the front seat These may cause a malfunction of the seat
96. the battery cables are connected Continued Maintenance RR G190200AUN Battery recharging Your vehicle has a maintenance free calcium based battery e If the battery becomes discharged in a Continued e Wear eye protection when check ing the battery during charging e Disconnect the battery charger in Continued e The electrical ignition system works with high voltage Never touch these components with the engine running or the ignition switched on Failure to follow the above warn ings can result in serious bodily injury or death PROPOSITION 65 WARNING Battery posts terminals and relat ed accessories contain lead and lead compounds chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm Batteries also contain other chemi cals known to the State of California to cause cancer Wash hands after handling When short time because for example the headlights or interior lights were left on while the vehicle was not in use recharge it by slow charging trickle for 10 hours e If the battery gradually discharges because of high electric load while the vehicle is being used recharge it at 20 30A for two hours AX WARNING Recharging battery recharging the battery observe the following precautions e The battery must be removed from the vehicle and placed in an area with good ventilation Do not allow cigarettes sparks or flame near the batt
97. the central door lock switch 2 all vehicle doors will lock automatically x NOTICE Always remove the ignition key engage the parking brake close all windows and lock all doors when leaving your vehicle unattended Features of your vehicle OENO046007 Operating door locks from inside the vehicle D050201AEN EE With the door lock button e To unlock a door push the door lock button 1 to the Unlock position The red mark 2 on button will be visible e To lock a door push the door lock but ton 1 to the Lock position If the door is locked properly the red mark 2 on the door lock button will not be visible e To open a door pull the door handle 3 outward e If the inner door handle of the driver s or front passenger s door is pulled when the door lock button is in lock position the button is unlocked and door opens if equipped e Front doors cannot be locked if the Drivers door ignition key is in the ignition switch and any front door is open WARNING Door lock mal function If a power door lock ever fails to function while you are in the vehi cle try one or more of the following techniques to exit e Operate the door unlock feature repeatedly both electronic and manual while simultaneously pulling on the door handle e Operate the other door locks and handles front and rear e Lower a front window and use the key to unlock the door from out side e M
98. the driver and the front pas senger e MOOD Push the switch to turn the mood lamp on or off e DOME Push the switch to turn the rear room lamp 2nd row on or off OEN046076 2nd row if equipped Push the switch to turn the map lamp on or off This light produces a spot beam for con venient use as a map lamp at night or as a personal lamp for the rear passenger Features of your vehicle OEN046075 D210200AEN Room lamp 2nd row e DOOR In the DOOR position the light comes on when any door is opened regardless of the igni tion switch position When doors are unlocked by the transmitter or smart key the light comes on for approxi mately 30 seconds as long as any door is not open The light goes out gradually after approximately 30 seconds if the door is closed However if the ignition switch is ON or all doors are locked the light will turn off immediately e ROOM If a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ACC or LOCK position the light stays on for about 20 minutes However if a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ON position the light stays on continuously In the ROOM position the light stays on at all times CAUTION Do not leave the switch in this posi tion for an extended period of time when the vehicle is not running OEN046078 3rd row e 27 lt Push the switch to turn the map lamp on or off This light produces a spot beam for
99. the turn signal lever slightly and hold it in position B The lever will return to the OFF posi tion when released If an indicator stays on and does not flash or if it flashes abnormally one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out and will require replacement x NOTICE If an indicator flash is abnormally quick or slow a bulb may be burned out or have a poor electrical connection in the circuit OENO046067 D190700AEN EU Front fog light if equipped Fog lights are used to provide improved visibility when visibility is poor due to fog rain or snow etc The fog lights will turn on when fog light switch is pressed after the headlights low beam are turned on To turn off the fog lights press the switch again CAUTION When in operation the fog lights consume large amounts of vehicle electrical power Only use the fog lights when visibility is poor Features of your vehicle WIPERS AND WASHERS Windshield wiper washer Rear window wiper washer A Wiper speed control if equipped MIST Single wipe Type A Type A OFF Off i B D INT Intermittent wipe itm AUTO AUTO control wipe ON LO Low wiper speed HI High wiper speed OFF B Intermittent or Auto control wipe time adjustment C Wash with brief wipes D Rear wiper washer control J Spraying washer fluid ON Intermittent wipe after some normal wipe OFF Off Ne Wash with brief wipes
100. this button it will continue to move to the next song e Press Y Track Down button while playing CD to move to the beginning of the song and press again to move to the beginning of the previous song If you hold this button it will continue to move to the previous song 12 Information Button Only M466s with XM satellite radio If the song title is long while playing an MP3 file press this button to scroll the song title to the end 13 Directory Name Search Button Press DIR A Directory Up button while playing an MP3 file to display the next available folder name and DIRY Directory Down button the previous folder name Find the folder you searched for and press 7 to play the songs inside the folder from the top of the list If you do not take any action after searching for the folder for 5 or more seconds this search will be canceled 14 Mark Memory Button You can choose only the songs you want to listen to and play them in respective order Refer to the operation method Press again to cancel Features of your vehicle 15 Disc Load All Load Button When you press LOAD button one of the empty slots of the CD changer will be opened in the order of 1 2 3 4 5 Insert the CD when the word INSERT on LCD and the light of the deck flicker then the deck will be closed you will be able to play and listen to the correspon ding CD Also you can load all 6 CDs to all empty slots of t
101. to e NEVER leave the ignition key in the vehicle NEVER leave any child unattend ed in the vehicle Even very young children may inadvertently cause the vehicle to move entan gle themselves in the windows or otherwise injure themselves or others Always double check to make sure all arms hands head and other obstructions are safely out of the way before closing a win dow Do not allow children to play with the power windows Keep the dri vers door power window lock switch in the LOCK position depressed Serious injury can result from unintentional window operation by the child Do not extend face or arms out side through the window opening while driving Features of your vehicle WARNING e Before closing the hood ensure OEN046017 D090100AEN Opening the hood 1 Pull the release lever to unlatch the hood The hood should pop open slightly 2 Go to the front of the vehicle raise the hood slightly pull the secondary latch 1 inside of the hood center and lift the hood 2 3 Raise the hood It will raise completely by itself after it has been raised about halfway DO90200AEN Closing the hood 1 Before closing the hood check the fol lowing e All filler caps in engine compartment must be correctly installed e Gloves rags or any other com bustible material must be removed from the engine compartment 2 Lower the hood halfway and push down to securely lock in place
102. towing a trailer be sure to con sult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for further information on additional requirements such as a towing kit etc e Always drive your vehicle at a moder ate speed less than 60 mph 100 km h e On a long uphill grade do not exceed 45 mph 70 km h or the posted towing speed limit whichever is lower The chart contains important consider ations that have to do with weight Driving your vehicle Tongue Load Total Trailer Weight C190E01JM E140601AUN Weight of the trailer How heavy can a trailer safely be It should never weigh more than the maxi mum trailer weight with trailer brakes But even that can be too heavy It depends on how you plan to use your trailer For example speed altitude road grades outside temperature and how often your vehicle is used to pull a trailer are all important The ideal trailer weight can also depend on any special equip ment that you have on your vehicle Gross Axle Weight Gross Vehicle Weight C190E02JM E140602AEN Weight of the trailer tongue The tongue load of any trailer is an important weight to measure because it affects the total gross vehicle weight GVW of your vehicle This weight includes the curb weight of the vehicle any cargo you may carry in it and the people who will be riding in the vehicle And if you will tow a trailer you must add the tongue load to the GVW because your vehicle will also be carrying that weight The tr
103. vehicle if the ignition switch is depressed the indicator will blink for a few minutes to indicate that you will not be able to start the engine and the ignition switch is not rotated e When the ignition switch is turned to the ON position from the ACC position without the smart key in the vehicle the indicator light turns off after blink ing e When the ignition switch is turned to the ON position and the indicator turns off after 2 seconds the system may have a problem Have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer e When the battery is weak if the igni tion switch is depressed the indicator will blink and you will not be able to start the engine However you may still be able to start the engine by inserting the smart key in the ignition switch If smart key system related parts have a problem the indicator blinks Features of your vehicle D150318AUN Low fuel level warning light This warning light indicates the fuel tank is nearly empty When it comes on you should add fuel as soon as possible Driving with the fuel level warning light on or with the fuel level below E can cause the engine to misfire and damage the catalytic converter D150319AUN Low washer fluid level warning light if equipped This warning light indicates the washer fluid reservoir is near empty Refill the washer fluid as soon as possible D150320AEN EU Malfunction indicator MIL CY check engine light
104. vehicle when you install a trailer hitch If you do then be sure to seal the holes later when you remove the hitch If you don t seal them deadly carbon monoxide CO from your exhaust can get into your vehicle as well as dirt and water e The bumpers on your vehicle are not intended for hitches Do not attach rental hitches or other bumper type hitches to them Use only a frame mounted hitch that does not attach to the bumper e HYUNDAI trailer hitch accessory is available at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer E140200AUN Safety chains You should always attach chains between your vehicle and your trailer Cross the safety chains under the tongue of the trailer so that the tongue will not drop to the road if it becomes separated from the hitch Instructions about safety chains may be provided by the hitch manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer Follow the man ufacturer s recommendation for attaching safety chains Always leave just enough slack so you can turn with your trailer And never allow safety chains to drag on the ground E140300AUN EU Trailer brakes If your trailer is equipped with a braking system make sure it conforms to federal and or local regulations and that it is properly installed and operating correctly If your trailer weighs more than the max imum trailer weight without trailer brakes loaded then it needs its own brakes and they must be adequate Be sure to read and follow the instruction
105. vehicles as it to a minimum may be more difficult to see at night especially in areas where there may not be any street lights Driving your vehicle Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glare from other driver s headlights e Keep your headlights clean and prop erly aimed on vehicles not equipped with the automatic headlight aiming feature Dirty or improperly aimed headlights will make it much more diffi cult to see at night Headlight operation shield using windshield wipers is mandatory in some states Avoid staring directly at the headlights of oncoming vehicles You could be temporarily blinded and it will take several seconds for your eyes to read just to the darkness E110500AUN Driving in the rain Rain and wet roads can make driving dangerous especially if you re not pre pared for the slick pavement Here are a few things to consider when driving in the rain e A heavy rainfall will make it harder to see and will increase the distance needed to stop your vehicle so slow down e Keep your windshield wiping equip ment in good shape Replace your windshield wiper blades when they show signs of streaking or missing areas on the windshield e If your tires are not in good condition making a quick stop on wet pavement can cause a skid and possibly lead to an accident Be sure your tires are in good shape e Turn on your headlights to make it eas ier for others to see you Driving too fas
106. wait for a few minutes about 5 minutes for the oil to return to the oil pan 4 Pull the dipstick out wipe it clean and re insert it fully OENO76003N G060100AEN EU 5 Pull the dipstick out again and check f itis near or at L add enough oil to bring Checking the engine oil level a he The level should be between the level to F Do not overfill 1 Be sure the vehicle is on level ground ca T Pao hel toiii 2 Start the engine and allow it to reach se a tunnel to help prevent ol trom normal sper temperature CAUTION being spilled on engine components Do not overfill with engine oil Engine damage may result Use only the specified engine oil Refer to Recommended lubricants and capaci ties in section 8 Maintenance ENGINE COOLANT GO70000AUN The high pressure cooling system has a Continued l reservoir filled with year round antifreeze Turn the engine off and wait until coolant The reservoir is filled at the fac it cools down Use extreme care tory when removing the radiator cap HYUNDAI Check the antifreeze protection and Wrap a thick towel around it and turn it counterclockwise slowly to the first stop Step back while the pressure is released from the cooling system When you are sure all the pressure has been G070100AEN released press down on the cap Checking the coolant level using a thick towel and continue turning counterclockwise to coolant level at lea
107. wheel size designa tion mean Example wheel size designation 7 0JX17 7 0 Rim width in inches J Rim contour designation 17 Rim diameter in inches Maintenance ee Tire speed ratings The chart below lists many of the dif ferent speed ratings currently being used for passenger car tires The speed rating is part of the tire size designation on the sidewall of the tire This symbol corresponds to that tire s designed maximum safe oper ating speed Maximum Speed 112 mph 180 km h 118 mph 190 km h 130 mph 210 km h 149 mph 240 km h Above 149 mph 240 km h G201003AEN 3 Checking tire life TIN Tire Identification Number Any tires that are over 6 years old based on the manufacturing date including the spare tire should be replaced by new ones You can find the manufacturing date on the tire sidewall possibly on the inside of the wheel displaying the DOT Code The DOT Code is a series of num bers on a tire consisting of numbers and English letters The manufactur ing date is designated by the last four digits characters of the DOT code DOT XXXX XXXX OOOO The front part of the DOT means a plant code number tire size and tread pattern and the last four num bers indicate week and year manu factured For example DOT XXXX XXXX 1606 represents that the tire was produced in the 16th week of 2006 G201004AEN 4 Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or
108. when the audio system was turned off 2 LCD Liquid Crystal Display It displays the XM1 XM2 XM3 Preset Number Title of the Channel Received EQ Mode CLASSIC POP ROCK JAZZ and SCAN Status when listening to XM 3 SCAN Button When you press this button the player will play 10 seconds of each channel LCD will display SCAN Press it again to cancel scanning Also press and this button for more than 0 8 seconds to play the channels memorized to the preset buttons for 10 seconds each LCD will display corresponding channel number lt P gt and SCAN Press it again to cancel scanning 4 Information Button You can see the information of the chan nel currently received and you can switch to different information by pressing this button in the following order Title gt Name Category Current oN State 5 Channel Move Seek Up Down Button e When you press this button the chan nel will move automatically and stop at the next available channel and play the channel The display will cycle once through the Channel Title Name and Category for selected channel Press A to move to the higher fre quencies press X to the lower fre quencies automatically Press and hold either the down or up at a fast rate The display will show the Channel Name and Number while tun ing at the fast rate Radio ID Seek or tune to XM channel O to display the Radio ID Feat
109. which could cause an accident The anti theft steering column lock is not a substitute for the parking brake Before leaving the driver s seat always make sure the shift lever is engaged in P Park for the automatic transaxle set the park ing brake fully and shut the engine off Unexpected and sudden vehi cle movement may occur if these precautions are not taken Continued Continued e Never reach for the ignition switch or any other controls through the steering wheel while the vehicle is in motion The presence of your hand or arm in this area could cause a loss of vehicle control an accident and serious bodily injury or death Do not place any movable objects around the driver s seat as they may move while driving interfere with the driver and lead to an acci dent Driving your vehicle STARTING THE ENGINE EO40000AUN EU E040100AUN EU 1 Make sure the parking brake is applied 2 Place the transaxle shift lever in P Park Depress the brake pedal fully You can also start the engine when the shift lever is in the N Neutral position 3 Turn the ignition switch to START and hold it there until the engine starts a maximum of 10 seconds then release the key 4 In extremely cold weather below 18 C O F or after the vehicle has not been operated for several days let the engine warm up without depress ing the accelerator Whether the engine is cold or warm it sh
110. will not advance the cursor beyond the first item Press ENTER or Play Pause to select the desired menu choice Playing a DVD VCD You can control your DVD or VCD by using the buttons on the RSE control panel or by using the remote control Instructions for the controls listed below are the same whether using the RSE control panel or the remote control However there are some additional func tions that are only available from the remote control These buttons and their functions are discussed in the Remote Control section of this manual Features of your vehicle Play Pause Button on You do not need to press the PLAY PAUSE button after loading a disc to begin playing the disc The player will start playing automatically While a disc is playing press PLAY PAUSE to pause While paused the elapsed time of the current disc will blink on the monitor status display and PAUSE will be displayed on the RSE control panel Press the button again to resume play NOTICE The RSE will enter standby mode when the vehicle ignition is turned off When the vehicle is turned back on within 30 seconds the RSE will turn on and the CD will automatically begin playing again at the point where it paused If the vehicle is turned off for longer than 30 seconds the RSE system will not turn on automatically when the vehicle is restarted Fast Forward Reverse Press and hold the FF gt or lt REW but ton and the player will fast f
111. your neck or face Improperly positioned seat belts can cause serious injuries in an accident Failure to replace seat belts after an accident could leave you with damaged seat belts that will not provide protection in the event of another collision leading to per sonal injury or death Replace your seat belts after being in an accident as soon as possible A WARNING You should place the lap belt por tion as low as possible and snugly across your hips not on your waist If the lap belt is located too high on your waist it may increase the chance of injury in the event of a collision Both arms should not be under or over the belt Rather one should be over and the other under as shown in the illustration Never wear the seat belt under the arm nearest the door B200A02NF C020106AUN Seat belts Front passenger and rear seat 3 point system with combination locking retractor To fasten your seat belt Combination retractor type seat belts are installed in the rear seat positions to help accommodate the installation of child restraint systems Although a combina tion retractor is also installed in the front passenger seat position it is strongly recommended that children always be seated in the rear seat NEVER place any infant restraint system in the front seat of the vehicle This type of seat belt combines the fea tures of both an emergency locking retractor seat belt and an automatic lock ing
112. your vehicle s engine and fuel system HYUNDAI recommends that customers do not use fuel with an ethanol content exceeding 10 percent CAUTION Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty does not cover damage to the fuel system or any performance prob lems caused by the use of E85 fuel CAUTION Never use gasohol which contains methanol Discontinue use of any gasohol product which impairs dri vability A020104AEN Use of MTBE HYUNDAI recommends avoiding fuels containing MTBE Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether over 15 0 vol Oxygen Content 2 7 weight in your vehicle Fuel containing MTBE over 15 0 vol Oxygen Content 2 7 weight may reduce vehicle performance and produce vapor lock or hard starting CAUTION Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty may not cover damage to the fuel system and any performance prob lems that are caused by the use of fuels containing methanol or fuels containing MTBE Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether over 15 0 vol Oxygen Content 2 7 weight A020105AUN Do not use methanol Fuels containing methanol wood alco hol should not be used in your vehicle This type of fuel can reduce vehicle per formance and damage components of the fuel system A020106AEN Gasolines for cleaner air To help contribute to cleaner air HYUNDAI recommends that you use gasolines treated with detergent addi tives which help prevent deposit forma tion in the engine These gasolines will help the engin
113. 0 0 Features of your vehicle OENO46056N Distance to empty This mode indicates the estimated dis tance to empty based on the current fuel in the fuel tank and the amount of fuel delivered to the engine When the remaining distance is below 30 miles 50 km will be displayed and the dis tance to empty indicator will blink The meter s working range is from 30 to 1500 miles 50 to 1500 km OEN046054N Average speed This mode calculates the average speed of the vehicle since the last average speed reset Even if the vehicle is not in motion the average speed keeps going while the engine is running Pressing the RESET button for more than 1 second when the average speed is being displayed clears the average speed to zero OEN046055N Driving time This mode indicates the total time trav eled since the last driving time reset Even if the vehicle is not in motion the driving time keeps going while the engine is running The meters working range is from 0 00 99 59 Pressing the RESET button for more than 1 second when the driving time is being displayed clears the driving time to zero 0 00 Features of your vehicle OEN046186N Average fuel consumption This mode calculates the average fuel consumption from the total fuel used and the distance since the last average con sumption reset The total fuel used is cal culated from the fuel consumption input For an accurate calculati
114. 06002N B020000AEN EE Your vehicle at a glance ENGINE COMPARTMENT 1 Engine coolant reservoir 7 16 2 Engine oil filler cap 2 scssecccecere eects 7 14 3 Brake fluid reservoir eee 7 18 A A CEINE a a a a is 7 21 5 IRUS CDO seater ae E E ee nee 7 45 6 Negative battery terminal 7 27 7 Positive battery terminal 7 27 Or Rag ialeniCa vaca ce cennceeee eee conan 7 17 9 Engine oil dipstick arceri 7 14 10 Power steering fluid reservoir 7 19 11 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 7 20 The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration OENO78059 BOSOOOOAEN EU Seats 3 2 Seat belts 3 17 Child restraint system 3 29 Air bag advanced supplemental restraint system 3 37 Safety features of your vehicle Safety features of your vehicle SEATS Front seat 1 Forward and backward 2 Seatback angle 3 Seat cushion height Driver s seat 4 Lumbar support Driver s seat 5 Seat warmer 6 Headrest 2nd row seat 7 Forward and backward 8 Seatback angle 9 Walk in seat 10 Headrest 11 Armrest 3rd row seat 12 Seatback angle 13 Headrest if equipped CO10000AEN EE Safety features of your vehicle AX WARNING Loose objects Loose objects in the drivers foot area could interfere with the opera tion of the foot pedals possibly causing an accident Do not place anyth
115. 10kPa 30pSi fnawua ror PROPRIETAIRE POUR OBTENIR P2as 60RI8 210kPa 30psi ADDITIONAL INFORMATION SPARE EEG 1165 917 420KPa 60psi ADDIT IONELS OEN086201N E150100AUN Tire and loading information label The label located on the driver s door sill gives the original tire size cold tire pressures recommended for your vehicle the number of people that can be in your vehicle and vehicle capacity weight E150101AEN Vehicle capacity weight 1160 Ibs 526 kg Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi mum combined weight of occupants and cargo If your vehicle is equipped with a trailer the combined weight includes the tongue load E150102AEN Seating capacity Total 7 persons Front seat 2 persons Rear seat 5 persons Seating capacity is the maximum number of occupants including a driver your vehicle may carry However the seating capacity may be reduced based upon the weight of all of the occupants and the weight of the cargo being carried or towed Do not overload the vehicle as there is a limit to the total weight or load limit including occupants and cargo the vehicle can carry E150103AEN Towing capacity Without trailer brakes 1650 Ibs 748 kg With trailer brakes 3500 Ibs 1588 kg Towing capacity is the maximum trailer weight including its cargo weight your vehicle can tow E150104AUN Cargo capacity The cargo capacity of your vehicle will increase or decrease depending on t
116. 2 Firmly press and release the learn or smart button which activates the training light X NOTICE There are 30 seconds in which to initiate step3 3 Return to the vehicle and firmly press hold for two seconds and then release the desired HomeLink button Repeat the press hold release sequence a second time to complete the program ming Some devices may require you to repeat this sequence a third time to complete the programming 4 Press and hold the just trained HomeLink button and observe the red Status Indicator LED If the indicator light stays on constantly programming is complete and your device should activate 5 TO program the remaining two HomeLink buttons follow either steps 1 through 4 above for other Rolling Code devices or steps 2 through 5 in Standard Programming for standard devices Features of your vehicle Gate operator amp Canadian program ming During programming your handheld transmitter may automatically stop trans mitting Continue to press the Integrated HomeLink Wireless Control System but ton note steps 2 through 4 in the Standard Programming portion of this document while you press and re press cycle your handheld transmitter every two seconds until the frequency signal has been learned The indicator light will flash slowly and then rapidly after sever al seconds upon successful training Operating HomeLink To operate simply press and release the pro
117. 3 Fuse relay panel description e eeeeeeereereeereereerresseerees 7 47 Index eel IN aS LENIEN sean ee A S adore E T caries 7 46 Memory fuse sss sosissssissssissossissnsssstasonvasesoasanansatuasasasasons 7 45 H Hazard warning flasher seente 4 69 TG ich ee scree vtec catch pda ee cement eatin ences see adion 4 29 How to use this manual sss sssssssssssessssssseeseeseseseesesess 1 2 If the engine overheats rsovssssseeiniesisnarssessscessntesasas 6 6 If the engine will not STALL eeereseetesen nein ieee enrnerersenesners 6 3 If you have GIRlGilicst oo ee ee 6 12 Changing tires ssrrsisessisesesvaseissnnassssissevsssnrsvnsnnesavasaiees 6 14 Compact spare Li ecreiiesenearineseenacraeseaatsameneeneranteateaesanns 6 19 Tack and HOS set esis cssncemew pce csene ra coedocncncearntcusessececnnecas 6 12 Removing and storing the spare tire eeeeeeeeeeerereee 6 13 In case of an emergency while Criving eeeeeee eter 6 2 Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster eee 1 7 Instrument cluster sssssssssssssssssssesesssessessessseseeseeseseeesee 4 51 Engine temperature gauge eeeeeeeeereereereeereeeeeeereseesseeee 4 53 Fuel paupo eironi nnonser aniei 4 54 Instrument panel illumination eeeesssssssssssssseesssssssssseeseo 4 52 Odometer Tripmeter E patel enner eee unas ohana tune T 4 54 Speedometer s ssssssssevsnsssssssssvesesessenenestarsvensusaresennnneas 4 52 Wiel ee 4 52 Trip COMPULET e 4 55 Warning and indicators eseesega 4 58
118. 4 Information Button You can see the information of the chan nel currently received and you can switch to different information by pressing this button in the following order Title gt Name gt Category Current oN State 5 Channel Move Seek Up Down Button e When you press this button the chan nel will move automatically and stop at the next available channel and play the channel The display will cycle once through the Channel Title Name and Category for selected channel Press A to move to the higher fre quencies press Y to the lower fre quencies automatically Press and hold either the down or up at a fast rate The display will show the Channel Name and Number while tun ing at the fast rate Radio ID Seek or tune to XM channel O to display the Radio ID Features of your vehicle 6 Preset Memory Button Press this button and hold for less than 0 8 seconds to listen to the channel memorized to the button Also when you are listening to the channel other than the channel memorized to the button using TUNE or SEEK press the button you wish to memorize current channel to and hold for more than 0 8 seconds until it beeps to memorize the channel 7 Category Search Button Press this button to search another cate gory while listening to current channel LCD will display CAT Press A to search in the higher categories and Y lower categories Press 8 when you wan
119. 58 GAW Gross axle weight ss ssssssesssesssnensnsscssasavens 5 58 GAWR Gross axle weight rating 5 58 GVW Gross vehicle weight esetere 5 58 GVWR Gross vehicle weight rating eeeeee 5 58 Washer fuld enire an EE 7 20 Windows essna ects tees sntna sooner a cteace se tecceeac aaeacsonewercecepasccnce 4 25 Auto up down Window eenei 4 26 Power Window lock button essssssssssssesssesssesssesssosesesseees 4 28 Windshield defrosting and defogging eeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 4 106 Deforging lopie onean 4 108 Winter driving s sssssoscsosssnssesnsssovesoenusnnsstsasavevevianavaatannns 5 42 Ret LE A E E ATT 5 42 re S E E E E E NA 5 43 Wiper blades s tsssosssossessessessssesovoasnssnessatsasesessaveraaeanen qn Wipers and washers ss s ssssssssssssssssossersneanstsavavesvaneotnenais 4 74 This Owner s Manual should be considered a part of the car and remain with it when it is sold for the use of the next owner ORIGINAL OWNER ADDRESS CITY DELIVERY DATE DEALER NAME ADDRESS CITY OWNER S INFORMATION ZIP CODE Date Sold to Original Retail Purchaser DEALER NO ZIP CODE SERVICE STATION INFORMATION FUEL UNLEADED gasoline only Pump Octane Rating of 87 Research Octane Number 91 or higher FUEL TANK CAPACITY Original US gal imp gal iter 20 6 17 2 78 TIRE PRESSURE See the label on the driver s side of the center pillar outer panel OTHER TIRE INFORMATION See page 9 3 HOOD RELEASE Pull handle under
120. 5VAC 150W electric power to operate electric accessories or equipment when the ignition switch is in the ON position or engine is running The AC inverter is turned on by pushing in the switch To turn the AC inverter off push the switch a second time Features of your vehicle NOTICE Continued When pushing the AC inverter switch e Some electronic devices can the switch indicator illumination is cause electronic interference delayed momentarily while the system when plugged into the AC invert conducts a self check CAUTION e When not using the AC inverter make sure that the switch is turned off and is closed the AC inverter cover Only use when the engine is run ning and remove the plug from the AC inverter after using the accessory Using when the engine is not running or leaving the accessory plugged in for long time may cause the battery to dis charge Do not use electric accessories or equipment with maximum elec tric power consumption greater than 150W 115VAC Continued er These devices may cause excessive audio noise and mal functions in other electronic sys tems or devices used in your vehicle Do not use broken electric acces sories or equipment as they may damage the AC inverter and vehi cle s electrical system Do not use two or more electric accessories or equipment at the same time When input voltage is under 11V the outlet LED and indicator will blink and will autom
121. ACK UP DOWN button Detailed information for audio control buttons is described in the following pages in this section Features of your vehicle FM reception JBMoo1 D300800AEN EU How car audio works AM and FM radio signals are broadcast from transmitter towers located around your city They are intercepted by the radio antenna on your car This signal is then received by the radio and sent to your car speakers When a strong radio signal has reached your vehicle the precise engineering of your audio system ensures the best pos sible quality reproduction However in some cases the signal coming to your vehicle may not be strong and clear This can be due to factors such as the dis tance from the radio station closeness of other strong radio stations or the pres ence of buildings bridges or other large obstructions in the area AM reception JBMO002 AM broadcasts can be received at greater distances than FM broadcasts This is because AM radio waves are transmitted at low frequencies These long low frequency radio waves can fol low the curvature of the earth rather than travelling straight out into the atmos phere In addition they curve around obstructions so that they can provide bet ter signal coverage FM radio station Mountains JBMO003 FM broadcasts are transmitted at high frequencies and do not bend to follow the earth s surface Because of this FM broadcasts generally begin
122. After adjusting the seat always check that it is securely locked into place by attempting to move the seat forward or backward without using the lock release lever Sudden or unexpected movement of the driver s seat could cause you to lose control of the vehicle result ing in an accident OENO3601 1 Front seat adjustment manual C010101AUN Forward and backward To move the seat forward or backward 1 Pull the seat slide adjustment lever under the front edge of the seat cush ion up and hold it 2 Slide the seat to the position you desire 3 Release the lever and make sure the seat is locked in place Adjust the seat before driving and make sure the seat is locked securely by trying to move forward and backward without using the lever If the seat moves it is not locked properly Safety features of your vehicle OEN036012 C010102AUN Seatback angle To recline the seatback 1 Lean forward slightly and lift up on the seatback recline lever located on the outside of the seat at the rear 2 Carefully lean back on the seat and adjust the seatback of the seat to the position you desire 3 Release the lever and make sure the seatback is locked in place The lever MUST return to its original position for the seatback to lock OEN036013 C010103AUN Seat cushion height for driver s seat To change the height of the seat cushion push the lever that is located on the out side of the seat c
123. C POP ROCK JAZZ and SCAN status Features of your vehicle 7 Radio Band AM FM Selection Button e This selects AM FM and the radio band will change in the following order every time you press the button FM1 gt FM2 AM We o o e Press this button when CD or XM is on to automatically change to radio mode If the ignition switch of the automobile is set to ACC 1st notch or ON 2nd notch the system will be turned on and automatically play the radio when you press this button even if the power of the audio system is off 8 Audio Selector Button Only M466 without XM satellite radio e When listening to the audio system press this button to select following sound qualities in respective order BASS MIDDLE gt TREBLE FADER BALANCE EQUALIZER Current State Features of your vehicle Compact disc player CD auto changer opertion M466 Compatible with MP3 WMA E M466 without XM satellite radio CD Selector Disc Deck LCD Liquid Crystal Display Disc Eject Button Disc Move Disc Up Down Button SCAN Button Search Selection Button RDM Random Button RPT Repeat Button 10 Fast Forward Rewind Button Oo ON O OA A W ND SA 11 Track Move Track Up Down Button 13 Directory Name Search Button 14 Mark Memory Button 15 Disc Load All Load Button 16 Mute Button 17 Scroll Button 8 EN M466N Features of
124. CHECK This indicator light is part of the Engine Control System which monitors various emission control system components If this light illuminates while driving it indi cates that a potential malfunction has been detected somewhere in the emis sion control system This light will also illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON posi tion and will go out in a few seconds after the engine is started If it illuminates while driving or does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position take your vehicle to your near est authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked Generally your vehicle will continue to be drivable but have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer promptly CAUTION e Prolonged driving with the Emission Control System Malfunction Indicator Light illumi nated may cause damage to the emission control systems which could effect drivability and or fuel economy If the Emission Control System Malfunction Indicator Light illumi nates potential catalytic converter damage is possible which could result in loss of engine power Have the Engine Control System inspected as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Features of your vehicle D150323AUN EU ESC indicator Electronic Stability Control ESC The ESC indicator will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON but should go off after approximately 3 sec onds When the
125. Closing the tailgate To close the tailgate lower and push down the tailgate firmly Make sure that the tailgate is securely latched Features of your vehicle OEN046014 DO70300AEN Emergency tailgate safety release Your vehicle is equipped with the emer gency tailgate safety release lever locat ed on the bottom of the tailgate When someone is inadvertently locked in the luggage compartment if the lever is pushed the tailgate latch mechanism is released and the tailgate is opened by pushing rearward Features of your vehicle On the driver side crash pad ai a e 4 pit p a bat FA hs k F r J x F a57 E OEN038050 DO70400AEN EE Power tailgate if equipped 1 2 2 3 4 Power tailgate main control button Power ON OFF button Power tailgate handle switch Power tailgate sub control button On ann OEN046210 closed automatically with the transmitter or smart key the main control button on the driver side crash pad or the sub con trol button or handle switch on the tail gate When the power ON OFF button is OFF not depressed the power tailgate can be opened and closed manually by pressing the tailgate handle switch from outside vehicle and pulling the handle up A WARNING Never leave children or animals unattended in your vehicle Children or animals might operate the power tailgate that could result in injury to the
126. DULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE G040000AUN EU Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule if the vehicle is usually operated where none of the following conditions apply If any of the following conditions apply fol low Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions e Repeated short distance driving e Driving in dusty conditions or sandy areas Extensive use of brakes e Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are being used e Driving on rough or muddy roads Driving in mountainous areas Extended periods of idling or low speed operation Driving for a prolonged period in cold temperatures and or extremely humid climates e More than 50 driving in heavy city traffic during hot weather above 90 F 32 C If your vehicle is operated under the above conditions you should inspect replace or refill more frequently than the following Normal Maintenance Schedule After 120 months or 150 000 miles 240 000 km continue to follow the pre scribed maintenance intervals Maintenance G040100AEN EU NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty Where both mileage and time are shown the frequency of service is deter mined by whichever occurs first R Replace Inspect and after Inspection clean adjust repair or replace if necessary a pepe fs o
127. EP HYUNDAI Drive your way WARRANTIES FOR YOUR HYUNDAI VEHICLE Please consult your Owner s Handbook amp Warranty Information booklet for your vehicle s spe cific warranty coverage RESPONSIBILITY FOR MAINTENANCE The maintenance requirements for your new Hyundai are found in Section 7 As the owner it is your responsibility to see that all maintenance operations specified by the manufacturer are carried out at the appropriate intervals When the vehicle is used in severe driving conditions more frequent main tenance is required for some operations Maintenance requirements for severe operating conditions are also included in Section 7 AS VEL FV NZL Z owner s MANUAL Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in this Owner s Manual is current at the time of publication However Hyundai reserves the right to make changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement may be carried out This manual applies to all Hyundai models and includes descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment As a result you may find material in this manual that does not apply to your specific vehi cle CAUTION MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI Your Hyundai should not be modified in any way Such modifications may adversely affect the per formance safety or durability of your Hyundai and may in addition violate conditions of the limited warranties covering the veh
128. ESC is on it monitors the driving conditions and under normal driving conditions the ESC light will remain off When a slippery or low trac tion condition is encountered the ESC will operate and the ESC indicator will blink to indicate the ESC is operating ESC OFF The ESC OFF indicator will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON but should go off after approximately 3 seconds To switch to ESC OFF mode press the ESC OFF button The ESC OFF indicator will illuminate indicating the ESC is deactivated If this indicator stays on when ESC OFF is not selected the ESC may have a malfunction Take your car to an authorized HYUNDAI deal er and have the system checked D150324AEN EU ESC OFF indicator D150325AEN Cruise indicator CRUISE indicator CRUISE The indicator light illuminates when the cruise control system is enabled The cruise indicator light in the instru ment cluster is illuminated when the cruise control ON OFF button on the steering wheel is pushed The indicator light turns off when the cruise control ON OFF button is pushed again For more information about the use of cruise control refer to Cruise control system in section 5 Cruise SET indicator SET The indicator light illuminates when the cruise function switch COAST SET or RES ACCEL is ON The cruise SET indicator light in the instrument cluster is illuminated when the cruise control switch COAST SET or RES ACCEL is p
129. EW FF gt buttons provide a variety of functions depending on the media currently being played in the RSE or the source selected For some of the functions you will use these buttons to navigate to the desired location or option then press the ENTER button in the center to confirm your selection For specific information about using these buttons see the appropriate sec tion for the various media types in this manual DVD VCD Player Operation Disc Format Compatibility Your RSE player accepts and plays all DVDs in 4 3 normal and 16 9 widescreen video formats With DVDs that offer multiple formats the default for mat is 16 9 and will stay that way unless changed by the user See Adjusting the Monitor to learn how to adjust the for mat The DVD player has the capability to play DVD Video DVD R DVD RW CD DA CD R CD RW VCD and Video CD The DVD player was factory programmed with a region code for the assigned mar ket or country If a DVD is inserted for a region code that doesn t match with the player an error message will be shown on the overhead monitor and the RSE control panel display X NOTICE Because there is no universal standard for DVD VCD programming your disc may behave differently Some DVDs may present warning messages about unauthorized duplication some will go directly to a menu some may have dif ferent on disc menu and start playing the movie immediately and some may be unreadab
130. I dealer as soon as possible or replace the flat tire with the compact spare tire CAUTION NEVER use a puncture repair ing agent to repair and or inflate a low pressure tire The tire sealant can damage the tire pressure sensor If used you will have to replace the tire pres sure sensor Each wheel is equipped with a tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind the valve stem You must use TPMS specific wheels It is rec ommended that you always have your tires serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Even if you replace the low pressure tire with the compact spare tire the Low Tire Pressure and Position tell tales will remain on until the low pressure tire is repaired and placed on the vehicle After you replace the low pressure tire with the temporary spare tire the TPMS malfunction indicator may be illuminated after a few minutes because the temporary spare tire does not have a sensor Once the low pressure tire is re inflated to the recommended pres sure and installed on the vehicle the TPMS malfunction indicator and the low tire pressure and position tell tales will extinguish within a few min utes If the indicators are not extinguished after a few minutes please visit an authorized HYUNDAI dealer You may not be able identify a low tire by simply looking at it Always use a good quality tire pressure gauge to measure the tire s inflation pressure Please note that a tire that is hot fr
131. ING Battery e Keep all flames or sparks away from the battery The battery pro duces hydrogen gas which may explode if exposed to flame or sparks If these instructions are not fol lowed exactly serious personal injury and damage to the vehicle may occur If you are not sure how to follow this procedure seek qualified assistance Automobile batteries contain sul furic acid This is poisonous and highly corrosive When jump starting wear protective glasses and be careful not to get acid on yourself your clothing or on the Car Do not attempt to jump start the vehicle if the discharged battery is frozen or if the electrolyte level is low the battery may rupture or explode What to do in an emergency F040101AEN Jump starting procedure 1 Make sure the booster battery is 12 volt and that its negative terminal is grounded 2 lf the booster battery is in another vehicle do not allow the vehicles to touch 3 Turn off all unnecessary electrical loads 4 Connect the jumper cables in the exact sequence shown in the illustration First connect one end of a jumper cable to the positive terminal of the discharged battery 1 then connect the other end to the positive terminal on the booster battery 2 Proceed to connect one end of the other jumper cable to the negative ter minal of the booster battery 3 then the other end to a solid stationary metallic point for example the engine lifting bracket
132. N or START position Air bags inflate instantly in the event of a serious frontal or side collision in order to help protect the occupants from serious physical injury There is no single speed at which the air bags will inflate Generally air bags are designed to inflate based upon the severity of a col lision and its direction These two fac tors determine whether the sensors produce an electronic deployment inflation signal Air bag deployment depends on a number of factors including vehicle speed angles of impact and the densi ty and stiffness of the vehicles or objects which your vehicle hits in the collision The determining factors are not limited to those mentioned above The front air bags will completely inflate and deflate in an instant It is virtually impossible for you to see the air bags inflate during an accident It is much more likely that you will sim ply see the deflated air bags hanging out of their storage compartments after the collision In order to help provide protection in a severe collision the air bags must inflate rapidly The speed of air bag inflation is a consequence of the extremely short time in which a collision occurs and the need to inflate the air bag between the occupant and the vehicle structures before the occupant impacts those structures This speed of inflation reduces the risk of serious or life threatening injuries in a severe col lision and is thus a necessary part of air
133. NDAI dealer Inspect the air bag system as soon as possible Continued Air bags can only be used once have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer replace the air bag imme diately after deployment The SRS is designed to deploy the front air bags only when an impact is sufficiently severe and when the impact angle is less than 30 from the forward longitu dinal axis of the vehicle Additionally the air bags will only deploy once Seat belts must be worn at all times Front air bags are not intended to deploy in side impact rear impact or rollover crashes In addition front air bags will not deploy in frontal crashes below the deployment threshold Continued F aa al es 7 oe ly aA i Side impact 1 gt k d OEPO36096N 1VQA2091 Safety features of your vehicle Continued e Even though your vehicle is Continued e Sitting improperly or out of posi equipped with the occupant clas sification system do not install a child restraint system in the front passenger seat position A child restraint system must never be placed in the front seat The infant or child could be severely injured or killed by an air bag deployment in case of an accident Children age 12 and under must always be properly restrained in the rear seat Never allow chil dren to ride in the front passen ger seat If a child over 12 must be seated in the front seat he or she m
134. SC BRAKE PADS neil PEPE ee ee ee afoomsreremomrne Pt rt bt ttt gt gt ott bt alsusresonnowmmevors PL bt bt fP gt bPbPporrrperh Maintenance NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT R Replace Inspect and after Inspection clean adjust repair or replace if necessary mso a rs es os m es 5 wolves fal fe moms Le lelela a lel lal a m o fm e STEERING GEAR BOX LINKAGE amp BOOTS GENERAL ITEMS 10 LOWER ARM BALL JOINT UPPER ARM BALL POWER STEERING FLUID PE forve smrsam Pp Pep ep Caa ttttt ott oti CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER FOR EVAPORATOR AND BLOWER UNIT A TT E A 17 REAR AXLE OIL AWD ett ty tT tet PROPELLAR SHAFT CLEAN BOLT RETIGHTEN o AWD Maintenance G040200AEN EU MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions Refer to the chart below for the i ares maintenance intervals R Replace Inspect and after inspection clean adjust repair or replace if necessary ENGINE OIL AND FILTER OIL AND FILTER EVERY 3 000 EVERY 3 000 MILES 5 000 KM OR 3 MONTHS 5 000 EVERY 3 000 MILES 5 000 KM OR 3 MONTHS OR 3 MONTHS A B A B C D E F G H 1 K D E F G H I K a i N C r FRONT pisc BRAKEPADS CALIPERS anD ROTORS 1 wone raoun fenon REAR Diso aRAKEIAOS Paena eane 1 vorera enen EEES S O eeen foren a a a REAR AXLEOL gw
135. TOR AMERICA To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington DC 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov HO90000AEN Any claim or dispute you may have relat ed to your vehicle s warranty or the duties contemplated under the warranty includ ing claims related to the refund or partial refund of your vehicle s purchase price excluding personal injury or product lia bility claims shall be resolved by binding arbitration Binding arbitration shall be administered by and through the National Arbitration Forum NAF or the American Arbitration Association AAA under the Code of Procedure of the entity you select You will not be responsible for paying fil ing and hearing fees above 275 00 All other arbitration costs shall be borne by Hyundai Motor America You are not responsible to pay any of the costs Hyundai incurs This Binding Arbitration Agreement shall not deprive you of any remedies avail able to you under applicable law The parties are waiving their right to seek remedies in court including the right to a jury trial This Binding Arbitration Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted under the Federal Arbitration Act 9 U S C sec tions 1 16 Judgment upon any award may be entered in a
136. a tion of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS mal function indicator is provided by a separate telltale which displays the symbol TPMS when illuminated When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pres sure as intended TPMS malfunc tions may occur for a variety of rea sons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alter nate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function proper ly What to do in an emergenc X NOTICE If the TPMS Low Tire Pressure and Position indicators do not illuminate for 3 seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or engine is running or if they remain illuminated after coming on for approximately 3 seconds take your car to your nearest authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the sys tem checked FO60100AEN Low tire pressure tell tale aad i o When the tire pressure monitoring system warning indicators are illumi nated one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated The low tire pressure position telltale li
137. acteristics in cold cli mates to prevent freezing WARNING Coolant Do not use radiator coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir Radiator coolant can severely obscure visibility when sprayed on the windshield and may cause loss of vehicle control or damage to paint and body trim Windshield washer fluid agents contain some amounts of alcohol and can be flammable under cer tain circumstances Do not allow sparks or flame to contact the washer fluid or the washer fluid reservoir Damage to the vehicle or occupants could occur Windshield washer fluid is poi sonous to humans and animals Do not drink and avoid contacting windshield washer fluid Serious injury or death could occur PARKING BRAKE OEN056005 G140100AEN Checking the parking brake Check whether the stroke is within spec ification when the parking brake pedal is depressed with 66 lb 30 kg 294 N of force Also the parking brake alone should securely hold the vehicle on a fair ly steep grade If the stroke is more or less than specified have the parking brake adjusted by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Stroke 5 1 5 5 in 130 140 mm Maintenance TELT Sii INL Sy M i J er KN OEN076010N i a G160100AEN EU 1 Loosen the Filter replacement clips and open the cover It must be replaced when necessary and should not be cleaned and reused air cleaner cover attaching 2 Replace the air clean
138. activated Do not attempt to inspect or replace the pre tensioner seat belts yourself This must be done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Do not strike the pre tensioner seat belt assemblies Do not attempt to service or repair the pre tensioner seat belt system in any manner Continued Continued e Improper handling of the pre ten sioner seat belt assemblies and failure to heed the warnings not to strike modify inspect replace service or repair the pre tension er seat belt assemblies may lead to improper operation or inadver tent activation and serious injury Always wear the seat belts when driving or riding in a motor vehi cle CO20300AUN EU Seat belt precautions A WARNING All occupants of the vehicle must wear their seat belts at all times Seat belts and child restraints reduce the risk of serious or fatal injuries for all occupants in the event of a collision or sudden stop Without a seat belt occupants could be shifted too close to a deploying air bag strike the interior structure or be thrown from the vehicle Properly worn seat belts greatly reduce these hazards Even with advanced air bags unbelted occupants can be severe ly injured by a deploying air bag Always follow the precautions about seat belts air bags and occu pant seating contained in this man ual Safety features of your vehicle C020306AUN EU Infant or small child All 50 states have child restraint laws You should
139. afely out of the way before operating the tailgate latched completely after power closing operation the chime sounds 3 times If the power tailgate is operated while the tailgate is in partially opened posi tion less than 10 degrees the tailgate is automatically opened fully If the power tailgate is operated while the tailgate is in half opened position more than 10 degrees the tailgate is automatically closed completely Features of your vehicle WINDOWS DO80000AEN 1 Drivers door power window switch 2 Front passengers door power win dow switch 3 Rear door left power window switch 4 Rear door right power window switch 5 Window opening and closing 6 Automatic power window up down Drivers window 7 Power window lock switch NOTICE In cold and wet climates power windows may not work properly due to freezing conditions OEN046015 Features of your vehicle DO80100AUN Power windows The ignition switch must be in the ON position for power windows to operate Each door has a power window switch that controls the door s window The driv er has a power window lock switch which can block the operation of passenger windows The power windows can be operated for approximately 30 seconds after the ignition key is removed or turned to the ACC or LOCK position However if the front doors are opened the power windows cannot be operated within the 30 second period after the
140. again to resume play While paused the elapsed time in the status display at the top of the monitor will blink The RSE control panel will display PAUSE At the end of the disc the player will automatically return to the first file and continue playing Fast Forward Reverse Press and hold the FF gt or lt REW but ton and the player will fast forward or reverse at 10 times the normal speed Release the button to return to normal speed play The audio is muted while the player fast forwards or fast reverses Song List Navigating Folders and Files MP3 discs are organized by named fold ers with each folder containing a collec tion of named music files You can quick ly navigate through the folders and files using the Song List function Press the MENU button on the RSE con trol panel or remote control to display the song list The focused song will be high lighted And the music note icon appears to left of the song currently playing To navigate through the folders press the lt REW or FF gt button to highlight the FOLDER UP FOLDER DOWN or HOME buttons on the monitor the press ENTER to move up or down the folders Press ENTER repeatedly to move through all the folders When you reach the desired folder press the PREV or NEXT buttons to scroll through the list of files in that folder and press ENTER to select the desired file The player will switch to the selected folder and begin playing the desired
141. ailer tongue should weigh a maxi mum of 10 of the total loaded trailer weight within the limits of the maximum trailer tongue load permissible After you ve loaded your trailer weigh the trail er and then the tongue separately to see if the weights are proper If they aren t you may be able to correct them simply by moving some items around in the trailer Driving your vehicle 4 Signal Tail light 5 Signal Left turn signal light A CAUTION 6 Signal Stop light e The rear parking assist system connectors are installed in the left bottom back of vehicle Do not touch the connectors e When using the trailer pack open the cap C and then connect it to the connector After using the connector disconnect it and always put the cap C back on the corresponding connector If the cap is not replaced foreign ele ments such as dust or liquid may damage the vehicle e You must use a separate con troller to use the power connec tor A to operate the trailer lamp e The connector B is only for the vehicle lamp Therefore do not use the connector B to operate The power connector A that is connect ed with a controller to operate the trailer lamp and the connector B used to judge whether the vehicle lamp operates prop erly is installed in the right bottom back of the vehicle You can use it when needed CLIP CONNECTING PART CLIP CONNECTING PART CONNECTOR A CONNECTOR B the trailer lamp lt may blow ou
142. aintenance e To remove road tar and insects use a tar remover not a scraper or other sharp object e To protect the surfaces of bright metal parts from corrosion apply a coating of wax or chrome preservative and rub to a high luster e During winter weather or in coastal areas cover the bright metal parts with a heavier coating of wax or preserva tive If necessary coat the parts with non corrosive petroleum jelly or other protective compound Maintenance nnn SSCSC CC G230105AUN Underbody maintenance Corrosive materials used for ice and snow removal and dust control may col lect on the underbody If these materials are not removed accelerated rusting can occur on underbody parts such as the fuel lines frame floor pan and exhaust system even though they have been treated with rust protection Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbody and wheel openings with lukewarm or cold water once a month after off road driving and at the end of each winter Pay special attention to these areas because it is difficult to see all the mud and dirt It will do more harm than good to wet down the road grime without removing it The lower edges of doors rocker panels and frame members have drain holes that should not be allowed to clog with dirt trapped water in these areas can cause rusting G230106AUN Aluminum wheel maintenance The aluminum wheels are coated with a clear protective finish e Do not use any abrasi
143. amage the emission system and cause multiple issues such as hard starting If an exces sive amount of foreign matter accumu lates in the fuel tank the filter may require replacement more frequently After installing a new filter run the engine for several minutes and check for leaks at the connections Fuel filters should be installed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer G050400AEN EU Fuel lines fuel hoses and con nections Check the fuel lines fuel hoses and con nections for leakage and damage Have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer replace any damaged or leaking parts immedi ately GO50600AUN Vapor hose and fuel filler cap The vapor hose and fuel filler cap should be inspected at those intervals specified in the maintenance schedule Make sure that a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap is correctly replaced Maintenance i G050700AUN Vacuum crankcase ventilation hoses Inspect the surface of hoses for evidence of heat and or mechanical damage Hard and brittle rubber cracking tears cuts abrasions and excessive swelling indi cate deterioration Particular attention should be paid to examine those hose surfaces nearest to high heat sources such as the exhaust manifold Inspect the hose routing to assure that the hoses do not come in contact with any heat source sharp edges or moving component which might cause heat dam age or mechanical wear Inspect all hose connections such as clamps and cou plings t
144. an emergency TIRE PRESSURE MONIDAN SYSTEM TPMS OEN056100N 1 TPMS Malfunction Indicator 2 Low Tire Pressure Position tell tale 3 Low Tire Pressure telltale FO60000AEN Each tire including the spare if pro vided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehi cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac ard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pres sure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pres sure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a signifi cantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire mainte nance and it is the driver s responsi bility to maintain correct tire pres sure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumin
145. ancel cruise con trol operation If you want to resume cruise control operation repeat the steps provided in To set cruise control speed on the previous page Driving your vehicle ECONOMICAL OPERATION E100000AEN Your vehicle s fuel economy depends mainly on your style of driving where you drive and when you drive Each of these factors affects how many miles kilometers you can get from a gal lon liter of fuel To operate your vehicle as economically as possible use the fol lowing driving suggestions to help save money in both fuel and repairs Drive smoothly Accelerate at a moder ate rate Don t make jack rabbit starts or full throttle shifts and maintain a steady cruising speed Don t race between stoplights Try to adjust your speed to that of the other traffic so you don t have to change speeds unneces sarily Avoid heavy traffic whenever possible Always maintain a safe dis tance from other vehicles so you can avoid unnecessary braking This also reduces brake wear Drive at a moderate speed The faster you drive the more fuel your car uses Driving at a moderate speed especial ly on the highway is one of the most effective ways to reduce fuel consump tion Don t ride the brake pedal This can increase fuel consumption and also increase wear on these components In addition driving with your foot rest ing on the brake pedal may cause the brakes to overheat which reduces their effective
146. and press ENTER To select a CD track while a CD is play ing press the number button s that cor respond to the track and press ENTER To select a radio station preset while the desired band AM FM1 or FM2 is selected press the numbered button that corresponds to the preset on the vehicle radio There is no need to press ENTER 4 Source G gt Pressing this SOURCE button will bring out the Source Change selection opera tion You can select any available mode by using the four direction arrow buttons and press the ENTER button for com pleting the selection The RSE control panel will display REAR if the current source is the RSE player and will display FRONT if the current source is the vehicle radio 5 A LANG Alternate Language Folder J Where alternate languages are available on a DVD pressing the A LANG button will allow you to select your preferred language Press the button repeatedly to cycle through the available languages When the desired language is displayed press ENTER Pressing the A LANG or FOLD button during MP3 normal play will immediately bring the player to the first file of the pre vious folder Pressing the A LANG or FOLD button during CD or VCD play will do nothing Features of your vehicle 6 S Title Subtitles Folders WB The S TITLE button allows you to display or remove language subtitles while play ing DVDs If no language subtitles are available the display will show a
147. anel or remote control once to search up or down for the next available station When the tuner finds a station it will stop at the station and start to play Press the NEXT or PREV button to seek up or down through all radio sta tions When the radio finds a station it will stop and play that station Press the FF gt or lt REW button to man ually tune up or down one channel Press and hold the FF gt or lt REW button to continue tuning up or down Pressing a number on the remote control keypad will tune to the corresponding preset station For example if 89 7 has been stored as preset 1 CH1 then pressing the 1 button on the keypad will tune to that station Features of your vehicle AM FM1 and FM2 Selection While the vehicle radio is the current source press the MODE button to cycle through each of the available radio bands AM FM1 FM2 and other avail able radio modes All of the RSE control panel and remote control navigation functions can be used to control the front radio when the vehicle front radio is also playing the same radio mode DISC SELECTION w EEA De EN DEL 6A Viewing Front CD and MP3 Programs The RSE can be used to control discs that are loaded and playing in the vehicle radio To control these discs you must first select the vehicle radio as the source Press the SOURCE button on the remote control or the SRC button on the RSE control panel Meanwhile t
148. ar discs for run out and wear and calipers for fluid leakage G052000AUN Exhaust pipe and muffler Visually inspect the exhaust pipes muf fler and hangers for cracks deterioration or damage Start the engine and listen carefully for any exhaust gas leakage Tighten connections or replace parts as necessary G052100AUN Suspension mounting bolts Check the suspension connections for looseness or damage Retighten to the specified torque G052200AUN Steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint With the vehicle stopped and engine off check for excessive free play in the steering wheel Check the linkage for bends or damage Check the dust boots and ball joints for deterioration cracks or damage Replace any damaged parts G052300AEN Power steering pump belt and hoses Check the power steering pump and hoses for leakage and damage Replace any damaged or leaking parts immedi ately Inspect the power steering belt or drive belt for evidence of cuts cracks excessive wear oiliness and proper ten sion Replace or adjust it if necessary G052400AUN Drive shafts and boots Check the drive shafts boots and clamps for cracks deterioration or damage Replace any damaged parts and if nec essary repack the grease G052500AUN Air conditioning refrigerant Check the air conditioning lines and con nections for leakage and damage Maintenance ENGINE OIL 3 Turn the engine off and
149. arch higher channels and left lower channels When you find the channel you want press the button to select the chan nel X NOTICE Rotate this control to the right or left during category search the LCD will display lt C gt and press this button to select the channel you want within the category you want Features of your vehicle Stereo radio operation M466 RSE E M466 RSE without XM satellite radio 1 Power Button and Volume Control n 2 Automatic Channel Seek Button SEEK FM AM l D ap A E amp AL RPT ROM Bc 3 Preset Memory Button 4 Manual Channel Select amp Sound Quality Control SCAN Button LCD Liquid Crystal Display Radio Band AM FM Selection Button AUDIO Selector Button ON OA EN M466NRSE Features of your vehicle E M466s RSE with XM satellite radio Power Button and Volume Control Automatic Channel Seek Button SEEK Preset Memory Button Manual Channel Select amp Sound Quality Control SCAN Button LCD Liquid Crystal Display 7 Radio Band AM FM Selection Button A OO N O1 O EN M466RSEXM Features of your vehicle b Power Button and Volume Control e Used for turning on off the audio system e Press this button when using the audio system to turn off the power e Turn the volume control clockwise to increase volume and counterclock wise to decrease The volume level is displa
150. are provided Features of your vehicle RSE AUDIO 7 Remote control The Remote control allows you to con trol RSE functions Batteries are includ ed ei ACT 1 Opening and Closing the Monitor To view the monitor locate the latch on the bottom center of the ceiling mounted unit and pull it forward This will release the monitor from its locked stow away position Adjust the monitor to the best viewing angle Do not touch the LCD panel itself to avoid damage or smudging Adjusting the Monitor Press the DISP button on the RSE con trol panel to adjust the parameters of the monitor To adjust the brightness firstly select the brightness item then press the lt REW dimmer or FF gt brighter buttons The next time the RSE is turned on the monitor will return to the bright ness level it was adjusted to when last used Brightness can be adjusted regard less of whether the RSE is playing an audio or video source While the RSE is playing a video signal press DISP and then press the N NEXT or PREV buttons to cycle through other monitor adjustments including SCREEN SIZE CONTRAST CHROMA and HUE With any of these settings displayed on the monitor press the lt REW or FF gt buttons to adjust these settings To close the monitor pull the bottom edge towards you and push it up until it clicks and locks into the stow away posi tion Features of your vehicle Cleaning the Display If the LCD
151. ash A crash resulting from poor handling vehicle damage tire failure or increased stopping distances could result in seri ous injury or death A CAUTION e Overloading your vehicle may cause damage Repairs would not be covered by your warran ty Do not overload your vehicle e Using heavier suspension com ponents to get added durability might not change your weight ratings Ask your dealer to help you load your vehicle the right way vehicle can strike and injure occupants in a sudden stop or turn or in a crash Put items in the cargo area of your vehicle Try to spread the weight evenly Never stack items like suit cases inside the vehicle above the tops of the seats Do not leave an unsecured child restraint in your vehicle When you carry something inside the vehicle secure it Do not drive with a seat folded down unless necessary Driving your vehicle VEHICLE WEIGHT E160000AUN This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle and or trailer to keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability with or without a trailer Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of the vehicle design performance Before loading your vehicle familiarize yourself with the fol lowing terms for determining your vehi cle s weight ratings with or without a trailer from the vehicle s specifications and the certification label E160100AUN Base cur
152. assenger seat is occupied the occupant classification sensor will then classify the front pas senger after several more seconds WARNING Do not put a heavy load in the front passenger seatback pocket or on the front passenger seat Do not hang onto the front passenger seat Do not hang any items such as a seatback table on the front passen ger seatback Do not place feet on the front passenger seatback Do not place any items under the front passenger seat Any of these could interfere with proper sensor opera tion Safety features of your vehicle Continued e Do not modify or replace the front Continued e Air bags can only be used once A WARNING e Even though your vehicle is equipped with the occupant clas sification system never install a child restraint system in the front passenger s seat A deploying air bag can forcefully strike a child resulting in serious injuries or death Any child age 12 and under should ride in the rear seat Children too large for child restraints should use the avail able lap shoulder belts No mat ter what type of crash children of all ages are safer when restrained in the rear seat If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator is illuminated when the front passenger s seat is occupied by an adult and he she sits properly sitting upright with the seatback in an upright position centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs comfortably extende
153. atically turn off Features of your vehicle OEN046159N D280600AEN Digital clock Whenever the battery terminals or relat ed fuses are disconnected you must reset the time When the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the clock buttons operate as follows D280601AUN Hour 1 Pressing the H button with your finger a pencil or similar object will advance the time displayed by one hour D280602AUN Minute 2 Pressing the M button with your finger a pencil or similar object will advance the time displayed by one minute D280603AUN Reset 3 To clear away minutes press the R but ton with your finger a pencil or similar object Then the clock will be set precise ly on the hour For example if the R button is pressed while the time is between 9 01 and 9 29 the display will be reset to 9 00 9 01 9 29 display changed to 9 00 9 30 9 59 display changed to 10 00 D280604AEN Display conversion To change the 12 hour format to the 24 hour format press the R button until the display blinks For example if the R button is pressed while the time is 10 15 p m the display will be changed to 22 15 OEN046135N D281200AEN Outside thermometer The current outside temperature is dis played in 1 F 1 C increments The tem perature range is between 30 F 140 F 30 C 60 C e The outside temperature on the display may not change immediately like a general the
154. ator KEY if equipped OUT When the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position if any door is open the sys tem checks for the smart key If the smart key is not in the vehicle the indi cator will blink and if all doors are closed the chime will also sound for about 5 seconds The indicator will turn off while the vehicle is moving Keep the smart key in the vehicle Features of your vehicle REAR PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED Sensors OENO046058 D170000AEN The rear parking assist system assists the driver during backward movement of the vehicle by chiming if any object is sensed within a distance of 47 in 120 cm behind the vehicle This system is a supplemental system and it is not intend ed to nor does it replace the need for extreme care and attention of the driver The sensing range and objects detectable by the back sensors are limit ed Whenever backing up pay as much attention to what is behind you as you would in a vehicle without a rear parking assist system Operation of the rear parking assist system D170101AEN Operating condition e This system will activate when backing up with the ignition switch ON If the vehicle is moving at a speed over 3 mph 5 km h the system may not be activated correctly e The sensing distance while the rear parking assist system is in operation is approximately 47 in 120 cm e When more than two objects are sensed at the same time the closest
155. attached to the key set Should you lose your keys this number will enable an authorized HYUNDAI deal er to duplicate the keys easily Remove the bar code tag and store it in a safe place Also record the code number and keep it in a safe place not in the vehicle OUNO026060 DO010200AEN Key operations Used to start the engine lock and unlock the doors Features of your vehicle SMART KEY IF EQUIPPED OEN046301 DO40000AEN With a smart key you can lock or unlock a door and tailgate and even start the engine without inserting the key The functions of buttons on a smart key are similar to the remote keyless entry Refer to the Remote keyless entry in this section D040100AEN Smart key functions With possession of a smart key you can lock and unlock the vehicle doors and tailgate and the smart key enables starting of the engine as well Detailed information follows OEN046303 D040101AEN Locking Pressing the buttons in the front outside door handles with all doors and tailgate closed and any door unlocked locks all the doors and tailgate The hazard warning lights blink and the chime sounds once to indicate that all doors and tailgate are locked The button will only operate when the smart key is with in 28 40 in 0 7 1 m from the outside door handle If you want to make sure that a door has locked or not you should check the door lock button inside the vehicle or pu
156. attery Device requires one 1 CR2025 battery Use the control buttons on the RSE display panel If the remote control still does not work contact your HYUNDAI dealer Before driving 5 3 Key positions 5 4 Starting the engine 5 6 Automatic transaxle 5 8 All wheel drive AWD 5 14 Brake system 5 21 Cruise control system 5 31 Economical operation 5 35 Special driving conditions 5 37 Winter driving 5 42 Trailer towing 5 46 Driving your vehicle Vehicle load limit 5 54 Vehicle weight 5 58 Driving your vehicle E010000AEN EU A WARNING ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous If at any time you smell exhaust fumes inside the vehicle open the win dows immediately e Do not inhale exhaust fumes Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide a colorless odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxia tion e Be sure the exhaust system does not leak The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose If you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the car have the exhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer e Do not run the engine in an enclosed area Letting the engine idle in your garage even with the garage door open is a hazardous practice Never run the engine in your
157. b weight This is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equip ment It does not include passengers cargo or optional equipment E160200AUN Vehicle curb weight This is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your dealer plus any aftermarket equipment E160300AUN Cargo weight This figure includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight including cargo and optional equipment E160400AUN GAW Gross axle weight This is the total weight placed on each axle front and rear including vehicle curb weight and all payload E160500AUN GAWR Gross axle weight rating This is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear These numbers are shown on the certification label The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR E160600AUN GVW Gross vehicle weight This is the Base Curb Weight plus actual Cargo Weight plus passengers E160700AUN EU GVWR Gross vehicle weight rating This is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle including all options equipment passengers and cargo The GVWR is shown on the cer tification label located on the drivers door sill Road warning 6 2 In case of an emergency while driving 6 2 If the engine will not start 6 3 Emergency starting 6 4 If the engine overheats 6 6 Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS 6 7 If you have a flat tire 6 12 Towin
158. be affected Also its fire resistant properties can be reduced if the material is not properly maintained CAUTION Using anything but recommended cleaners and procedures may affect the fabric s appearance and fire resistant properties G230203AUN Cleaning the lap shoulder belt web bing Clean the belt webbing with any mild soap solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpet Follow the instruc tions provided with the soap Do not bleach or re dye the webbing because this may weaken it G230204AUN Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehi cle become fogged that is covered with an oily greasy or waxy film they should be cleaned with glass cleaner Follow the directions on the glass cleaner container CAUTION Do not scrape or scratch the inside of the rear window This may result in damage to the rear window defroster grid Maintenance eS EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM G270000AEN EU The emission control system of your vehicle is covered by a written limited warranty Please see the warranty infor mation contained in the Owners Handbook amp Warranty Information book let in your vehicle Your vehicle is equipped with an emis sion control system to meet all applicable emission regulations There are three emission control sys tems as follows 1 Crankcase emission control system 2 Evaporative emission control system 3 Exhaust emission control
159. belt pull it out of the retractor and insert the metal tab 1 into the buckle 2 There will be an audible click when the tab locks into the buckle The seat belt automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt por tion is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips If you lean for ward in a slow easy motion the belt will extend and let you move around If there is a sudden stop or impact however the belt will lock into position It will also lock if you try to lean forward too quickly B180A01NF 1 Front seat T i Height adjustment You can adjust the height of the shoulder belt anchor to one of 5 positions for max imum comfort and safety The height of the adjusting seat belt should not be too near your neck The shoulder portion should be adjusted so that it lies across your chest and midway over your shoulder nearest the door and not your neck To adjust the height of the seat belt anchor lower or raise the height adjuster into an appropriate position Safety features of your vehicle To raise the height adjuster pull it up 1 To lower it push it down 3 while press ing the height adjuster button 2 Release the button to lock the anchor into position Try sliding the height adjuster to make sure that it has locked into position WARNING e Verify the shoulder belt anchor is locked into position at the appro priate height Never position the shoulder belt across
160. by one occu pant it is dangerous to put a belt around a child being carried on the occupant s lap A WARNING No modifications or additions should be made by the user which will either prevent the seat belt adjusting devices from operating to remove slack or prevent the seat belt assembly from being adjusted to remove slack 1GQA2083 C020101AEN EU Seat belt warning As a reminder to the driver the seat belt warning light will blink for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch ON regardless of belt fastening The warning light will blink again for approximately 6 seconds when starting the engine Safety features of your vehicle If the drivers seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switch is turned ON and or START or if it is disconnected after the ignition switch is turned ON the seat belt warning light and the seat belt warning chime will operate for approxi mately 6 seconds until the belt is fas tened If the driver s seat belt is not fas tened when the vehicle speed exceeds 6 mph 10 km h the seat belt warning light and chime will operate for approximately 11 times with a pattern of 6 seconds on and 24 seconds off until the belt is fas tened or the vehicle speed decreases below 3 mph 5 km h 1 Ss i ii a a sy 2 Bi if in C020102AEN EU Seat belt Driver s 3 point system with emergency locking retractor To fasten your seat belt To fasten your seat
161. celera tor pedal further however avoid running the engine continuously at high rpm because doing so could damage the AWD system Driving your vehicle E170400AEN WARNING Your vehicle is equipped with tires designed to provide for safe ride and handling capability Do not use a size and type of tire and wheel that is different from the one that is originally installed on your vehicle It can affect the safety and perform E170600AEN EU WARNING Jacked vehicle While the full time AWD vehicle is being raised on a jack never start the engine or cause the tires to rotate There is the danger that rotating tires touching the ground could cause the vehicle to go off the jack Temporary free roller Roll tester speedometer and to jump forward OCM051013 1 Check the tire pressures recommend ed for your vehicle 2 Place the front wheels on the roll tester for a speedometer test as shown ance of your vehicle which could lead to handling failure or rollover and serious injury When replacing the tires be sure to equip all four tires with the tire and wheel of the same size type tread brand and E170700AEN EU e Full time AWD vehicles must be tested on a special four wheel chassis load carrying capacity If you never dynamometer in the illustration theless decide to equip your vehi 3 Release the parking brake cle with any tire wheel combination NOTICE 4 Place the rear wheels on the t
162. ch to the LOCK position and remove the ignition key Never remove or replace the air bag related fuse s when the ignition switch is in the ON posi tion Failure to heed this warning will cause the SRS AIR BAG warning light to illuminate CO040300AUN Occupant classification system Your vehicle is equipped with an occu pant classification system in the front passenger s Seat The occupant classification system is designed to detect the presence of a properly seated front passenger and determine if the passenger s front air bag should be enabled may inflate or not The driver s front air bag is not affected or controlled by the occupant classifica tion system Safety features of your vehicle If the front passenger seat is occupied by a person that the system determines to be of adult size and he she sits properly sitting upright with the seatback in an upright position centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs com fortably extended and their feet on the floor the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator will be turned off and the front passenger s air bag will be able to inflate if necessary in frontal crashes You will find the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator on the center facia panel This system detects the conditions 1 4 in the following table and activates or deactivates the front passenger air bag based on these conditions C040301AEN Condition and operation in the front passe
163. cle drive it only with all the windows fully open Have your vehicle checked and repaired immediately Maintenance nnn SSC CC e Do not operate the engine in confined or closed areas Such as garages any more than what is necessary to move the vehicle in or out of the area e When the vehicle is stopped in an open area for more than a short time with the engine running adjust the ventilation system as needed to draw outside air into the vehicle e Never sit in a parked or stopped vehi cle for any extended time with the engine running e When the engine stalls or fails to start excessive attempts to restart the engine may cause damage to the emission control system G270303AEN Operating precautions for catalytic converters Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic converter emission control device Therefore the following precautions must be observed e Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gaso line engines e Do not operate the vehicle when there are signs of engine malfunction such as misfire or a noticeable loss of per formance e Do not misuse or abuse the engine Examples of misuse are coasting with the ignition off and descending steep grades in gear with the ignition off e Do not operate the engine at high idle speed for extended periods 5 minutes or more e Do not modify or tamper with any part of the engine or emission control sys tem All inspections and adjustments must be made by an aut
164. cle network system the headlights low beam turn on automatically with the ignition switch in the ON position even though the headlight switch is not turned on At this time the emergency lighting is not turned off when the headlight switch is turned off N CAUTION If the rescue mode occurs have your vehicle checked by an author ized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible OENO046060 D190400AUN Lighting control The light switch has a Headlight and a Parking light position To operate the lights turn the knob at the end of the control lever to one of the fol lowing positions 1 OFF position 2 Parking light position 3 Headlight position 4 Auto light position if equipped Features of your vehicle OENO46061 D190401AEN Parking light position 00 When the light switch is in the parking light position 1st position the tail license and instrument panel lights are ON OEN046062 D190402AEN Headlight position 2020 When the light switch is in the headlight position 2nd position the head tail license and instrument panel lights are ON x NOTICE The ignition switch must be in the ON position to turn on the headlights OEN046063 D190403AUN Auto light position if equipped When the light switch is in the AUTO light position the taillights and headlights will be turned ON or OFF automatically depending on the amount of light outside the vehicle Features of your vehicl
165. cles behind you during night driving Remember that you lose some rearview clarity in the night position D140105AEN Electric chromic mirror ECM with compass and HomeLink system if equipped Your vehicle may be equipped with a Gentex Automatic Dimming Mirror with a Z Nav Electronic Compass Display and an Integrated HomeLink Wireless Control System During nighttime driving this feature will automatically detect and reduce rearview mirror glare while the compass indicates the direction the vehi cle is pointed The HomeLink Universal Transceiver allows you to activate your garage door s electric gate home light ing etc 1M2RSR4 ES ICR E8 OEN046033N Channel 1 button Channel 2 button Status indicator LED Channel 3 button Rear light sensor Dimming ON OFF button 7 Compass control button 8 Compass display 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Features of your vehicle Automatic Dimming Night Vision Safety NVS Mirror The NVS Mirror in your vehicle is the most advanced way to reduce annoying glare in the rearview mirror during any driving situation For more information regarding NVS mirrors and other appli cations please refer to the Gentex web site www gentex com CAUTION The NVS Mirror automatically reduces glare during driving condi tions based upon light levels moni tored in front of the vehicle and from the rear of the vehicle These light sensors are visible th
166. cond is the Theft alarm stage and the third is the Disarmed stage If trig gered the system provides an audible alarm with blinking of the hazard warning lights D030100AEN EU Armed stage Park the car and stop the engine Arm the system as described below 1 Remove the ignition key from the igni tion switch and exit the vehicle 2 Make sure that all doors and tailgate and engine hood are closed and latched 3 Lock the doors using the transmitter of the keyless entry system or smart key After completion of the steps above the hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound once to indicate that the system is armed If any door or tailgate or engine hood remains open the hazard warning lights and the chime will not operate and the theft alarm will not arm If all doors and tailgate and engine hood are closed after the lock button is pressed the haz ard warning lights blink once The system can also be armed by lock ing the doors with the key from the front doors however the hazard warning lights will not blink using this method NOTICE The theft alarm system by the key can be deactivated by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer If you want this feature consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Do not arm the system until all pas sengers have left the vehicle If the system is armed while a passenger s remains in the vehicle the alarm may be activated when the remaining pas senger
167. control SYSTEM errrrrrerrrererrrrrereeeeseeee 4 96 Air condiGoning ceeceeeitosrs ienee 4 102 Automatic heating and air conditioning 4 97 Manual heating and air conditioning ee sees eee 4 98 Rear heating and air conditioning eter ee ee eeeeeee 4 103 Automatic transaxle s ssssssssssssesssesssssssesesesseseeesseceeoeeseess 5 8 Ignition key interlock SYSTEM cn 5 12 Shift lock systemi esce inre 5 12 Sports Mode sssssssssesssssssssvssosssnssssssssassesoueaseenesevaravase 5 1 2 B B ll Co AO y Before driving merca iedere hniena anena rei 5 3 Brake SOYA 0 00 Rec 5 21 Anti lock brake system ABS s s ssssssssssssrssesessesnnens 5 24 Electronic stability control ESC ssssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 26 Parking brake s sssssssesisasissssasosssosvensnassenvavavevanonsnoentas 5 22 Dei air Lea ete EEEE E E 5 2 Brakes f uidess eeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeccssnssncacaaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseees 7 18 Bulb Wattage vrrveereeeeeeeee eee eee eee ttetettetettteeetetettteeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeas 8 2 Ee California Perchlorate Notice ETE E T T 7 68 Child restraint system E L r a r r E a r T 3 29 Placing a passenger seat belt into the auto lock mode T e A TTE 3 32 Securing a child restraint seat with tether anchor system EEDTDER DEONT SEENI SENEE EENE TENSE EEES ENNES ENRI ON 3 34 Securing a child restraint seat with child seat lower anchor system E T 3 35 Climate control air filter
168. control iS To turn off the rear fan during the front cli mate control operation press the rear cli mate control selection button the indica tor light is illuminated and set the rear fan speed control knob to the OFF posi tion Features of your vehicle OEN046180 The temperature fan speed and mode of the rear climate control system can be controlled independently regardless of the front climate control system opera tion Press the rear climate control selection button the indicator light is illuminated and set the rear temperature fan speed and mode to the desired position However the front climate control system should be operated together for rear air conditioning 1 Set the front fan speed to the desired position 2 Push the air conditioning button 3 Push the rear climate control selection button 4 Set the rear temperature fan speed and mode to the desired position Features of your vehicle OEN046134 OEN046114 Rear vents The vent can be adjusted by rotating the blade D240301AEN Rear mode selection The rear mode is selected by pushing the rear mode selection button on the rear control panel as follows x NOTICE Tfal the vents are closed it may cause some noise Always open 2 vents or i OEN046112 more e Rear air blows from the upper vents on the rear ceiling e y Rear air blows from the upper vents on the rear ceiling and the lower v
169. d describes the fundamental charac teristics of the tire and also provides the tire identification number TIN for safety standard certification The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall G201001AUN 1 Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or Brand name is shown G201002AEN 2 Tire size designation A tire s sidewall is marked with a tire size designation You will need this information when selecting replace ment tires for your car The following explains what the letters and num bers in the tire size designation mean Example tire size designation These numbers are provided as an example only your tire size designa tor could vary depending on your vehicle P245 65R17 105T P Applicable vehicle type tires marked with the prefix P are intended for use on passenger cars or light trucks however not all tires have this marking 245 Tire width in millimeters 65 Aspect ratio The tire s section height as a percentage of its width R Tire construction code Radial 17 Rim diameter in inches 105 Load Index a numerical code associated with the maximum load the tire can carry T Speed Rating Symbol See the speed rating chart in this section for additional information Wheel size designation Wheels are also marked with impor tant information that you need if you ever have to replace one The follow ing explains what the letters and numbers in the
170. d and their feet on the floor have that person sit in the rear seat Continued passenger seat Don t place any thing on or attach anything such as a blanket or seat heater to the front passenger seat This can adversely affect the occupant classification system Do not sit on sharp objects such as tools when occupying the front passenger seat This can adversely affect the occupant classification system Do not use accessory seat cov ers on the front seats Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear as opposed to the front seat It is recom mended that child restraints be secured in a rear seat including an infant riding in a rear facing infant seat a child riding in a for ward facing child seat and an older child riding in a booster seat Continued have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer replace the air bag imme diately after deployment A smaller stature adult who is not seated correctly for example seat excessively reclined leaning on the center console or hips shifted forward in the seat can cause a condition where the advanced frontal air bag system senses less weight than if the occupant were seated properly sitting upright with the seatback in an upright position centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor This condition can result in an adult potentially being misclassi fied and illumination
171. d built to meet rigid manu facturing requirements Using imita tion counterfeit or used salvage parts is not covered under the Hyundai New Vehicle Limited Warranty or any other Hyundai warranty Ep Genuine HYUNDAI Parts A100A01L In addition any damage to or failure of Hyundai Genuine Parts caused by the installation or failure of an imitation counterfeit or used salvage part is not covered by any Hyundai Warranty How can you tell if you are purchas ing Hyundai Genuine Parts Look for the Hyundai Genuine Parts Logo on the package see below Hyundai Genuine Parts exported to are packaged with labels written only in English Hyundai Genuine Parts are only sold through authorized Hyundai Dealerships Genuine HYunpa Parts 28511 33361 MANIFOLD EXHAUST 1 PC LK MADE IN KOREA A100A02L A100A03L A100A04L F5 Features of your vehice E What fo doin an emergency EAN Specifications amp Consumer information EI Introduction How to use this manual 1 2 Fuel requirements 1 3 Vehicle handling instructions 1 5 Vehicle break in process 1 5 Vehicle data collection and event data recorders 1 6 Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster 1 7 Introduction i HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL A010000AUN We want to help you get the greatest possible driving pleasure from your vehi cle Your Owner s Manual can assist you in many ways We strongly recommend
172. d lamp High Low relay Injector 1 6 Condenser fan relay Radiator fan relay A C relay Maintenance Description Fuse rating Protected component Head lamp Low relay RH Multipurpose check connector ECM 10A TCM Stop lamp switch gJ SJHERAHEAE Ceg oD n TT Y Z TICCI O O O m m G aD O ole ls Engine compartment sub fuse panel P BOX B43 CIFAN RIFAN Power tail gate control module Maintenance LIGHT BULBS G220000AEN Use only the bulbs of the specified wattage CAUTION Be sure to replace the burned out bulb with one of the same wattage rating Otherwise it may cause damage to the fuse or electric wiring system CAUTION If you don t have necessary tools the correct bulbs and the expertise consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer In many cases it is difficult to replace vehicle light bulbs because other parts of the vehicle must be removed before you can get to the bulb This is especially true if you have to remove the head light assembly to get to the bulb s Removing installing the headlight assembly can result in damage to the vehicle X NOTICE After heavy driving rain or washing headlight and taillight lenses could appear frosty This condition is caused by the temperature difference between the lamp inside and outside This is similar to the condensation on your windows inside your vehicle during the rain and doesn t indicate a problem with your vehicle
173. d to go much farther beyond the passed vehicle before you can return to your lane E140403AUN Backing up Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand Then to move the trailer to the left just move your hand to the left To move the trailer to the right move your hand to the right Always back up slowly and if possible have someone guide you E140404AUN Making turns When you re turning with a trailer make wider turns than normal Do this so your trailer won t strike soft shoulders curbs road signs trees or other objects Avoid jerky or sudden maneuvers Signal well in advance E140405AEN Turn signals when towing a trailer When you tow a trailer your vehicle has to have a different turn signal flasher and extra wiring The green arrows on your instrument panel will flash whenever you signal a turn or lane change Properly connected the trailer lights will also flash to alert other drivers you re about to turn change lanes or stop When towing a trailer the green arrows on your instrument panel will flash for turns even if the bulbs on the trailer are burned out Thus you may think drivers behind you are seeing your signals when in fact they are not It s important to check occasionally to be sure the trail er bulbs are still working You must also check the lights every time you discon nect and then reconnect the wires Do not connect a trailer lighting system directly to your vehicle s li
174. dio will be able to control some RSE functions e g Fast Forward Reverse Previous Next Track etc See your vehicle radio user manual for more information NOTICE When switching from the vehicle radio to the RSE there is a slight delay while the RSE initializes The RSE control panel will display READ while the disc initializes then begin playing the disc The RSE control panel will display REAR if the current source is the RSE player FRONT if the current source is the front vehicle radio 6 Play Pause Button on You do not need to press the PLAY PAUSE button after loading a disc to begin playing the disc The player will start playing automatically While a disc is playing press E to pause While paused the elapsed time of the current disc will blink on the monitor status display and PAUSE will be dis played on the RSE control panel Press the button again to resume play NOTICE The RSE will enter standby mode when the vehicle ignition is turned off When the vehicle is turned back on within 30 seconds the RSE will turn on and the DVD VCD will automatically begin playing again at the point where it paused If the vehicle is turned off for longer than 30 seconds the RSE system will not turn on automatically when the vehicle is restarted Features of your vehicle 7 11 Next Prev Next Previous and lt REW FF gt Rewind Fast Forward and ENTER Buttons The NEXT PREV and lt R
175. directed to the side window defrosters OEN046099 Instrument panel vents The outlet vents can be opened or closed separately using the horizontal thumb wheel To close the vent rotate it left to the maximum position To open the vent rotate it right to the desired position Also you can adjust the direction of air delivery from these vents using the vent control lever as shown 5 TEMP A E TEMP l D240202AEN EU Temperature control The temperature will increase to the maximum HI by pushing the up button The temperature will decrease to the min imum Lo by pushing the down V but ton When pushing the button the tempera ture will increase or decrease by 1 F 0 5 C When set to the lowest tem perature setting the air conditioning will operate continuously OEN046124 Features of your vehicle OEN046125 Adjusting the driver and passenger side temperature individually 1 Press the DUAL button to operate the driver and passenger side temperature individually Pressing the right temper ature control button will automatically switch to the DUAL mode as well 2 Press the left temperature control to adjust the driver side temperature Press the right temperature control to adjust the passenger side tempera ture When the driver side temperature is set to the highest HI or lowest Lo temper ature setting the DUAL mode is deacti vated for maximum heating or cooling Adj
176. e wy OEN046145 D270300AUN Sunglass holder To open the sunglass holder press the cover and the holder will slowly open Place your sunglasses in the compart ment door with the lenses facing out Push to close D270400AEN Multi box Front To open the cover press the button and the cover will slowly open Features of your vehicle OEN046147 OEN047149 Rear D270500AEN 2 Pull out the support rod and hold the To open the cover lift the cover Itcanbe Luggage box cover open with the support rod by used for storing small items l Saa i inserting the free end of the rod into You can place a first aid kit a reflector tri the slot on the side of the box angle tools etc in the box for easy access 1 Grasp the handle on the edge of the cover and lift it Features of your vehicle INTERIOR FEATURES OEN046153 D280100AEN Cigarette lighter For the cigarette lighter to work the igni tion switch must be in the ACC position or the ON position To open the cover press the cover and it will slowly open To use the cigarette lighter push it all the way into its socket When the element has heated the lighter will pop out to the ready position If it is necessary to replace the cigarette lighter use only a genuine HYUNDAI replacement or its approved equivalent WARNING e Do not hold the lighter in after it is already heated because it will overheat If the lighter does
177. e CAUTION Never place anything over sensor 1 located on the instrument panel This will ensure better auto light system control Don t clean the sensor using a window cleaner The cleaner may leave a light film which could interfere with sensor operation If your vehicle has window tint or other types of coating on the front windshield the Auto light system may not work properly OENO046065 D190500AUN High beam operation To turn on the high beam headlights push the lever away from you Pull it back for low beams The high beam indicator will light when the headlight high beams are switched on To prevent the battery from being dis charged do not leave the lights on for a prolonged time while the engine is not running OEN046064 To flash the headlights pull the lever towards you It will return to the normal low beam position when released The headlight switch does not need to be on to use this flashing feature Features of your vehicle OENO46066 D190600AUN Turn signals and lane change sig nals The ignition switch must be on for the turn signals to function To turn on the turn signals move the lever up or down A Green arrow indicators on the instru ment panel indicate which turn signal is operating They will self cancel after a turn is completed If the indicator contin ues to flash after a turn manually return the lever to the OFF position To signal a lane change move
178. e is set to ACC 1st notch or ON 2nd notch the system will be turned on and automatically play the CD from the last played part when you press this button even if the power of the audio system is off However only when the disc is placed inside the system Only M466s RSE with XM satellite radio e Each time you press this button you can toggle the mode between CD and RSE When the audio and RSE unit have no disc the LCD will display NO DISC CD MODE or NO DISC IN RSE RSE MODE for 3 seconds e If you press this button when the ignition switch of the automobile is set to ACC 1st notch or ON 2nd notch then it will turn on the power even if the audio is off However this works only when the audio and RSE UNIT have disc 2 Disc Deck This is the place you insert or eject the CD To open the deck press LOAD button This CD changer can only play audio CD MP3 WMA discs and 12cm discs Also if you insert a video CD ora DATA CD then the LCD will display ERROR7 and it will turn to the previous mode radio or XM When the ignition switch of the automobile is set to ACC 1st notch or ON 2nd notch if you press LOAD button the power will be on and you will be able to insert the disc even when the audio system s power is off X NOTICE e Do not use 8cm discs e The system will not play AAC WAVE formats e Make sure the printed side of the disk faces upward when you insert the disk 3 LCD Liq
179. e P Park position If the ignition switch is in any other position the key cannot be removed Driving your vehicle EO60200AEN Good driving practices Never move the gear shift lever from P Park or N Neutral to any other posi tion with the accelerator pedal depressed Never move the gear shift lever into P Park when the vehicle is in motion Be sure the car is completely stopped before you attempt to shift into R Reverse or D Drive Never take the car out of gear and coast down a hill This may be extremely hazardous Always leave the car in gear when moving Do not ride the brakes This can cause them to overheat and malfunc tion Instead when you are driving down a long hill slow down and shift to a lower gear When you do this engine braking will help slow the car Slow down before shifting to a lower gear Otherwise the lower gear may not be engaged e Always use the parking brake Do not depend on placing the transaxle in P Park to keep the car from moving Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface Be especially careful when braking accelerating or shifting gears On a slippery surface an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the drive wheels to lose traction and the vehicle to go out of control Optimum vehicle performance and economy is obtained by smoothly depressing and releasing the accelera tor pedal Driving your vehicle ALL WHEEL DRIVE AWD E060203AUN
180. e in the electrical charging system Have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer correct the problem as soon as possible D150313AEN Charging system warning light Features of your vehicle D150315AUN Tailgate open warning light lt This warning light illuminates when the tailgate is not closed securely with the ignition switch in any position This warning light illuminates when a door is not closed securely with the igni tion switch in any position D150316AUN Door ajar warning light D150317CEN Immobilizer indicator if equipped Without smart key system This light illuminates when the immobiliz er key is inserted and turned to the ON position to start the engine At this time you can start the engine The light goes out after the engine is running If this light blinks when the ignition switch is in the ON position before starting the engine have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer With smart key system if equipped If any of the following occurs in a vehicle equipped with the smart key the immobi lizer indicator illuminates blinks or the light goes off e When the smart key is in the vehicle if the ignition switch is depressed the indicator will illuminate for a few min utes to indicate that you will be able to start the engine and if the ignition switch is turned to the ON position the indicator will illuminate until the engine is started However when the smart key is not in the
181. e run cleaner and enhance performance of the Emission Control System A020107AUN Operation in foreign countries If you are going to drive your vehicle in another country be sure to e Observe all regulations regarding reg istration and insurance e Determine that acceptable fuel is avail able eS VEHICLE HANDLING INSTRUCTIONS AOS0000AEN As with other vehicles of this type failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control an accident or vehicle rollover Specific design characteristics higher ground clearance track etc give this vehicle a higher center of gravity than other types of vehicles In other words they are not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional 2 wheel drive vehicles Avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers Again failure to oper ate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control an accident or vehicle rollover Be sure to read the Reducing the risk of a rollover driving guide lines in section 5 of this manual VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCESS AO030000AUN No special break in period is needed By following a few simple precautions for the first 600 miles 1 000 km you may add to the performance economy and life of your vehicle e Do not race the engine e While driving keep your engine speed rom or revolutions per minute between 2 000 rpm and 4 000 rpm e Do not maintain a single speed for long periods of time either fast or slow
182. e seat belts fit tightly against the occupant s body in certain frontal collisions The pre tensioner seat belts may be activated in crashes where the frontal collision is severe enough When the vehicle stops suddenly or if the occupant tries to lean forward too quickly the seat belt retractor will lock into position In certain frontal collisions the pre tensioner will activate and pull the seat belt into tighter contact against the occupant s body If the system senses excessive seat belt tension on the driver or passenger s seat belt when the pre tensioner activates the load limiter inside the pre tensioner will release some of the pressure on the affected seat belt 1LDE3100 The seat belt pre tensioner system con sists mainly of the following components Their locations are shown in the illustra tion 1 SRS air bag warning light 2 Retractor pre tensioner assembly 3 SRS control module Safety features of your vehicle NOTICE Both the driver s and front passen ger s pre tensioner seat belts may be activated in certain frontal collisions The pre tensioners will not be activat ed if the seat belts are not being worn at the time of the collision When the pre tensioner seat belts are activated a loud noise may be heard and fine dust which may appear to be smoke may be visible in the passenger compartment These are normal oper ating conditions and are not haz ardous Although it is harmless
183. e the climate control air filter stoppers on both sides to allow the case pulling out both sides of the 5 Reassemble in the reverse order of glove box to hang freely on the hinges cover disassembly NOTICE When replacing the climate control air filter install it properly Otherwise the system may produce noise and the effec tiveness of the filter may be reduced Maintenance WIPER BLADES 1JBA5122 G180100AUN Blade inspection x NOTICE Commercial hot waxes applied by auto matic car washes have been known to make the windshield difficult to clean Contamination of either the windshield or the wiper blades with foreign matter can reduce the effectiveness of the wind shield wipers Common sources of con tamination are insects tree sap and hot wax treatments used by some commer cial car washes If the blades are not wip ing properly clean both the window and the blades with a good cleaner or mild detergent and rinse thoroughly with clean water CAUTION To prevent damage to the wiper blades do not use gasoline kerosene paint thinner or other solvents on or near them G180200AUN Blade replacement When the wipers no longer clean ade quately the blades may be worn or cracked and require replacement N CAUTION To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components do not attempt to move the wipers manual ly CAUTION The use of a non specified wiper blade could result in wiper mal
184. e tires to the recommended tire inflation pressure F060200AEN TPMS Tire Pressure TPMS Monitoring System malfunction indicator The TPMS malfunction indicator comes on and stays on when there is a problem with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System If the Front Left sensor fails the TPMS malfunction indicator illuminates but if the Front Right Rear Left or Rear Right tire is under inflated the low tire pressure and position telltales may illuminate together with the TPMS malfunction indicator Have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible to determine the cause of the problem What to do in an emergency CAUTION The TPMS malfunction indica tor may be illuminated if the vehicle is moving around elec tric power supply cables or radios transmitter such as at police stations government and public offices broadcast ing stations military installa tions airports or transmitting towers etc This can interfere with normal operation of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS The TPMS malfunction indica tor may be illuminated if some electronic devices such as notebook computers are used in the vehicle This can inter fere with normal operation of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS FO60300AEN Changing a tire with TPMS If you have a flat tire the Low Tire Pressure and Position telltales will come on Have the flat tire repaired by an authorized HYUNDA
185. e vehicle the indi cator will blink and if all doors are closed the chime will also sound for about 5 seconds The indicator will turn off while the vehicle is moving Keep the smart key in the vehicle OEN056009 If the battery is weak or the smart key does not work correctly you can start the engine by inserting the smart key in the ignition switch Driving your vehicle AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE E060100AEN Automatic transaxle operation The automatic transaxle has 6 forward speeds and one reverse speed The indi vidual speeds are selected automatically depending on the position of the shift lever x NOTICE The first few shifts on a new vehicle if the battery has been disconnected may be somewhat abrupt This is a normal condition and the shifting sequence will adjust after shifts are cycled a few times by the TCM Transaxle Control Module or PCM Powertrain Control Module O 88 B 0 88 B Depress the brake pedal when shifting c gt The shift lever can be shifted freely OEN056002 E060000AUN EU Driving your vehicle For smooth operation depress the brake E060101BEN pedal when shifting from N Neutral to a N CAUTION Transaxle ranges forward or reverse gear e To avoid damage to your The indicator in the instrument cluster transaxle do not accelerate the displays the shift lever position when the engine in R Reverse or any for ignition switch is in the ON position ward gear position w
186. ead 65 7 1668 Rear tread 65 8 1671 Wheelbase 110 4 2805 5 1 with roof rack Stop and tail lights 28 8 or LED Tail light 28 8 Rear turn signal lights Back up lights Rear side marker lights High mounted stop light License plate lights Map lamps Room lamps Luggage lamp Glove box lamp Vanity mirror lamps Puddle lamps Door courtesy lamps If equipped Specifications amp Consumer information TIRES AND WHEELS lIO20000AEN EU Inflation pressure Wheel lug nut torque kPa psi Ibeft kgfem Nem P245 65R17 7 0Jx17 210 210 Full size tire P245 60R18 7 0Jx18 30 65 79 30 420 420 9 11 88 107 Compact spare tire T165 90R17 4 0Tx17 60 60 Specifications amp Consumer information RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES IO40000AEN EU To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability use only lubricants of the proper quality The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle Lubricant Volume Classification Engine oil drain and refill API Service SJ SL or above Recommengs 5 49 US qt 5 2 1 ILSAC GF 3 or above TFF ATF T IV JWS 3309 Mobil ATF 3309 3309 US ATF or other brands meeting the JWS 3309 specification approved by Hyundai Motors Corp Automatic transaxle fluid 7 40 US at 7 0 J Power steering 0 95 US at
187. earch Octane Number 95 or higher is recommended Your new vehicle is designed to obtain maximum performance with UNLEADED FUEL as well as minimize exhaust emis sions and spark plug fouling CAUTION Never add any fuel system cleaning agents to the fuel tank other than what has been specified Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details A020103AUN EU Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol Gasohol a mixture of gasoline and ethanol also known as grain alcohol and gasoline or gasohol containing methanol also known as wood alcohol are being marketed along with or instead of leaded or unleaded gasoline Do not use gasohol containing more than 10 ethanol and do not use gasoline or gasohol containing any methanol Either of these fuels may cause drivability prob lems and damage to the fuel system Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if drivability problems occur Vehicle damage or drivability problems may not be covered by the manufactur ers warranty if they result from the use of 1 Gasohol containing more than 10 ethanol 2 Gasoline or methanol 3 Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol gasohol containing Introduction i E85 fuel is an alternative fuel com prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 per cent gasoline and is manufactured exclusively for use in Flexible Fuel Vehicles E85 is not compatible with your vehicle Use of E85 may result in poor engine performance and damage to
188. eased stopping distances When descending a long or steep hill shift to a lower gear and avoid continuous application of the brakes Continuous brake application will cause the brakes to overheat and could result in a temporary loss of braking per formance Wet brakes may impair the vehi cle s ability to sefely slow down the vehicle may also pull to one side when the brakes are applied Applying the brakes lightly will indicate whether they have been affected in this way Always test your brakes in this fashion after driving through deep water To dry the brakes apply them lightly while maintaining a safe forward speed until brake performance returns to normal E070101AUN In the event of brake failure If service brakes fail to operate while the vehicle is in motion you can make an emergency stop with the parking brake The stopping distance however will be much greater than normal AX WARNING Parking brake Applying the parking brake while the vehicle is moving at normal speeds can cause a sudden loss of control of the vehicle If you must use the parking brake to stop the vehicle use great caution in apply ing the brake Driving your vehicle E070102AUN Disc brakes wear indicator Your vehicle has disc brakes When your brake pads are worn and new pads are required you will hear a high pitched warning sound from your front brakes or rear brakes You may hear this sound come and go or it may occ
189. em monitor the temperature gauge closely while driving up hills or in heavy traffic when outside tempera tures are high Air conditioning sys tem operation may cause engine over heating Continue to use the blower fan but turn the air conditioning sys tem off if the temperature gauge indi cates engine overheating When opening the windows in humid weather air conditioning may create water droplets inside the vehicle Since excessive water droplets may cause damage to electrical equipment air conditioning should only be run with the windows closed sunlight during hot weather open the windows for a short time to let the hot air inside the vehicle escape To help reduce moisture inside of the windows on rainy or humid days decrease the humidity inside the vehi cle by operating the air conditioning system During air conditioning system opera tion you may occasionally notice a slight change in engine speed as the air conditioning compressor cycles This is a normal system operation characteristic Use the air conditioning system every month only for a few minutes to ensure maximum system performance ping or even puddling on the ground under the passenger side of the vehi cle This is a normal system operation characteristic Operating the air conditioning system in the recirculated air position provides maximum cooling however continual operation in this mode may cause the air inside the vehicle to become stale
190. em is covered in this manual and the Index will help you find them quickly If you re trailering it s a good idea to review these sections before you start your trip Don t forget to also maintain your trailer and hitch Follow the maintenance schedule that accompanied your trailer and check it periodically Preferably con duct the check at the start of each day s driving Most importantly all hitch nuts and bolts should be tight usage overheating might occur in hot days or during uphill driv ing If the coolant gauge indicates over heating switch off the A C and stop the vehicle in a safe area to cool down the engine When towing check transaxle fluid more frequently If your vehicle is not equipped with the air conditioner you should install a condenser fan to improve engine performance when towing a trailer Driving your vehicle E140600AEN lbs kg If you do decide to pulla trailer Maximum Towable Weight Here are some important points if you decide to pull a trailer Trailer Tongue Consider using a sway control You can ask a hitch dealer about sway control 1 650 748 e Do not do any towing with your car dur ing its first 1 200 miles 2 000 km in K Boat Trailer Weight with brake 4 500 Ibs 2 041 kg order to allow the engine to properly 3 Maximum Towable Weight 2 person Driver and 1 passenger break in Failure to heed this caution may result in serious engine or transaxle damage e When
191. empo rary free roller as shown in the illustra tion not recommended by HYUNDAI for off road driving you should not use these tires for highway driving Never engage the parking brake while performing these tests WARNING Dynamometer testing Keep away from the front of the vehicle while the vehicle is in gear e An AWD vehicle should not be tested on a 2WD drive roll tester If a 2WD roll tester must be used perform the fol lowing on the dynamometer This is very dangerous as the vehicle can jump forward and cause serious injury or death Driving your vehicle BRAKE SYSTEM E070100AUN Power brakes Your vehicle has power assisted brakes that adjust automatically through normal usage In the event that the power assisted brakes lose power because of a stalled engine or some other reason you can still stop your vehicle by applying greater force to the brake pedal than you nor mally would The stopping distance how ever will be longer When the engine is not running the reserve brake power is partially depleted each time the brake pedal is applied Do not pump the brake pedal when the power assist has been interrupted Pump the brake pedal only when neces sary to maintain steering control on slip pery surfaces WARNING Brakes Do not drive with your foot rest ing on the brake pedal This will create abnormal high brake tem peratures excessive brake lining and pad wear and incr
192. en closed the tailgate will be locked automatically D040104AEN Start up You can start the engine without inserting the key For detailed information refer to the Starting the engine with smart key in section 5 Features of your vehicle DO40300AEN EU Smart key precautions 6 NOTICE If for some reason you happen to lose your smart key you will not be able to start the engine Tow the vehicle if necessary and contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer A maximum of 2 smart keys can be registered to a single vehicle If you lose a smart key you should immedi ately take the vehicle and key to your authorized HYUNDAI dealer to pro tect it from potential theft The smart key will not work if any of following occur The smart key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the smart Key You keep the smart key near a mobile two way radio system or a cellular phone Another vehicle s smart Key is being operated close to your vehicle When the smart key does not work correctly open and close the door with the mechanical key If you have a problem with the smart key contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer CAUTION Keep the smart key away from water or any liquid If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to exposure to water or liquids it will not be covered by your manufactur er s vehicle warranty This device co
193. ence that may cause undesired operation OEN048003 DO20300AEN Battery replacement Transmitter uses a 3 volt lithium battery which will normally last for several years When replacement is necessary use the following procedure 1 Insert a slim tool into the slot and gen tly pry open the transmitter center cover Features of your vehicle OENO046004 2 Replace the battery with a new battery CR2032 When replacing the battery make sure the battery positive sym bol faces up as indicated in the illus tration 3 Install the battery in the reverse order of removal For replacement transmitters see an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for transmit ter reprogramming CAUTION e The keyless entry system trans mitter is designed to give you years of trouble free use howev er it can malfunction if exposed to moisture or static electricity If you are unsure how to use your transmitter or replace the battery contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Using the wrong battery can cause the transmitter to malfunc tion Be sure to use the correct battery To avoid damaging the transmit ter don t drop it get it wet or expose it to heat or sunlight Features of your vehicle THEFT ALARM SYSTEM Disarmed stage DO30000AEN This system is designed to provide pro tection from unauthorized entry into the car This system is operated in three stages the first is the Armed stage the se
194. ents on the right rear trim e Rear air blows from the lower vents on the right rear trim Features of your vehicle OEN046133 D240302AEN Rear temperature control To change the air temperature in the rear passenger compartment turn the knob to the right for warm and hot air or left for cooler air OEN046132 D240303AEN Rear fan speed control To change the fan speed turn the knob to the right for higher speed or left for lower speed To turn off the fan turn the knob to the OFF position D240500AEN For information on Cool box System operation Climate control air filter etc refer to Manual climate control system in this section ee ee ee eee eee sega sss e e l e e Features of your vehicle WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING D250000AEN e For maximum defrosting set the tem perature control to the extreme right hot position and the fan speed control to the highest speed e f warm air to the floor is desired while defrosting or defogging set the mode to the floor defrost position e Before driving clear all snow and ice from the windshield rear window out side rear view mirrors and all side win dows Clear all snow and ice from the hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to improve heater and defroster efficiency and to reduce the probability of fogging up the inside of the windshield OEN046137N Manual climate control system D250101AEN EU To
195. er filter 3 Lock the cover with the cover attaching clips ee ee ee eee eee ese ga sss e e l e e Maintenance CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule If the vehicle is operated in extremely dusty or sandy areas replace the ele ment more often than the usual recom mended intervals Refer to Maintenance under severe usage condi tions in this section CAUTION e Do not drive with the air cleaner a rs removed this will result in exces OEN078014 Ee 8 OENO76015 sive engine wear G170100AEN G170200AEN e When removing the air cleaner fil Filter inspection Filter replacement ter be careful that dust or dirt l Saps does not enter the air intake or The climate control air filter should be 1 Open the glove box and remove the damage may result replaced every 10 000 miles 15 000 support rod 1 km If the vehicle is operated in severely air polluted cities or on dusty rough roads for a long period it should be inspected more frequently and replaced earlier When you replace the climate control air filter replace it performing the following procedure and be careful to avoid damaging other components Use a HYUNDAI genuine part Use of non genuine parts could dam age the air flow sensor Maintenance F we OEN078016 OENO76017 OENO076050 2 With the glove box open remove the 3 Remove the climate control air filter 4 Replac
196. er s side front panel above the glove box Passenger s front air bag OEN036037 The purpose of the SRS is to provide the vehicle s driver and or the front passen ger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt system alone in case of a frontal impact of sufficient severity The SRS uses sensors to gath er information about the driver s seat position the driver s and front passen ger s seat belt usage and impact severi ty Safety features of your vehicle WARNING If a seat track position sensor or an occupant classification system is not working properly the SRS air bag warning light Ed on the instru ment panel will illuminate because the SRS air bag warning light is connected with the seat track posi tion sensor and the occupant clas sification system If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position remains illumi nated after approximately 6 sec onds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or if it illuminates while the vehicle is being driven have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer inspect the advanced SRS air bag system as soon as possible The driver s seat track position sensor which is installed on the seat track deter mines if the seat is fore or aft of a refer ence position The seat belt buckle sen sors determine if the driver and front pas senger s seat belts are fastened These sensors provide
197. ercorrecting at the steering wheel Inflate the tires to the proper pressure as indicated on the vehi cle s tire information placard Low tire pressure position telltale Features of your vehicle D150332AEN TPMS Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS malfunction indicator The TPMS malfunction indicator comes on for 3 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position If the warn ing light does not come on or continu ously remains on after coming on for about 3 seconds when you turned the ignition switch to the ON position the Tire Pressure Monitoring System is not working properly If this occurs have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible The warning light also comes on and stays on when there is a problem with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System If this happens the system may not mon itor the tire pressure Have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible D150312AUN r Shift pattern indicator N The indicator displays to show the auto matic transaxle shift lever selection This warning light indicates a malfunction of either the generator or electrical charging system If the warning light comes on while the vehicle is in motion 1 Drive to the nearest safe location 2 With the engine off check the genera tor drive belt for looseness or break age 3 If the belt is adjusted properly a prob lem exists somewher
198. ered by your vehicle warranty When starting the vehicle in winter set the wiper switch in the OFF position Otherwise wipers may operate and ice may damage the windshield wiper blades Always remove all snow and ice and defrost the windshield properly prior to operating the windshield wipers Features of your vehicle Type A a In the OFF position pull the lever gently EN toward you to spray washer fluid on the N CAUTION windshield and to run the wipers 1 3 To prevent possible damage to the cycles washer pump do not operate the Use this function when the windshield is washer when the fluid reservoir is dirty empty The spray and wiper operation will con tinue until you release the lever If the washer does not work check the washer fluid level If the fluid level is not sufficient you will need to add appropri ate non abrasive windshield washer fluid to the washer reservoir The reservoir filler neck is located in the front of the engine compartment on the passenger side CAUTION e To prevent possible damage to the wipers or windshield do not operate the wipers when the windshield is dry To prevent damage to the wiper blades do not use gasoline kerosene paint thinner or other solvents on or near them To prevent damage to the wiper OEN048070N arms and other components do D200200AUN not attempt to move the wipers Windshield washers manually Features of your vehicle INTERIOR LIGHT
199. eristics and climate These grades are molded on the side walls of passenger vehicle tires The tires available as standard or optional equipment on your vehicle may vary with respect to grade Traction AA A B amp C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on spec ified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction perform ance Maintenance SCS Temperature A B amp C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled condi tions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C cor responds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the labora tory test wheel than the minimum required by law G201100AEN Tire terminology and definitions Air Pressure The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on the tire Air pressure is expressed in pounds per square inch psi or kilo pascal kPa Accessor
200. ers in Korean language or 16 chalac ters in English language Features of your vehicle XM Satellite radio operation M466 RSE E M466s RSE 1 XM Selector 2 LCD Liquid Crystal Display 3 SCAN Button 4 Information Button 5 Channel Move Seek Up Down Button 6 Preset Memory Button 7 Category Search Fast Up Down Button 8 Channel Search Control and Selector EN M466XMRSE Features of your vehicle 1 XM Selector e The XM selector will turn to each mode in the following order each time you press the button XM1 3 XM2 gt XM3 es e When you press this button when you are listening to CD or RADIO the sys tem will automatically turn to XM mode e When the ignition switch is set to ACC 1st notch or ON 2nd notch and when you press this button XM will be on even when the audio system was turned off 2 LCD Liquid Crystal Display It displays the XM1 XM2 XM3 Preset Number Title of the Channel Received EQ Mode CLASSIC POP ROCK JAZZ and SCAN Status when listening to XM 3 SCAN Button When you press this button the player will play 10 seconds of each channel LCD will display SCAN Press it again to cancel scanning Also press and this button for more than 0 8 seconds to play the channels memorized to the preset buttons for 10 seconds each LCD will display corresponding channel number lt P gt and SCAN Press it again to cancel scanning
201. ery Watch the battery during charg ing and stop or reduce the charg ing rate if the battery cells begin gassing boiling violently or if the temperature of the electrolyte of any cell exceeds 120 F 49 C Continued the following order 1 Turn off the battery charger main switch 2 Unhook the negative clamp from the negative battery terminal 3 Unhook the positive clamp from the positive battery terminal WARNING e Before performing maintenance or recharging the battery turn off all accessories and stop the engine The negative battery cable must be removed first and installed last when the battery is discon nected Maintenance G190300AEN Reset items Items should be reset after the battery has been discharged or the battery has been disconnected e Power tailgate See section 4 e Auto up down window See section 4 e Sunroof See section 4 e Driver position memory system See section 4 Trip computer See section 4 l Climate control system G190400AEN See section 4 Removing the battery e Clock See section 4 1 Remove the nut 1 and disconnectthe Audio See section 4 battery cable from the negative termi nal of the battery 2 Remove the nuts 2 3 and disconnect the battery cable from the positive ter minal of the battery 3 Remove the battery 4 Reinstall the battery in the reverse order of removal Maintenance TIRES AND WHEELS G200100AUN Tire ca
202. es Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harm ful interference and 2 This device must accept any inter ference received including inter ference that may cause undesired operation A WARNING Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party compliance responsible for could void the user s authority to operate the equipment What to do in an emergency 1 Jack handle FO70101AUN 2 Jack Jacking instructions The jack is provided for emergency tire changing only To prevent the jack from rattling while the vehicle is in motion store it properly Follow jacking instructions to reduce the possibility of personal injury a e 3 Wheel lug nut wrench OENO066001L FO70100BEN Jack and tools The jack jack handle wheel lug nut wrench are stored in the luggage compartment Pull up the luggage box cover to reach this equipment What to do in an emergency Continued e Be sure to use the correct front and rear jacking posi tions on the vehicle never use the bumpers or any other part of the vehicle for jack support The vehicle can easily roll off the jack causing serious injury or death No person should place any portion of A SE a ee OFN067003 E mm OEN067002L 1 A E R E F070200AEN 3 Use the wheel lug nut wrench to use vehicle support stands a Ong and storing the spare fee ao enough to lo
203. es fan speeds air intake and air condi tioning will be controlled automatically by temperature setting 2 Push the TEMP button to set the desired temperature lf the temperature is set to the lowest setting Lo the air conditioning sys tem will operate continuously 3 To turn the automatic operation off press any button or turn any knob except the temperature control button If you press the mode selection button air conditioning button defrost button or air intake control button or turn the fan speed knob the selected function will be controlled manually while other functions operate automatically For your convenience and to improve the effectiveness of the climate control use the AUTO button and set the temperature to 73 F 28 C OEN046121 x NOTICE Never place anything over the sensor located on the instrument panel to ensure better control of the heating and cooling system Features of your vehicle D240200AEN Manual heating and air condition ing The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually by pushing buttons other than the AUTO button In this case the system works sequentially according to the order of buttons selected When pressing any button or turning any knob except the AUTO button while using automatic operation the functions not selected will be controlled automati cally 1 Start the engine 2 Set the mode to the desired position For improving the effecti
204. es are thinner they can be damaged by mount ing some types of snow chains on them Therefore the use of snow tires is rec ommended instead of snow chains Do not mount tire chains on vehicles equipped with aluminum wheels snow chains may cause damage to the wheels If snow chains must be used use wire type chains with a thickness of less than 0 59 in 15 mm Damage to your vehicle caused by improper snow chain use is not covered by your vehicle manufactur ers warranty When using tire chains attach them to the drive wheels as follows 2WD Front wheels AWD All four wheels If a full set of chains is not avail able for an AWD vehicle chains may be installed on the front wheels only CAUTION e Make sure the snow chains are the correct size and type for your tires Incorrect snow chains can cause damage to the vehicle body and suspension and may not be covered by your vehicle manufac turer warranty Also the snow chain connecting hooks may be damaged from contacting vehicle components causing the snow chains to come loose from the tire Make sure the snow chains are SAE class S certified e Always check chain installation for proper mounting after driving approximately 0 3 to 0 6 miles 0 5 to 1 km to ensure safe mounting Retighten or remount the chains if they are loose Chain installation When installing chains follow the manu facturer s instructions and mount them as tightly as you can Dr
205. estraint sys tem as far away from the door side as possible and secure the child restraint system in a locked position Do not allow the passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors put their arms on the doors stretch their arms out of the window or place objects between the doors and passen gers when they are seated on seats equipped with side and or curtain air bags Never try to open or repair any components of the side curtain air bag system This should only be done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Failure to follow the above instruc tions can result in injury or death to the vehicle occupants in an acci dent Safety features of your vehicle C040800AEN Why didn t my air bag go off in a collision Inflation and non infla tion conditions of the air bag There are many types of accidents in which the air bag would not be expect ed to provide additional protection These include rear impacts second or third collisions in multiple impact accidents as well as low speed impacts In other words just because your vehicle is damaged and even if it is totally unusable don t be surprised that the air bags did not inflate OEN036040 OEN036041 OEN036042 OEN036043 OEN036044 Air bag collision sensors 1 SRS control module 3 Side impact sensor 2 Front impact sensor 4 Side impact sensor Safety features of your vehicle Continued e Problems may arise if the sensor WARNING e Do not
206. f the vehicle 10 Install the service cover by putting it into the service hole Maintenance OENO76038 G220400AEN High mounted stop light replacement If the light is not operating have the vehi cle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer OENO076039 G220500AEN License plate light bulb replace ment 1 Loosen the lens retaining screws with a philips head screwdriver 2 Remove the lens 3 Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out 4 Install a new bulb 5 Reinstall the lens securely with the lens retaining screws Puddle lamp 1e OEN046188 G220900AEN Puddle lamp and door courtesy lamp bulb replacement If the light is not operating have the vehi cle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Maintenance TT Map lamp 1st row se Ta Map lamp 2nd row if equipped Glove box lamp x Nl Ni ii j a OEN0760401 Room lamp 2nd row Luggage lamp if equipped mall OENO76045 G220600AUN Interior light bulb replacement 1 Using a flat blade screwdriver gently pry the lens from the interior light housing 2 Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out OEN076043 ie wee Sunvisor lamp Ss 0EN076041 _ M ii Maintenance 3 Install a new bulb in the socket 4 Align the lens tabs with the interior light housing notches and snap the lens into place CAUTION Use care not to dirty or damage
207. f there is no curb or if it is required by other condi tions to keep the car from rolling block the wheels Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged posi tion This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet If there is a risk that the parking brake may freeze apply it only temporarily while you put the gear selector lever in P automatic transaxle and block the rear wheels so the car cannot roll Then release the parking brake Do not hold the vehicle on the upgrade with the accelerator pedal This can cause the transaxle to overheat Always use the brake pedal or parking brake Driving your vehicle CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM EOQ0000AEN The cruise control system allows you to program the vehicle to maintain a con stant speed without pressing the acceler ator pedal This system is designed to function above approximately 25 mph 40 km h X NOTICE During normal cruise control operation when the SET switch is activated or reactivated after applying the brakes the cruise control will energize after approximately 3 seconds This delay is normal Driving your vehicle OENO56011 E090100AEN To set cruise control speed 1 Push the CRUISE ON OFF button on the steering wheel to turn the system on The CRUISE indicator light in the instrument cluster will illuminate 2 Accelerate to the desired
208. fer to If the engine overheats in section 6 CAUTION If the gauge pointer moves beyond the normal range area toward the H position it indicates overheat ing that may damage the engine Features of your vehicle OEN046048L D150204AUN Fuel gauge The fuel gauge indicates the approxi mate amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank The fuel tank capacity is given in sec tion 9 The fuel gauge is supplemented by a low fuel warning light which will illumi nate when the fuel tank is near empty On inclines or curves the fuel gauge pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel warning light may come on earlier than usual due to the movement of fuel in the tank OENO046200N D150205AEN EU Odometer Tripmeter if equipped Odometer The odometer indicates the total dis tance the vehicle has been driven You will also find the odometer useful to determine when periodic maintenance should be performed x NOTICE Federal and state laws forbid alteration of the odometer of any vehicle with the intent to change the mileage registered on the odometer The alteration may void your warranty coverage Features of your vehicle OEN046053N Tripmeter TRIP A Tripmeter A TRIP B Tripmeter B The tripmeter indicates the distance of individual trips selected by the driver 7 OEN046051 Tripmeter A or B can be selected by pressing the TRIP button for less than 1 second Tripmeter A or B can be reset to
209. formation display area When the focus is on the CATEGORY or CHANNEL button after you press the NEXT or V PREV button the CAT EGORY up down or CHANNEL up down function are activated Features of your vehicle In addition if you press the ENTER but ton when the focus is on the CATEGORY or CHANNEL button after you press and hold the NEXT or PREV button the Fast Tune function is activated Fast Tune makes it easy for you to search for a favorite channel After you find a favorite channel press the ENTER but ton to complete this selection When the CATEGORY button is high lighted moving the focus to CHANNEL button and using the NEXT or V PREV button also will allow you to select the next channel and previous channel in the same category If you put the focus on the SCAN button not the CHANNEL button after pressing the ENTER button the SCAN category function also can be activated Listening to the Vehicle Radio To control the vehicle radio from the RSE control panel or remote control press the SOURCE button on the remote control or the SRC button on the RSE control panel then select the desired play mode on the source change operation Finally press the ENTER button to complete the selection The RSE monitor status display and the RSE control panel will indicate the selected source Tuning a Station While the vehicle radio is the current source press the NEXT or PREV button on the RSE control p
210. fort required to steer during normal vehicle operation have the power steer ing checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer CAUTION Never hold the steering wheel against a stop extreme right or left turn for more than 5 seconds with the engine running Holding the steering wheel for more than 5 sec onds in either position may cause damage to the power steering pump Features of your vehicle X NOTICE If the power steering drive belt breaks or if the power steering pump malfunc tions the steering effort will greatly increase X NOTICE If the vehicle is parked for extended periods outside in cold weather below 14 F 10 C the power steering may require increased effort when the engine is first started This is caused by increased fluid viscosity due to the cold weather and does not indicate a mal function When this happens increase the engine RPM by depressing accelerator until the RPM reaches 1 500 rpm then release or let the engine idle for two or three min utes to warm up the fluid Features of your vehicle D130300AEN Tilt steering Tilt steering allows you to adjust the steering wheel before you drive You can also raise it to give your legs more room when you exit and enter the vehicle The steering wheel should be positioned so that it is comfortable for you to drive while permitting you to see the instru ment panel warning lights and gauges OEN046202 D130301AEN Manual type
211. func tion and failure Maintenance OENO76047 G180201AEN EU 4 Press the button and slide the blade Front windshield wiper blade assembly upward For your convenience move the wind AN CAUTION ae A OER ERICE DONI Do not allow the wiper arm to fall against the windshield since it may 1 Remove the key from the ignition chip or crack the windshield switch 2 Move the wiper switch to the single wiping position MIST and hold the switch until the wiper arm is in the fully up position OEN076057N Maintenance i OEN076048 5 Install the blade assembly in the reverse order of removal 6 Return the wiper arm on the wind shield 7 Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion 8 Move the wiper switch to any position and then to the OFF position _ OENO076018 G180202AEN Rear window wiper blade 1 Raise the wiper arm and pull out the wiper blade assembly OENO76019 2 Install the new blade assembly by inserting the center part into the slot in the wiper arm until it clicks into place 3 Make sure the blade assembly is installed firmly by trying to pull it slight ly To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer replace the wiper blade OENO76020N G190100AUN EU For best battery service e Keep the battery securely mounted e Keep the battery top clean and dry e Keep the terminals and connections clean ti
212. fy your vehicle by changing your vehicle s frame bumper system front end or side sheet metal or ride height this may affect the operation of your vehicle s air bag system Safety features of your vehicle OEN037045 OEN036046 OEN036048 C041200AUN EU Air bag warning label if equipped Air bag warning labels some required by the U S National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA are attached to alert the driver and passengers of potential risks of the air bag system Keys 4 3 Smart key 4 4 Remote Keyless entry 4 8 Theft alarm system 4 12 Door locks 4 14 Tailgate 4 18 Windows 4 25 Hood 4 29 Features of your vehicle Fuel filler lid 4 30 Sunroof 4 32 Driver position memory system 4 36 Power adjustable pedals 4 38 Steering wheel 4 39 Mirrors 4 41 Instrument cluster 4 51 Rear parking assist system 4 67 Hazard warning flasher 4 69 Lighting 4 70 Wipers and washers 4 74 Interior light 4 78 Defroster 4 83 Manual climate control system 4 84 Automatic climate control system 4 96 Windshield defrosting and defogging 4 106 Storage compartment 4 109 Interior features 4 112 Exterior feature 4 119 Audio system 4 121 Rear seat entertainment system RSE 4 166 Features of your vehicle Features of your vehicle KEYS OUN046100L DO010100AEN Record your key number The key code number is stamped on the bar code tag
213. g 6 21 What to do in an emergency G What to do in an emergency ROAD WARNING OEN046059 FO10100AUN Hazard warning flasher The hazard warning flasher serves as a warning to other drivers to exercise extreme caution when approaching overtaking or passing your vehicle It should be used whenever emergency repairs are being made or when the vehi cle is stopped near the edge of a road way Depress the flasher switch with the igni tion switch in any position The flasher switch is located in the center console switch panel All turn signal lights will flash simultaneously e The hazard warning flasher operates whether your vehicle is running or not e The turn signals do not work when the hazard flasher is on e Care must be taken when using the hazard warning flasher while the vehi cle is being towed IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING F020100AUN EU If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing set the shift lever in the N Neutral position and then push the vehi cle to a safe place F020200AUN If you have a flat tire while driving If a tire goes flat while you are driving 1 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and let the car slow down while driving straight ahead Do not apply the brakes immediately or attempt to pull off the road as this may cause a loss of con trol When the car has slowed to such a speed that it is safe to do
214. g and air conditioning When the rear climate control selection button is not pressed the indicator light is not illuminated the temperature fan speed and mode of the rear climate con trol system is controlled automatically according to the front climate control sys tem operation e Rear temperature and fan speed con trol same as the front climate control e Rear mode control Front mode control is MAX A C gt Rear mode control is 3 Front mode control IS x Rear mode control is sf Front mode control is ss 3 Rear mode control is t r a To turn off the rear fan during the front cli mate control operation press the rear cli mate control selection button the indica tor light is illuminated and set the rear fan speed control knob to the OFF posi tion OEN046104N The temperature fan speed and mode of the rear climate control system can be controlled independently regardless of the front climate control system opera tion Press the rear climate control selection button the indicator light is illuminated and set the rear temperature fan speed and mode to the desired position However the front climate control system should be operated together for rear air conditioning 1 Set the front fan speed to the desired position 2 Push the air conditioning button 3 Push the rear climate control selection button 4 Set the rear temperature fan speed and mode to the desired
215. g on hills Generally you should not park your vehi cle with a trailer attached on a hill People can be seriously or fatally injured and both your vehicle and the trailer can be damaged if they begin a downhill trajec tory However if you ever have to park your trailer on a hill here s how to do it 1 Apply your brakes but don t shift into gear 2 Have someone place chocks under the trailer wheels 3 When the wheel chocks are in place release the brakes until the chocks absorb the load 4 Reapply the brakes Apply your park ing brake and then shift to P Park for an automatic transaxle 5 Release the brakes Driving your vehicle E140500AUN Maintenance when trailer towing Your vehicle will need service more often CAUTION e Due to higher load during trailer When you are ready to leave after park ing on a hill 1 With the automatic transaxle in P Park apply your brakes and hold the brake pedal down while you e Start your engine e Shift into gear and e Release the parking brake 2 Slowly remove your foot from the brake pedal 3 Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks 4 Stop and have someone pick up and store the chocks when you regularly pull a trailer Important items to pay particular atten tion to include engine oil automatic transaxle fluid axle lubricant and cooling system fluid Brake condition is another important item to frequently check Each it
216. garage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the car out e Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the car be sure to do so only in an open area with the air intake set at Fresh and fan operating at one of the higher speeds so fresh air is drawn into the interior If you must drive with the tailgate open because you are carrying objects that make this necessary 1 Close all windows 2 Open side vents 3 Set the air intake control at Fresh the air flow control at Floor or Face and the fan at one of the higher speeds To assure proper operation of the ventilation system be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front of the windshield are kept clear of snow ice leaves or other obstructions BEFORE DRIVING E020100AUN Before entering vehicle e Be sure that all windows outside mir ror s and outside lights are clean e Check the condition of the tires e Check under the vehicle for any sign of leaks Be sure there are no obstacles behind you if you intend to back up EO20200AUN Necessary inspections Fluid levels such as engine oil engine coolant brake fluid and washer fluid should be checked on a regular basis with the exact interval depending on the fluid Further details are provided in sec tion 7 Maintenance Driving your vehicle E020300AUN Bef
217. ge to the motor or system components could occur NOTICE The sunroof cannot slide when it is in the tilt position nor can it be tilted while in an open or slide position D110100AEN Sliding the sunroof To open or close the sunroof manual slide feature pull or push the sunroof control lever backward or forward to the first detent position Pulling the control lever downward also closes the sunroof To open or close the sunroof completely even when the lever is released auto slide feature pull or push the sunroof control lever backward or forward to the second detent position The sunroof will slide all the way open or closed To stop the sunroof sliding at any point pull or push the sunroof control lever momentar ily in the opposite direction of sunroof movement D110101AEN Automatic reversal If an object or part of the body is detect ed while the sunroof is closing automati cally it will reverse direction and then stop The auto reverse function does not work if a tiny obstacle is between the sliding glass and the sunroof sash You should always check that all passengers and objects are away from the sunroof before closing it Features of your vehicle vA OEN046025 D110200AEN Tilting the sunroof To open or close the sunroof push or pull the sunroof control lever upward or downward until the sunroof moves to the desired position Pushing the control lever forward also closes the sunroof
218. ght and coated with petroleum jelly or terminal grease e Rinse any spilled electrolyte from the battery immediately with a solution of water and baking soda e If the vehicle is not going to be used for an extended time disconnect the bat tery cables AX WARNING Battery dangers Always read the following instructions carefully when handling a battery Keep lighted cigarettes and all other flames or sparks away from the battery Hydrogen a highly com bustible gas is always present in battery cells and may explode if ignited Keep batteries out of the reach of children because batteries contain highly corrosive SULFURIC ACID Do not allow battery acid to contact your skin eyes clothing or paint finish Continued Maintenance Continued If any electrolyte gets into your eyes flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immedi ate medical attention If electrolyte gets on your skin thoroughly wash the contacted area If you feel a pain or a burning sensa tion get medical attention immediately Wear eye protection when charging or working near a battery Always provide ventilation when working in an enclosed space When lifting a plastic cased bat tery excessive pressure on the case may cause battery acid to leak resulting in personal injury Lift with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite corners Never attempt to recharge the battery when
219. ght will indicate which tire is significantly under inflated by illuminating the cor responding position light If either telltale illuminates immedi ately reduce your speed avoid hard cornering and anticipate increased stopping distances You should stop and check your tires as soon as pos sible Inflate the tires to the proper pressure as indicated on the vehi cle s placard or tire inflation pressure label located on the driver s side cen ter pillar outer panel If you cannot reach a service station or if the tire cannot hold the newly added air replace the low pressure tire with the compact spare tire Low tire pressure posi tion telltale The Low Tire Pressure and Position telltales will remain on until you have the low pressure tire repaired and replaced on the vehicle NOTICE The compact spare tire is not equipped with a tire pressure sensor 6 8 What to do in an emergenc CAUTION In winter or cold weather the low tire pressure telltale may be illuminated if the tire pressure was adjusted to the recom mended tire inflation pressure in warm weather It does not mean your TPMS is malfunction ing because the decreased tem perature leads to a proportional lowering of tire pressure When you drive your vehicle from a warm area to a cold area or from a cold area to a warm area or the outside temperature is greatly higher or lower you should check the tire inflation pressure and adjust th
220. ghting system Use only an approved trailer wiring har ness Driving your vehicle An authorized HYUNDAI dealer can assist you in installing the wiring harness E140406AUN Driving on grades Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear before you start down a long or steep downgrade If you don t shift down you might have to use your brakes so much that they would get hot and no longer operate efficiently On a long uphill grade shift down and reduce your speed to around 45 mph 70 km h to reduce the possibility of engine and transaxle overheating If your trailer weighs more than the max imum trailer weight without trailer brakes and you have an automatic transaxle you should drive in D Drive when tow ing a trailer Operating your vehicle in D Drive when towing a trailer will minimize heat build up and extend the life of your transaxle CAUTION When towing a trailer on steep grades in excess of 6 pay close attention to the engine coolant temperature gauge to ensure the engine does not over heat If the needle of the coolant temperature gauge moves across the dial towards H HOT pull over and stop as soon as it is safe to do so and allow the engine to idle until it cools down You may proceed once the engine has cooled sufficiently You must decide driving speed depending on trailer weight and uphill grade to reduce the possi bility of engine and transaxle overheating E140407AEN Parkin
221. gnition switch turn the ignition switch to the ON position and wait for 30 seconds Then the system will be disarmed If you lose your keys consult your authorized HYUNDAI dealer Features of your vehicle DOOR LOCKS Unlock OEN046005 D050100AEN EU Operating door locks from out side the vehicle e Turn the key toward the rear of the vehicle to unlock and toward the front of the vehicle to lock If you lock the door with a key all vehi cle doors will lock automatically e From the drivers door turn the key to the right once to unlock the drivers door and once more within 4 seconds to unlock all doors e Doors can also be locked and unlocked with the transmitter or smart key e Once the doors are unlocked they may be opened by pulling the door handle e When closing the door push the door by hand Make sure that doors are closed securely x NOTICE e In cold and wet climates door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions e If the door is locked unlocked multi ple times in rapid succession with either the vehicle key or door lock switch the system may stop operating temporarily in order to protect the circuit and prevent damage to system components N OEN046006 e To lock a door without the key push the inside door lock button 1 or central door lock switch 2 to the Lock posi tion and close the door 3 e If you lock the door with
222. grammed HomeLink button Activation will now occur for the trained device i e garage door opener gate operator security system entry door lock home office lighting etc For con venience the hand held transmitter of the device may also be used at any time Reprogramming a single HomeLink button To program a new device to a previously trained HomeLink button follow these steps 1 Press and hold the desired HomeLink button Do NOT release until step 4 has been completed 2 When the indicator light begins to flash slowly after 20 seconds position the handheld transmitter 1 to 3 inches away from the HomeLink surface 3 Press and hold the handheld transmit ter button The HomeLink indicator light will flash first slowly and then rap idly 4 When the indicator light begins to flash rapidly release both buttons 5 Press and hold the just trained HomeLink button and observe the red Status Indicator LED If the indicator light stays on constantly programming is complete and your new device should activate Erasing HomeLink buttons Individual buttons cannot be erased However to erase all three programmed buttons 1 Press and hold the two outer HomeLink buttons until the indicator light begins to flash after 20 seconds 2 Release both buttons Do not hold for longer than 30 seconds The Integrated HomeLink Wireless Control System is now in the training learn mode and can be pro
223. grammed at any time following the appropriate steps in the Programming sections above Features of your vehicle FCC ID NZLZTVHL3 IC 4112A ZTVHL3 This device complies with Part 15 FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation WARNING The transceiver has been tested and complies with FCC and Industry Canada rules Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the device NVS is a registered trademark and Z Nav is a trademark of the Gentex Corporation Zeeland Michigan HomeLink is a registered trademark owned by Johnson Controls Incorporated Milwaukee Wisconsin OEN046146 D140300AEN Conversation mirror if equipped The mirror is a convenient feature to help the front passenger talk with rear pas sengers without turning the head or body rearward To use the mirror push the cover and open it Adjust mirror angle to the desired posi tion Close the cover after use WARNING Do not adjust the mirror angle or talk with rear passengers for a long time while driving You may lose your steering control and cause an accident that result in severe per sonal injury or death D140200AUN EU Outside rea
224. ground clearance and a narrower track to make them capable of performing in a wide variety of off road applications Specific design characteris tics give them a higher center of gravity than ordinary cars An advantage of the higher ground clearance is a better view of the road which allows you to antici pate problems They are not designed for cornering at the same speeds as con ventional passenger drive vehicles any more than low slung sports cars are designed to perform satisfactorily in off road conditions Due to this risk driver and passengers are strongly recom mended to buckle their seat belts In a rollover crash an unbelted person is more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt There are steps that a driver can make to reduce the risk of a rollover lf at all possible avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers do not load your roof rack with heavy cargo and never modify your vehicle in any way Driving your vehicle WINTER DRIVING pote 1VQA3005 E120000AUN The more severe weather conditions of winter result in greater wear and other problems To minimize the problems of winter driving you should follow these suggestions E120100AUN Snowy or icy conditions To drive your vehicle in deep snow it may be necessary to use snow tires or to install tire chains on your tires If snow tires are needed it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and type of the original equipment
225. he Source Change UI will bring out Use the four direction arrow buttons to select the source of vehicle radio And press the ENTER button for completing the selec tion Then the Disc Selection UI will bring out Also using the four direction arrow but tons to select the disc which is you favorite CD CD MP3 Control While the vehicle radio is playing a CD or MP3 audio disc all of the RSE control panel and remote control navigation functions can be used to control the vehi cle radio This includes e Pause Play e Fast Forward Reverse e Previous Next Track CD and Previous Next File MP3 See these sections of the Users Manual for information on using these functions All of the RSE control panel and remote control navigation functions can be used to control the front radio when the vehicle front radio is also playing the CD or CD MP3 mode AUX Audio and Video Input Controls This allows you to display the video out put on the RSE monitor and listen to the audio through the wireless headsets and the vehicle speakers To switch to an external auxiliary device press the SOURCE button on the remote control or SRC on the RSE control panel then select the AUX icon button And press the ENTER button for completing Features of your vehicle Using the Remote Control 1 2 3 1 POWER ON OFF Button 2 Mute Button 4 SOURCE 3 Number Buttons cord 4 Source Button 5 Rune 6 5 A LLANG Alternate Language Folde
226. he assembly 1 Open the tailgate by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly 5 Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counter clockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket Pull the bulb out of the socket 2 Loosen the light assembly retaining screws with a philips head screwdriver 3 Remove the rear combination light assembly from the body of the vehicle Maintenance F OEN076054 Inside light 1 2 3 Open the tailgate Remove the service cover using a flat blade screwdriver Loosen the light assembly retaining nuts with a wrench Remove the rear combination light assembly from the body of the vehicle OEN076055 5 Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counter clockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket Pull the bulb out of the socket 9 OENO76056 Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise Reinstall the light assembly to the body o
227. he buttons on the door D120101AEN Storing driver s seat positions 1 Shift the transaxle shift lever into P while the ignition switch is ON 2 Adjust the driver seat outside rearview mirror and steering wheel to positions comfortable for the driver 3 Press SET button on the control panel The system will beep once 4 Press one of the memory buttons 1 or 2 within 5 seconds after pressing the SET button The system will beep twice when memory has been suc cessfully stored Features of your vehicle D120102AEN Recalling positions from memory 1 Shift the transaxle shift lever into P while the ignition switch is ON 2 To recall the position in memory press the desired memory button 1 or 2 The system will beep once then the driver seat outside rearview mirror and steering wheel will automatically adjust to the stored positions Adjusting one of the control knobs for the driver seat outside rearview mirror and steering wheel while the system is recall ing the stored positions will cause the movement for that component to stop and move in the direction that the control knob is moved Other components will continue to the recalled position D120300AEN EE Easy access function if equipped With the shift lever in P position the sys tem will move the steering wheel forward or rearward automatically so you can comfortably enter and exit the vehicle e Without smart key system It will move the steeri
228. he changer when you press the LOAD button for more than 0 8 seconds in respective order In this case the CD you loaded last will be played If you do not load CD for 10 seconds after pressing the LOAD button or press the LOAD button once again the loading will be canceled In this case the display for empty disc slots will go off and it will be displayed again when the slot is loaded with a disc x NOTICE e Insert a CD only when the word INSERT is on the LCD and the light of the deck flickers Insert CDs one by one in respective order e If the word INSERT does not appear on the LCD the CD will not be able to be inserted CD DOOR will be closed and if you try to insert a CD by force it may cause damage to the audio system e Do not insert 2 or more discs at once 16 Mute Button Press this button to mute the sound LCD will disply MUTE Press the button once again to cancel muting 17 Scroll Button Only M466 without XM satellite radio Press 3 button while playing an MP3 file then the screen will scroll the file name in case the file name is longer than 8 char acters in Korean language or 16 chalac ters in English language Features of your vehicle XM Satellite radio operation M466 E M466s s XM Selector LCD Liquid Crystal Display SCAN Button Information Button Channel Move Seek Up Down Button Preset Memory Button Category Search Fast Up Dow
229. he front passenger seat Safety features of your vehicle Proper position B990A010 When an adult is seated in the front pas senger seat if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFP indicator is on turn the igni tion switch to the LOCK position and ask the passenger to sit properly sitting upright with the seat back in an upright position centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor Restart the engine and have the person remain in that position This will allow the system to detect the person and to enable the passenger air bag If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indi cator is still on ask the passenger to move to the rear seat A WARNING Do not allow an adult passenger to ride in the front seat when the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indi cator is illuminated because the air bag will not deploy in the event of a crash If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator remains illuminated after the adult passenger reposi tions themselves properly and the car is restarted it is recommended that passenger move to the rear seat because the passenger s front air bag will not deploy Front seat passengers must stay properly seated to avoid serious injury from a deploying air bag NOTICE The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator illuminates for about 4 sec onds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or after the engine is started If the front p
230. he front seats Continued Continued e Move your seat as far back as practical from the front air bags while still maintaining control of the vehicle You and your passengers should never sit or lean unnecessarily close to the air bags Improperly positioned driver and passengers can be severely injured by inflat ing air bags Never lean against the door or center console always sit in an upright position Do not allow a passenger to ride in the front seat when the PAS SENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator is illuminated because the air bag will not deploy in the event of a moderate or severe frontal crash Continued Safety features of your vehicle Rear impact Continued e No objects should be placed over Continued or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel instrument panel and the front passenger s panel above the glove box because any such object could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to deploy Never place covers blankets or seat warmers on the passenger seat as these may interfere with the occupant classification sys tem Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS wiring or other components of the SRS system Doing so could result in injury due to acci dental deployment of the air bags or by rendering the SRS inopera tive If the SRS air bag warning light remains illuminated while the vehicle is being driven have an authorized HYU
231. he head lights are on and in the high beam posi tion or when the turn signal lever is pulled into the Flash to Pass position D150306AUN High beam indicator D150307AEN Engine oil pressure warning light This warning light indicates the engine oil pressure is low If the warning light illuminates while driv ing 1 Drive safely to the side of the road and stop 2 With the engine off check the engine oil level If the level is low add oil as required If the warning light remains on after adding oil or if oil is not available call an authorized HYUNDAI dealer CAUTION If the engine is not stopped imme diately after the engine oil pressure warning light is illuminated severe damage could result CAUTION If the oil pressure warning light stays on while the engine is run ning serious engine damage may result The oil pressure warning light comes on whenever there is insufficient oil pressure In normal operation it should come on when the ignition switch is turned on then go out when the engine is started If the oil pressure warning light stays on while the engine is running there is a serious malfunc tion If this happens stop the car as soon as it is safe to do so turn off the engine and check the oil level If the oil level is low fill the engine oil to the proper level and start the engine again If the light stays on with the engine running turn the engine off immediately In any
232. he nuts should be installed with their tapered small diameter ends directed inward Jiggle the tire to be sure it is completely seated then tighten the nuts as much as possible with your fin gers again 11 Lower the car to the ground by turning the wheel nut wrench counterclockwise OENO66008 Then position the wrench as shown in the drawing and tighten the wheel nuts Be sure the socket is seated completely over the nut Do not stand on the wrench handle or use an extension pipe over the wrench han dle Go around the wheel tightening every other nut until they are all tight Then double check each nut for tightness After changing wheels have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer tighten the wheel nuts to their proper torque as soon as possible Wheel nut tightening torque Steel wheel amp aluminum alloy wheel 65 79 lb ft 9 11 kg m ee ee ee ee eee ga sss e l e ss 6 17 What to do in an emergency If you have a tire gauge remove the valve cap and check the air pressure If the pressure is lower than recom mended drive slowly to the nearest service station and inflate to the cor rect pressure If it is too high adjust it until it is correct Always reinstall the valve cap after checking or adjusting tire pressure If the cap is not replaced air may leak from the tire If you lose a valve cap buy another and install it as soon as pos sible After you have changed wheels always secure the flat tire in it
233. he weight and the number of occupants and the tongue load if your vehicle is equipped with a trail er E150105AUN Steps for determining correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The com bined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs on your vehicle s placard Driving your vehicle 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX Ibs 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and lug gage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 los 635 kg and there will be five 150 Ibs 68 kg passengers in your vehicle the amount of avail able cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs 295 kg 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs or 635 340 5 x 68 295 kg 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 If your vehicle will be towing a trail er load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle Q O Example 1 Example 2 Vehicle Vehicle lt gt A U Capacity Capacity 3 mo i op A B C A B C C190F01JM C190F02JM Vehicle Capacity
234. hen carrying cargo on the roof rack take the necessary precau tions to make sure the cargo does not damage the roof of the vehicle When carrying large objects on the roof rack make sure they do not exceed the overall roof length or width Loading cargo or luggage in excess of the specified weight limit on the roof rack may dam age your vehicle The vehicle center of gravity will be higher when items are loaded onto the roof rack Avoid sudden could cause the items to fall off the roof rack and cause damage to your vehicle or others around you To prevent damage or loss of cargo while driving check fre quently before or while driving to make sure the items on the roof starts braking sharp turns abrupt maneuvers or high speeds that may result in loss of vehicle control or rollover resulting in an accident rack are securely fastened Continued Features of your vehicle AUDIO SYSTEM Type A Type B JS CAUTION e Before entering a place with a low height clearance be sure that the antenna is fully folded down or removed Be sure to remove the antenna before washing the car in an auto matic car wash or it may be dam aged When reinstalling your antenna it is important that it is fully tight OEN046166N ened and adjusted to the upright OEN046168L Antenna position to ensure proper recep D300200AEN aaa aGaatiN tion But it could be folded or Steering wheel audio control removed when pa
235. hicle are chosen to provide the best perform ance for normal driving The tire label located on the driver s side center pillar gives the tire pressures rec ommended for your car Specifications amp Consumer information ENGINE NUMBER 3 OEN088005 HO4000AUN The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown in the drawing Specifications amp Consumer information CONSUMER INFORMATION HO50000AEN This consumer information has been pre pared in accordance with regulations issued by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration of the U S Department of Transportation Your Hyundai dealer will help answer any questions you may have as you read this information Hyundai motor vehicles are designed and manufactured to meet or exceed all applicable safety standards For your safety however we strongly urge you to read and follow all directions in this Owner s Manual particularly the information under the headings NOTICE CAUTION and WARN ING If after reading this manual you have any questions regarding the operation of your vehicle please contact your nearest Hyundai Motor America Regional Office as listed in the following Eastern Region Connecticut Delaware Maine Maryland Massachusetts New Hampshire New Jersey New York Pennsylvanina Rhode Island Vermont Virginia West Virginia Eastern Region 1100 Cranbury South River Road Jamesburg NJ 08831 800 633 5151 Sou
236. hildren age 12 and under should be restrained securely in the rear seat NEVER place a child age 12 and under in the front seat NEVER place a rear facing child seat in the front seat of a vehicle Safety features of your vehicle If the shoulder belt portion slightly touch es the child s neck or face try placing the child closer to the center of the vehicle If the shoulder belt still touches their face or neck they need to be returned to a child restraint system C020302AUN Pregnant women The use of a seat belt is recommended for pregnant women to lessen the chance of injury in an accident When a seat belt is used the lap belt portion should be placed as low and snugly as possible on the hips not across the abdomen For specific recommendations consult a physician C020303AUN Injured person A seat belt should be used when an injured person is being transported When this is necessary you should con sult a physician for recommendations C020304AUN One person per belt Two people including children should never attempt to use a single seat belt This could increase the severity of injuries in case of an accident C020305AUN Do not lie down To reduce the chance of injuries in the event of an accident and to achieve max imum effectiveness of the restraint sys tem all passengers should be sitting up and the front and rear 2nd and or 3rd row seats should be in an upright posi tion when the car is mo
237. his manual may be applicable to your vehi cle It is accurate at the time of printing When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle refer to the fuse panel label Maintenance Instrument panel fuse panel Description Fuse rating Protected component AUDIO 2 10A Audio Console amp rear power outlet relay Digital clock BCM PIC immobilizer module ATM key lock control module RSE module Back up lamp relay TCM Electro chromic mirror Back warning control module Rear combi lamp LH RH Multifunction switch Cruise remocon switch PIC immobilizer module Driver Passenger seat warmer switch Semi active engine mounting control module CLUSTER 10A Instrument cluster Generator BCM Semi active engine mounting control module PIC immobilizer module Tire pressure monitoring module START Burglar alarm relay Power tailgate control module BCM Rheostat Power window main switch Front power window switch RH AC inverter module A CON 10A Front Rear A C control module Blower relay Rear A C relay Rain sensor Sunroof control module Electro chromic mirror FR S HTD RR S HTD OO A e o OO S S y MS H LP AQS FR WASHER Front wiper relay Front washer relay RR WIPER Head lamp LH Rear combi lamp LH Front fog lamp relay Tailgate handle switch amp license lamp TAIL RH 10A Head lamp RH Rear combi lamp RH Glove box lamp Illuminations Tailgate handle switch amp license lamp all Trailer lamp connector
238. his tire has been designed especially for your vehicle The compact spare tire s tread life is shorter than a regular tire Inspect your compact spare tire regularly and replace worn com pact spare tires with the same size and design mounted on the same wheel e The compact spare tire should not be used on any other wheels nor should standard tires snow tires wheel covers or trim rings be used with the compact spare wheel If such use is attempted damage to these items or other car compo nents may occur Do not use more than one compact spare tire at a time Do not tow a trailer while the com pact spare tire is installed What to do in an emergency TOWING OUN046028 FO80100AEN EU Towing service If emergency towing is necessary we recommend having it done by an author ized HYUNDAI dealer or a commercial tow truck service Proper lifting and tow ing procedures are necessary to prevent damage to the vehicle The use of wheel dollies or flatbed is recommended For trailer towing guidelines information refer to Trailer towing in section 5 On AWD vehicles your vehicle must be towed with a wheel lift and dollies or flatoed equipment with all the wheels off the ground CAUTION The AWD vehicle should never be towed with the wheels on the ground This can cause serious damage to the transaxle or the AWD system On 2WD vehicles it is acceptable to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels o
239. hit or allow any objects to impact the locations where air bags or sensors are installed This may cause unexpected air bag deployment which could result in serious personal injury or death If the installation location or angle of the sensors is altered in any way the air bags may deploy when they should not or they may not deploy when they should causing severe injury or death Therefore do not try to perform maintenance on or around the air bag sensors Have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Continued installation angles are changed due to the deformation of the front bumper body or B and C pil lars where side collision sensors are installed Have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Your vehicle has been designed to absorb impact and deploy the air bag s in certain collisions Installing bumper guards or replacing a bumper with non gen uine parts may adversely affect your vehicle s collision and air bag deployment performance 1VQA2084 C040801AEN Air bag inflation conditions Front air bags Front air bags are designed to inflate in a frontal collision depending on the intensi ty speed or angles of impact of the front collision Safety features of your vehicle qi OVQ03601 8N ae af patter X I y OUNO26090 Side impact and curtain air bags Side impact and curtain air bags are designed to inflate when an impact is detected
240. horized HYUNDAI dealer e Avoid driving with a very low fuel level If you run out of gasoline it could cause the engine to misfire and result in excessive loading of the catalytic converter Failure to observe these precautions could result in damage to the catalytic converter and to your vehicle Additionally such actions could void your warranties Maintenance RR CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE NOTICE G280000AEN Perchlorate Material special handling may apply See www dtsc ca gov haz ardouswaste perchlorate Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers Perchlorate containing materials such as air bag inflators seatbelt pretensioners and keyless remote entry batteries must be disposed of according to Title 22 California Code of Regulations Section 67384 10 a Dimensions 8 2 Bulb wattage 8 2 Tires and wheels 8 3 Recommended lubricants and capacities 8 4 Vehicle identification number VIN 8 6 Vehicle certification label 8 6 Tire specification and pressure label 8 6 Engine number 8 7 Consumer information 8 8 Reporting safety defects 8 9 Binding arbitration 8 9 Specifications amp Consumer information 8 Specifications amp Consumer information DIMENSIONS BULB WATTAGE 1010000AEN EE IOSOOOOAEN EU Light Bulb Headlights Low 55 Headlights High Front turn signal lights Position lights Side repeater lights Front side marker lights 5 Front fog lights 5 Front tr
241. icle Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulations estab lished by the U S Department of Transportation and other federal or state agencies TWO WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATION Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic components It is possible for an improperly installed adjusted two way radio or cellular telephone to adversely affect electronic systems For this reason we recommend that you carefully follow the radio manufacturer s instruc tions or consult your Hyundai dealer for precautionary measures or special instructions if you choose to install one of these devices F2 SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING This manual includes information titled as WARNING CAUTION and NOTICE These titles indicate the following CAUTION This indicates that a condition may result in damage to your vehicle or its equipment if the caution is not heeded Follow the advice provided with the caution NOTICE This indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided F3 F4 FOREWORD Thank you for choosing Hyundai We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discriminating people who drive Hyundais The advanced engineering and high quality construction of each Hyundai we build is something of which we re very proud Your Owner s Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new Hyundai It is suggested that you read it ca
242. igention On io avoid battery dacha ge RSE AUDIO 10 Battery Discharge Warning To prevent inadvertent vehicle battery discharge when the ignition switch is turned to the ignition ON position or ACC mode a battery drain warning message will flash on the RSE monitor screen Features of your vehicle RSE Control Panel Operation 1 2 9 7 10 1 1 ON OFF and Speaker Volume 2 RSE Display 3 MENU Button 4 DISP Display Button 5 SRC Source Button 6 Play Pause Button 7 11 Next V Prev Next Previous and lt REW FF gt Rewind Fast Forward and ENTER Buttons RSE EN001 Most RSE functions are available through the RSE control panel Features of your vehicle 1 ON OFF and Speaker Volume Press the POWER VOLUME knob to turn the RSE on or off Rotate the knob to adjust the speaker volume Note that changing the volume by using the POWER VOLUME knob affects only the vehicle speakers The wireless headset volume is not affected See the Headphones section of this manual for more information 2 RSE Display This RSE control panel display indicates the current selected source mode of operation in the current disc and other information It will display FRONT to indi cate that the selected source is the front vehicle radio and REAR to indicate that the RSE player is the current source The display will indicate DISC IN when a disc is in loaded the RSE player 3 MENU Button DVD
243. ime will sound 3 times and it will stop movement or move to the full open position to allow the object to be cleared However if the resistance is weak such as from an object that is thin or soft or the tailgate is near the latched position the automatic stop and reversal may not detect the resistance and the closing operation will continue Also if the power tailgate is forced by a strong impact the automatic stop and reversal may oper ate Features of your vehicle If the automatic stop and reversal feature Operates continuously more than twice during one opening or closing operation the power tailgate may stop at that posi tion At this time close the tailgate man ually and operate the tailgate automati cally again Features of your vehicle On the driver s side fuse panel OENO076023 D0O70402AEN EE How to reset the power tailgate If the battery has been discharged or disconnected the related fuse has been replaced or disconnected and the power tailgate doesn t work properly the power tailgate must be reset as follows 1 Put the shift lever P Park 2 Pull out the memory fuse on the dri ver s side fuse panel and reinstall it after 1 minute 3 Close the tailgate manually 4 Open the tailgate completely using the transmitter or smart key or main con trol button on the driver side crash pad 5 Close the tailgate completely using the transmitter or smart key or main con trol button
244. ime will sound twice again to indicate that all doors and tailgate are unlocked After depressing this button the doors and tailgate will be locked automatical ly unless you open any door within 30 seconds D020104BEN EE Tailgate unlock 3 Without power tailgate The tailgate is unlocked if the button is pressed for more than 1 second The hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that the tailgate is unlocked After depressing this button the tailgate will be locked automatically unless you open the tailgate within 30 seconds Also once the tailgate is opened and then closed the tailgate will be locked automatically X NOTICE The power tailgate is opened or closed by the transmitter regardless of the door lock status However an authorized HYUNDAI dealer can change the oper ating logic so that the power tailgate may be operated by the transmitter after any door is unlocked If you want this feature consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer With power tailgate The tailgate is opened or closed auto matically if the button is pressed for more than 1 second The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound 3 times to indicate that the tailgate will swing upward or downward Features of your vehicle CAUTION The power tailgate can be operated when the engine is not running However the power tailgate con sumes large amounts of vehicle electric power To prevent the bat tery from bei
245. ing dis tance than for vehicles equipped with a conventional brake system CAUTION e If the ABS warning light is on and stays on you may have a problem with the ABS In this case howev er your regular brakes will work normally e The ABS warning light will stay on for approximately 3 seconds after the ignition switch is ON During that time the ABS will go through self diagnosis and the light will go off if everything is normal If the light stays on you may have a problem with your ABS Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible CAUTION e When you drive on a road having poor traction such as an icy road and operate your brakes continu ously the ABS will be active con tinuously and the ABS warning light may illuminate Pull your car over to a safe place and stop the engine Restart the engine If the ABS warning light is off then your ABS system is normal Otherwise you may have a prob lem with the ABS Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible X NOTICE When you jump start your vehicle because of a drained battery the engine may not run as smoothly and the ABS warning light may turn on at the same time This happens because of the low battery voltage It does not mean your ABS is malfunctioning e Do not pump your brakes e Have the battery recharged before driving the vehicle Driving your vehicle F070500AUN EU Electronic stability control ESC The
246. ing tires check for uneven wear and damage Abnormal wear is usually caused by incorrect tire pres sure improper wheel alignment out of balance wheels severe braking or severe cornering Look for bumps or bulges in the tread or side of tire Replace the tire if you find either of these conditions Replace the tire if fabric or cord is visible After rotation be sure to bring the front and rear tire pressures to specification and check lug nut tightness Refer to Tire and wheels in section 8 Maintenance Without a spare tire S2BLA790A Directional tires if equipped S gt E E3 63 CBGQ0707A Disc brake pads should be inspected for wear whenever tires are rotated x NOTICE Rotate radial tires that have an asymmetric tread pattern only from front to rear and not from right to left G200500AUN Wheel alignment and tire balance The wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance In most cases you will not need to have your wheels aligned again However if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling one way or the other the alignment may need to be reset If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road your wheels may need to be rebalanced CAUTION Improper wheel weights can damage your vehicle s alu minum wheels Use only approved wheel weights
247. ing under the front seats WARNING Uprighting seat When you return the seatback to its upright position hold the seatback and return it slowly and be sure there are no other occupants around the seat If the seatback is returned without being held and controlled the back of the seat could spring forward resulting in accidental injury to a person struck by the seatback WARNING Driver respon sibility for passengers Riding in a vehicle with the seat back reclined could lead to serious or fatal injury in an accident If a seat is reclined during an accident the occupant s hips may slide under the lap portion of the seat belt applying great force to the unprotected abdomen Serious or fatal internal injuries could result The driver must advise the passen ger to keep the seatback in an upright position whenever the vehi cle is in motion WARNING Driver s seat e Never attempt to adjust the seat while the vehicle is moving This could result in loss of control and an accident causing death serious injury or property dam age Do not allow anything to interfere with the normal position of the seatback Storing items against a seatback or in any other way interfering with proper locking of a seatback could result in serious or fatal injury in a sudden stop or collision e Always drive and ride with your seatback upright and the lap por tion of the seat belt snug and low across the hips This is
248. ion to achieve the tread life potential of these tires Cuts and punctures in radial ply tires are repairable only in the tread area because of sidewall flexing Consult your tire dealer for radial ply tire repairs Maintenance eel FUSES Blade type This vehicle has 3 fuse panels one locat ed in the driver s side panel bolster the other in the engine compartment If any of your vehicle s lights acces sories or controls do not work check the appropriate circuit fuse If a fuse has Normal Blown blown the element inside the fuse will be melted If the electrical system does not work first check the driver s side fuse panel Always replace a blown fuse with one of the same rating If the replacement fuse blows this indi cates an electrical problem Avoid using the system involved and immediately Cartridge type ue consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Fusible link Three kinds of fuses are used blade type CAUTION e mA for lower amperage rating cartridge type Do not use a screwdriver or any and fusible link for higher amperage rat other metal object to remove fuses ings because it may cause a short circuit and damage the system Blown Y 1VQA4037 Normal G210000AEN A vehicle s electrical system is protected from electrical overload damage by fuses Maintenance OENO76021 G210100AEN Instrument panel fuse replace ment 1 Turn the ignition switch and all
249. is not delivered properly Make sure the front doors are closed completely e The air flow of the 2nd row outlet vents may be weaker than the instrument panel vents for the long air duct in the front doors e Close the air vents in cold weather The air flow of the 2nd row outlet vents may cool a little during heating operation Use the 2nd row outlet vents during cooling operation OENO46096N D230101AEN EU Mode selection The mode selection knob controls the direction of the air flow through the venti lation system Air can be directed to the floor dash board outlets or windshield Six symbols are used to represent MAX A C Face Bi Level Floor Floor Defrost and Defrost air position The MAX A C mode is used to cool the inside of the vehicle faster e MAX A C Level B D E Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face In this mode the air conditioning and the recirculated air position will be selected automatically Face Level B D E Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face Additionally each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet Bi Level B D E C F Air flow is directed towards the face and the floor La in a5 Off Mode a The fan is turned off Features of your vehicle Floor Level C F A D E Most of the air flow is directed to the floor with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side win
250. ith the button or ESC fails to operate when turned on CAUTION Driving with varying tire or wheel sizes may cause the ESC system to malfunction When replacing tires make sure they are the same size as your original tires E070504AEN EU ESC OFF usage When driving e It s a good idea to keep the ESC turned on for daily driving whenever possible e To turn ESC off while driving press the ESC OFF button while driving on a flat road surface Never press the ESC OFF button while ESC is operating ESC indicator light blinks If ESC is turned off while ESC is operat ing the vehicle may slip out of control x NOTICE When operating the vehicle on a dynamometer ensure that the ESC is turned off ESC OFF light illuminat ed If the ESC is left on it may pre vent the vehicle speed from increas ing and result in false diagnosis Turning the ESC off does not affect ABS or brake system operation Driving your vehicle EO70600BEN e After parking the vehicle check to be Good braking practices sure the parking brake is not engaged and that the parking brake indicator light is out before driving away Driving through water may get the brakes wet They can also get wet when the car is washed Wet brakes can be dangerous Your car will not stop as quickly if the brakes are wet Wet brakes may cause the car to pull to one side To dry the brakes apply the brakes lightly until the braking action returns to no
251. ith the brakes on P Park When stopped on an incline do not hold the vehicle stationary with engine power Use the serv ice brake or the parking brake Do not shift from N Neutral or P Park into D Drive or R Reverse when the engine is above idle speed Always come to a complete stop before shifting into P Park This position locks the transaxle and prevents the front wheels from rotating Driving your vehicle CAUTION The transaxle may be damaged if you shift into P Park while the vehicle is in motion R Reverse Use this position to drive the vehicle backward CAUTION Always come to a complete stop before shifting into or out of R Reverse you may damage the transaxle if you shift into R while the vehicle is in motion except as explained in Rocking the vehicle in this section N Neutral The wheels and transaxle are not engaged The vehicle will roll freely even on the slightest incline unless the parking brake or service brakes are applied D Drive This is the normal forward driving posi tion The transaxle will automatically shift through a 6 gear sequence providing the best fuel economy and power For extra power when passing another vehicle or climbing grades depress the accelerator fully at which time the transaxle will automatically downshift to the next lower gear NOTICE Always come to a complete stop before shifting into D Driving Driving you
252. ive slowly with chains installed If you hear the chains contacting the body or chassis stop and tighten them If they still make contact slow down until it stops Remove the chains as soon as you begin driving on cleared roads Driving your vehicle CAUTION e Chains that are the wrong size or improperly installed can damage your vehicle s brake lines sus pension body and wheels e Stop driving and retighten the chains any time you hear them hitting the vehicle E120200AUN Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant Your vehicle is delivered with high quality ethylene glycol coolant in the cooling system It is the only type of coolant that should be used because it helps prevent corrosion in the cooling system lubri cates the water pump and prevents freezing Be sure to replace or replenish your coolant in accordance with the maintenance schedule in section 7 Before winter have your coolant tested to assure that its freezing point is sufficient for the temperatures anticipated during the winter E120300AEN Check battery and cables Winter puts additional burdens on the battery system Visually inspect the bat tery and cables as described in section 7 The level of charge in your battery can be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a service station E120400AEN Change to winter weight oil if necessary In some climates it is recommended that a lower viscosity winter weight oil be used during
253. k provided OENO066014 e Use a towing strap less than 16 feet 5 m long Attach a white or red cloth about 12 inches 30 cm wide in the middle of the strap for easy visibility e Drive carefully so that the towing strap is not loosened during towing e Before emergency towing check that the hook is not broken or damaged e Fasten the towing cable or chain securely to the hook e Do not jerk the hook Apply steady and even force e To avoid damaging the hook do not pull from the side or at a vertical angle Always pull straight ahead What to do in an emergency F080301AUN Emergency towing precautions e Turn the ignition switch to ACC so the steering wheel isn t locked e Place the transaxle shift lever in N Neutral Release the parking bake Press the brake pedal with more force than normal since you will have reduced brake performance More steering effort will be required because the power steering system will be disabled If you are driving down a long hill the brakes may overheat and brake per formance will be reduced Stop often and let the brakes cool off CAUTION If the car is being towed with all four wheels on the ground it can be towed only from the front Be sure that the transaxle is in neutral Do FO80400AUN not tow at speeds greater than 25 T mph 40 km h and for more than 15 for rial in g miles 25 km Be sure the steering is unlocked by placing the ignition
254. l be drawn through the heating system and heated or cooled according to the function selected Outside fresh air position The indicator light on the i button illuminates when the outside fresh air position is selected With the outside fresh air position selected air enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled accord ing to the function selected X NOTICE Prolonged operation of the heater in the recirculated air position without air conditioning selected may cause fog ging of the windshield and side windows and the air within the passenger com partment may become stale In addition prolonged use of the air conditioning with the recirculated air position selected will result in excessive ly dry air in the passenger compart ment OEN046102N D230104AUN EU Fan speed control The ignition switch must be in the ON position for fan operation The fan speed control knob allows you to control the fan speed of the air flowing from the ventilation system To change the fan speed turn the knob to the right for higher speed or left for lower speed Setting the mode selection knob to the OFF position turns off the fan Features of your vehicle OEN046103N D230105AUN Air conditioning Push the A C button to turn the air condi tioning system on indicator light will illu minate Push the button again to turn the air conditioning system off Features of your vehicle D230200AEN Rear heatin
255. l pollution Moisture breeds corrosion Moisture creates the conditions in which corrosion is most likely to occur For example corrosion is accelerated by high humidity particularly when tempera tures are just above freezing In such conditions the corrosive material is kept in contact with the car surfaces by mois ture that is slow to evaporate Mud is particularly corrosive because it is slow to dry and holds moisture in contact with the vehicle Although the mud appears to be dry it can still retain the moisture and promote corrosion High temperatures can also accelerate corrosion of parts that are not properly ventilated so the moisture can be dis persed For all these reasons it is par ticularly important to keep your car clean and free of mud or accumulations of other materials This applies not only to the visible surfaces but particularly to the underside of the car Maintenance nn e C SSCSCSCSsCs To help prevent corrosion You can help prevent corrosion from get ting started by observing the following Keep your car clean The best way to prevent corrosion is to keep your car clean and free of corrosive materials Attention to the underside of the car is particularly important e If you live in a high corrosion area where road salts are used near the ocean areas with industrial pollution acid rain etc you should take extra care to prevent corrosion In winter hose off the underside
256. le CAUTION e The power seat is driven by an electric motor Stop operating l once the adjustment is complet ed Excessive operation may damage the electrical equipment e When in operation the power seat consumes a large amount of electrical power To prevent unnecessary charging system drain don t adjust the power seat a C010200AEN longer than necessary while the C010108AUN EU Front seat adjustment power engine is not running Seatback pocket if equipped e Do not operate two or more power The seatback pocket is provided on the The front seat can be adjusted by using DEU DONA Neso ai ID Senn back of the front passenger s and drivers the control knob located on the outside of time Doing so may result in power seat motor or electrical component malfunction seatbacks the seat cushion Before driving adjust the seat to the proper position so as to easily control the steering wheel pedals and switches on the instrument panel Safety features of your vehicle OEN036003 C010201AUN Forward and backward Push the control knob forward or back ward to move the seat to the desired position Release the knob once the seat reaches the desired position OEN036004 C010202AUN Seatback angle Push the control knob forward or back ward to move the seatback to the desired angle Release the knob once the seat reaches the desired position OEN036006 C010203AUN Seat cushion height Pull the fro
257. le a disc is playing you can stop the disc by pressing the POWER ON OFF button on the remote control or the POWER VOLUME knob on the RSE control panel When the RSE is turned on again it will automatically begin playing the disc at the point where it was stopped Turning the vehicle off or selecting a dif ferent RSE Source will also stop playing the disc When the vehicle is turned on again or the disc is again selected as the source the disc will begin playing at the point where it was stopped The player will automatically resume play at the point where it was stopped unless the disc is ejected X NOTICE The player has an Auto Reload Disc Protection feature to protect discs from accidental damage If a disc is not removed within 12 seconds after being ejected it will be pulled back into the player This is to protect the disc from accidental damage Eject Press the EJECT button A to eject the disc Discs can be ejected even when the unit is not turned on OTS Hear Music i E a si a CATEGORY Lifestyle oo festyle TITLE eR EN DEL 5A John Smith Say Yes Using the XM radio All the preset channels have been listed on the XM operation interface You can use the FF gt or lt REW buiton to select a preset station Press the ENTER button to complete this selection After the desired station has been selected the information of this station will be listed in the in
258. le and then pull the lap shoulder belt out of the restraint and allow the seat belt to retract fully When the seat belt is allowed to retract to its fully stowed position the retractor will automatically switch from the Auto Lock mode to the emergency lock mode for normal adult usage Safety features of your vehicle OEN037049N 1 2GHA3300L C030103AEN 1 Route the child restraint seat strap Securing a child restraint seat with over the seatback tether anchor system For vehicles with adjustable head Child restraint hook holders are located rests route the tether strap under the on the back of the rear seatbacks headrest and between the headrest posts otherwise route the tether strap over the top of the seatback 2 Connect the tether strap hook to the appropriate child restraint hook holder and tighten to secure the child restraint seat OUN036101L C030104AEN EU Securing a child restraint seat with child seat lower anchor system Some child seat manufacturers make child restraint seats that are labeled as LATCH or LATCH compatible child restraint seats LATCH stands for Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children These seats include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that connect to two LATCH anchors at specific seating positions in your vehicle This type of child restraint seat eliminates the need to use seat belts to attach the child seat in the rear seats Safety features of your vehicle
259. le or damaged and an error message will be shown on the monitor NOTICE While the player will accept DVD ROM and CD ROM discs the RSE cannot play discs in these formats Features of your vehicle The player is only capable of reading the bottom side of a disc When inserting a single sided disc the label side should be up When inserting a two sided disc the desired play side should be down Press DISP on the RSE control panel or the remote controller then press the NEXT or PREV buttons to cycle through monitor adjustments SCREEN SIZE BRIGHTNESS CONTRAST CHROMA HUE When the adjustment for the SCREEN SIZE use the lt REW or FF gt buttons to select the preferred screen size Menu e DVDs can be controlled and any special programming or features accessed by using the menu To access the menu while playing a DVD press the MENU button Press the button a second time to exit the menu and return to the DVD pro gram at the point it was being viewed The menu is not available during disc ini tialization the beginning credits or any copyright and FBI warnings While viewing the menu press the NEXT button to move the cursor up and the PREV button to move the cursor down the menu Press the FF gt button to move the cursor to the right and the lt REW button to move the cursor to the left X NOTICE You must repeatedly push any button to move through several items Pressing and holding a button
260. less than 0 8 seconds to easily listen to the channel memorized to the button Also when you are listening to the channel other than the channel memorized to the button using TUNE or SEEK press the button you wish to memorize current channel to and hold for more than 0 8 seconds until it beeps to memorize the channel 4 Manual Channel Select amp Sound Quality Control Only M445s M446s with XM satellite radio e When listening to a radio channel rotate this control to manually adjust the frequency Turn this control to the right to increase the frequency and left to decrease This selects all functions related with audio quality e When listening to the audio system press this button to select following sound qualities in respective order BASS gt MIDDLE gt TREBLE gt FADER BALANCE gt EQUALIZER Current State e Rotate the control to adjust the sound mode when adjusting sound quality Only M445 M446 without XM satellite radio e When listening to a radio channel rotate this control to manually adjust the frequency Turn this control to the right to increase the frequency and left to decrease e This selects all functions related with audio quality Rotate the control to adjust the sound mode when adjusting sound quality 5 SCAN Button Press this button to tune to all available channels for 5 seconds each LCD will display SCAN Press the button once again to cancel scanning 6
261. lete service may result in problems This section gives instructions only for the maintenance items that are easy to perform As explained earlier in this section sev eral procedures can be done only by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer with special tools X NOTICE Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warran ty coverage For details read the sepa rate Owner s Handbook amp Warranty Information booklet provided with the vehicle If you re unsure about any serv icing or maintenance procedure have it done by an authorized HYUNDAI deal er Maintenance WARNING Maintenance work e Performing maintenance work on a vehicle can be dangerous You can be seriously injured while performing some maintenance procedures If you lack sufficient knowledge and experience or the proper tools and equipment to do the work have it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Working under the hood with the engine running is dangerous It becomes even more dangerous when you wear jewelry or loose clothing These can become entangled in moving parts and result in injury Therefore if you must run the engine while work ing under the hood make certain that you remove all jewelry espe cially rings bracelets watches and necklaces and all neckties scarves and similar loose cloth ing before getting near the engine or cooling fans OWNER MAINTENANCE GO30000AEN The following lists are vehicle
262. lision and thus in side impacts frontal air bag deployment would not provide addi tional occupant protection However side impact and curtain air bags may inflate depending on the intensity vehicle speed and angles of impact 1VQA2089 e In an angled collision the force of impact may direct the occupants in a direction where the air bags would not be able to provide any additional bene fit and thus the sensors may not deploy any air bags Safety features of your vehicle 1VQA2090 e Just before impact drivers often brake heavily Such heavy braking lowers the front portion of the vehicle causing it to ride under a vehicle with a higher ground clearance Air bags may not inflate in this under ride situation because deceleration forces that are detected by sensors may be signifi cantly reduced by such under ride collisions 1VQA2091 e Air bags may not inflate in rollover acci dents because air bag deployment would not provide protection to the occupants However side impact and curtain air bags may inflate when the vehicle is rolled over by a side impact collision if the vehicle is equipped with side impact air bags and curtain air bags emetic M 1VQA2092 e Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle collides with objects such as utility poles or trees where the point of impact is concentrated to one area and the full force of the impact is not deliv ered to the sensors
263. ll the outside door handle Features of your vehicle D040102AEN EU Unlocking Pressing the buttons in the drivers out side door handle with all doors and tail gate closed and locked unlocks the dri vers door The hazard warning lights blink and the chime sounds twice to indi cate that the drivers door is unlocked All doors and tailgate are unlocked if the button is pressed once more within 4 seconds The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound twice to indicate that all the doors and tailgate are unlocked Pressing the button in the front passen ger s outside door handle with all doors and tailgate closed and locked unlocks all the doors and tailgate The hazard warning lights blink and the chime sounds twice to indicate that all doors and tailgate are unlocked The button will only operate when the smart key is within 28 40 in 0 7 1 m from the out side door handle When the smart key is recognized in the area of 28 40 in 0 7 1 m from the front outside door handle other people can also open the door without possession of the smart key D040103AEN Tailgate unlocking If you are within 28 40 in 0 7 1 m from the outside tailgate handle with your smart key in your possession the tail gate will unlock and open when you press the tailgate handle switch The hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that the tailgate is unlocked Also once the tailgate is opened and th
264. load cargo on top of your vehicle The two crossbars on the roof rack can be repositioned forward or rearward for conveniently loading cargo or a roof car rier To move the crossbar pull the lever and move the crossbar to the desired position Release the lever and lock the crossbar by moving the crossbar slightly forward or rearward For your convenience and to prevent damage with an assistant on the oppo site side of the vehicle pull and hold the lever on each side then move the cross bar to the desired position Features of your vehicle X NOTICE e The crossbars should be placed in the proper load carrying positions prior to placing items onto the roof rack e If the vehicle is equipped with a sun roof be sure not to position cargo onto the roof rack in such a way that it could interfere with sunroof opera Continued e Always drive slowly and turn cor ners carefully when carrying items on the roof rack Severe wind updrafts caused by passing vehicles or natural causes can cause sudden upward pressure on items loaded on the roof rack WARNING e The following specification is the maximum weight that can be loaded onto the roof rack Distribute the load as evenly as possible across the crossbars and roof rack and secure the load tion firmly This is especially true when car ROOF 220 Ibs 100 kg rying large flat items such as A CAUTION RACK EVENLY DISTRIBUTED wood panels or mattresses This e W
265. lts to their proper position Routing the seat belt web bing through the rear seat belt guides will help keep the belts from being trapped behind or under the seats AX WARNING Cargo Cargo should always be secured to prevent it from being thrown about the vehicle in a collision and caus ing injury to the vehicle occupants Do not place objects in the rear 2nd and or 3rd row seats since they cannot be properly secured and may hit the front seat occu pants in a collision AX WARNING Cargo loading Make sure the engine is off the automatic transaxle is in P Park and the parking brake is securely loading or applied whenever unloading cargo Failure to take these steps may allow the vehicle to move if the shift lever is inadver tently moved to another position Seat belt restraint system A WARNING e For maximum restraint system protection the seat belts must always be used whenever the car is Moving Seat belts are most effective when seatbacks are in the upright position Children age 12 and under must always be properly restrained in the rear seat Never allow chil dren to ride in the front passen ger seat If a child over 12 must be seated in the front seat he she must be properly belted and the seat should be moved as far back as possible Never wear the shoulder belt under your arm or behind your back An improperly positioned shoulder belt can cause serious injuries in a crash The sh
266. me in the status display at the top of the monitor will blink The RSE control will display PAUSE When the player reaches the end of the disc the player will automatically return to the first track and continue playing Fast Forward Reverse Press and hold the FF gt or lt REW but ton and the player will fast forward or reverse at 10 times the normal speed Release the button to return to normal speed play The audio is muted while the player fast forwards or fast reverses Previous Next Track While a CD is playing press the PREV button to jump to the beginning of the current track If less than 10 seconds has elapsed on the current track press ing PREV will go to the previous track Press the button repeatedly to con tinue moving through previous tracks Press the NEXT button to jump to the beginning of the next track Press the button repeatedly to continue moving through the following tracks Instead of using the PREV A NEXT buttons you can also enter the track number using the numbers on the remote control While a CD is playing press the number button s that corre spond to the desired track and press ENTER The current track number is shown in the Status Display at the top of the monitor Stop The CD will automatically stop when any other source e g the vehicle radio or an external game is selected When you switch back to the CD it will begin play ing at the point where it stopped
267. mend that you have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer perform this work An authorized HYUNDAI dealer has fac tory trained technicians and genuine HYUNDAI parts to service your vehicle properly For expert advice and quality service see an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Inadequate incomplete or insufficient servicing may result in operational prob lems with your vehicle that could lead to vehicle damage an accident or person al injury G020100AEN EU Owner s responsibility X NOTICE Maintenance Service and Record Retention are the owner s responsibility You should retain documents that show proper maintenance has been performed on your vehicle in accordance with the scheduled maintenance service charts shown on the following pages You need this information to establish your compli ance with the servicing and maintenance requirements of your vehicle warranties Detailed warranty information is provided in your Owners Handbook amp Warranty Information booklet Repairs and adjustments required as a result of improper maintenance or a lack of required maintenance are not covered We recommend you have your vehicle maintained and repaired by an author ized HYUNDAI dealer An authorized HYUNDAI dealer meets HYUNDAI s high service quality standards and receives technical support from HYUNDAI in order to provide you with a high level of service satisfaction GO20200AEN EU Owner maintenance precautions Improper or incomp
268. mplies with Part 15 of the FCC rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation Features of your vehicle OEN046302 DO40400AEN Restrictions in handling keys When leaving keys with parking lot and valet attendants the following proce dures will ensure that your vehicle s glove box compartment can not be opened in your absence 1 Depress and hold the release button 1 and remove the mechanical key 2 Close and then lock the glove box using the mechanical key 3 Leave the smart key with the atten dant The glove box is secure with the mechanical key OEN046208 DO40500AEN Battery replacement A smart key battery should last for sever al years but if the indicator light gets weak or the smart key is not working properly try replacing the battery with a new one If you are unsure how to use your smart key or replace the battery contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer NOTICE The circuit inside the smart key can have a problem if exposed to moisture or static electricity If you are unsure how to use your smart Key or replace the battery contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Pry open the rear cover of the smart key 2 Replace the battery with a new battery CR2032 When replacing the battery make sure the
269. mselves or others or damage to the vehicle x NOTICE If the power tailgate is open approxi mately 6 hours the ECU will enter Sleep mode to conserve battery power and the tailgate might not close automatically Close the tailgate manually and then operate the tailgate with the power operating system x NOTICE In cold and wet climates the power tail gate may not work properly due to freezing conditions CAUTION The power tailgate can be operat ed when the engine is not run ning However the power opera tion consumes large amounts of vehicle electric power To prevent the battery from being dis charged do not operate it exces sively e g more than approxi mately 10 times repeatedly To prevent the battery from being discharged do not leave the power tailgate in the open posi tion for a long lime Do not apply excessive force while operating the power tail gate This could cause damage to the power tailgate Do not modify or repair any part of the power tailgate by yourself This must be done by an author ized HYUNDAI dealer When jacking up the vehicle to change a tire or repair the vehicle do not operate the power tailgate This could cause the power tail gate to operate improperly Fiche OEN036049 DO70401AEN Automatic stop and reversal If during power opening or closing the tailgate is blocked by an object or part of the body the power tailgate will detect the resistance then the ch
270. n Even though the memory fuse is pulled up the battery can still be dis charged by operation of the head lights or other electrical devices OENO76025N G210200AEN Engine compartment fuse replacement 1 Turn the ignition switch and all other switches off 2 Remove the fuse panel cover by pressing the tab and pulling up Maintenance 3 Check the removed fuse replace it if it is blown To remove or insert the fuse use the fuse puller in the engine com partment fuse panel 4 Push in a new fuse of the same rating and make sure it fits tightly in the clips If it fits loosely consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer NOTICE If the main fuse is blown consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer CAUTION After checking the fuse panel in the engine compartment securely install the fuse panel cover If not G210201AE electrical failures may occur from Main fuse water contact If the main fuse is blown it must be removed as follows 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Remove the nuts shown in the picture above 3 Replace the fuse with a new one of the same rating 4 Reinstall in the reverse order of removal Maintenance G210300AEN EU Fuse relay panel description Inside the fuse relay panel covers you can find the fuse relay label describing fuse relay name and capacity Instrument panel fuse panel Engine compartment fuse panel wi NOTICE Not all fuse panel descriptions in t
271. n Button Oo N O oO A WD N Channel Search Control and Selector EN M466 Features of your vehicle 1 XM Selector e The XM selector will turn to each mode in the following order each time you press the button XM1 3 XM2 gt XM3 es e When you press this button when you are listening to CD or RADIO the sys tem will automatically turn to XM mode e When the ignition switch is set to ACC 1st notch or ON 2nd notch and when you press this button XM will be on even when the audio system was turned off 2 LCD Liquid Crystal Display It displays the XM1 XM2 XM3 Preset Number Title of the Channel Received EQ Mode CLASSIC POP ROCK JAZZ and SCAN Status when listening to XM 3 SCAN Button When you press this button the player will play 10 seconds of each channel LCD will display SCAN Press it again to cancel scanning Also press and this button for more than 0 8 seconds to play the channels memorized to the preset buttons for 10 seconds each LCD will display corresponding channel number lt P gt and SCAN Press it again to cancel scanning 4 Information Button You can see the information of the chan nel currently received and you can switch to different information by pressing this button in the following order Title gt Name gt Category Current oN State 5 Channel Move Seek Up Down Button e When you press this button the chan nel
272. n invalid icon Press the S TITLE button repeat edly to cycle through all of the available languages Pressing the S TITLE or FOLD button during MP3 normal play will immediately bring the player to the first file of the next folder Pressing the S TITLE or FOLD button during CD or VCD play will do nothing 7 Menu a Pressing the MENU button during DVD play will present the DVD menu Pressing the MENU button during MP3 disc play will display the Song List on the monitor Pressing the MENU button during CD or VCD play has no effect Press the button again to return to the program After five seconds with no but ton press the menu will automatically close and the program begin playing 8 Title PBC P While viewing a DVD press the TITLE button on the remote control to jump to the top menu Press the lt REW FF gt or PREV NEXT buttons to highlight the desired selection then press ENTER to make your selection Press TITLE again to return to the DVD While viewing a VCD pressing the TITLE PBC button will switch the PBC function on and off 9 Return GP While viewing any operation pressing the RETURN button will exit the current operation on screen display and resume last play 10 Speaker Volume i VOL and VOL Oe iad If the audio from the RSE is being played through the vehicle speakers you can adjust the volume of the speakers with the VOL and VOL buttons Adjusting the volume
273. n of the air bags B240B03L A fully inflated air bag in combination with a properly worn seat belt slows the drivers or the passenger s forward motion reducing the risk of head and chest injury After complete inflation the air bag immediately starts deflating enabling the driver to maintain forward visibility and the ability to steer or operate other con trols B240B05L Safety features of your vehicle Continued e Before you replace a fuse or dis connect a battery terminal turn WARNING e If an air bag deploys there may be a loud noise followed by a fine dust released in the vehicle These conditions are normal and are not hazardous the air bags are packed in this fine powder The dust generated during air bag deployment may cause skin or eye irritation as well as aggra vate asthma for some persons Always wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly with lukewarm water and a mild soap after an accident in which the air bags were deployed The SRS can function only when the ignition switch is in the ON position If the SRS AIR BAG warning light does not illuminate or continuously remains on after illuminating for about 6 seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or after the engine is started comes on while driving the SRS is not working properly If this occurs have your vehicle immediately inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Continued the ignition swit
274. n switch is not in the ON position The light will go off immediately when the ignition switch is turned on or go off after about 30 sec onds when the door is closed OUN036002 Ignition switch position E030201AUN LOCK The steering wheel locks to protect against theft The ignition key can be removed only in the LOCK position When turning the ignition switch to the LOCK position push the key inward at the ACC position and turn the key toward the LOCK position Driving your vehicle E030202AUN ACC Accessory The steering wheel is unlocked and elec trical accessories are operative X NOTICE If difficulty is experienced in turning the ignition switch to the ACC position turn the steering wheel right and left to release the tension and then turn the key E030203AUN ON The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started This is the normal running position after the engine is started Do not leave the ignition switch ON if the engine is not running to prevent battery discharge E030204AUN START Turn the ignition switch to the START position to start the engine The engine will crank until you release the key then it returns to the ON position The brake warning lamp can be checked in this position E030205AUN WARNING Ignition switch e Never turn the ignition switch to LOCK or ACC while the vehicle is moving This would result in loss of directional control and braking function
275. n the ground without dollies and the front wheels off the ground If any of the loaded wheels or suspen sion components are damaged or the vehicle is being towed with the front wheels on the ground use a towing dolly under the front wheels When being towed by a commercial tow truck and wheel dollies are not used the front of the vehicle should always be lift ed not the rear CAUTION Before towing check the automatic transaxle fluid leak under your vehi cle If the automatic transaxle fluid is leaking a flatbed equipment or towing dolly must be used What to do in an emergency When towing your vehicle in an emer gency without wheel dollies 1 Set the ignition switch in the ACC posi tion 2 Place the transaxle shift lever in N Neutral 3 Release the parking brake OUN046030 N CAUTION Failure to place the transaxle shift lever in N Neutral may cause inter nal damage to the transaxle OEN066010 FO80200AUN Removable towing hook rear 1 Open the tailgate and remove the tow ing hook from the tool case 2 Remove the hole cover pressing the lower part of the cover on the rear bumper OUN046029 CAUTION e Do not tow the vehicle backwards with the front wheels on the ground as this may cause dam age to the vehicle e Do not tow with sling type equip ment Use wheel lift or flatbed equipment What to do in an emergenc OENO6601 1 3 Install the towing
276. ncy Turn this control to the right to increase the frequency and left to decrease This selects all functions related with audio quality Rotate the control to adjust the sound mode when adjusting sound quality 5 SCAN Button Press this button to tune to all available channels for 5 seconds each LCD will display SCAN Press the button once again to cancel scanning 6 LCD Liquid Crystal Display It displays the state of the system when listening to the radio such as AM FM1 FM2 Stereo ST preset number fre quency received EQ mode CLASSIC POP ROCK JAZZ and SCAN status Features of your vehicle 7 Radio Band AM FM Selection Button e This selects AM FM and the radio band will change in the following order every time you press the button FM1 FM2 AM gi e Press this button when CD or XM is on to automatically change to radio mode If the ignition switch of the automobile is set to ACC 1st notch or ON 2nd notch the system will be turned on and automatically play the radio when you press this button even if the power of the audio system is off 8 Audio Selector Button Only M466 RSE without XM satellite radio e When listening to the audio system press this button to select following sound qualities in respective order BASS gt MIDDLE TREBLE FADER BALANCE gt EQUALIZER gt Current State Features of your vehicle Compact disc player CD auto changer oper
277. ned automatically turn on the mirror light The parking lights or headlights must be ON for the glove box lamp to function Features of your vehicle DEFROSTER D220000AUN CAUTION To prevent damage to the conduc tors bonded to the inside surface of the rear window never use sharp instruments or window cleaners containing abrasives to clean the window Type A OEN046090 x NOTICE Type B If you want to defrost and defog the front windshield refer to Windshield defrosting and defogging in this sec tion OEN046091 D220100AEN Rear window defroster The defroster heats the window to remove frost fog and thin ice from the rear window while the engine is running To activate the rear window defroster press the rear window defroster button located in the center facia switch panel The indicator on the rear window defroster button illuminates when the defroster is ON If there is heavy accumulation of snow on the rear window brush it off before oper ating the rear defroster The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 20 minutes or when the ignition switch is turned off To turn off the defroster press the rear window defroster button again D220101AEN Outside rearview mirror defroster if equipped If your vehicle is equipped with the out side rearview mirror defrosters they will operate at the same time you turn on the rear window defroster D220200AEN F
278. nee ie a p E E 4 111 Sunglass holdereri 4 110 SOE IEEE EENE E A A A E 4 33 Tail gate ss ssssssrsrsivasosensessnsnsusuensssavanssossensnannvennsavavernaarsas 4 18 Emergency tailgate safety lalla see ee ee ce 4 19 Power ON OFF button srrs eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetaeeeeeeees 4 22 Power tailgate ee er ee re ee 4 20 Theft alarm SYSTEM tt 4 12 Tires pressure monitoring system TPMS ereeeeeeeeeeeee 6 7 Changing a tire with TPM S eserspeseniiosasn 6 10 Low tire pressure position eliGlett ee 6 8 Low tire pressure Gilet te re oer er 6 8 TPMS Tire pressure monitoring system malfunction indicator cce erseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseececeeeeeeeseesaeees 6 9 Tire specification and pressure label eeeeeeeee 8 6 Tires and Ny HSE Sse aeempocsatedagesennaceseactivecssvniemoueeoetacs 7 30 8 3 All season TLS Mawensasaietasenes oauecziceestocestcctssadenadesecceseuced 7 41 Checking tire inflation pressure seese 7 3 Compact spare tire replacement AEE niece ogi desis EE AEE 7 35 Radial ply tires eseina iaai 7 42 Recommended cold tire inflation pressures 7 30 O E EA E 7 41 Summer tires eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesteseereeeessssssereeesessssssrrrees 7 41 AA AIEA E och E N A ET 7 30 Tee E A E 7 42 Tire maintenance lt errreeeeeeeeeeeecceeeeeeeeesnteceeceeeeeeeseteteeeeeees 7 35 Tire replacement ee E 7 34 Tirerotation eeestis ee ee ee 7 32 Tire sidewall labeling sssssvasssossossesssnssssavessvsucsoansas 7 36 Tire terminology and definition
279. ness and may lead to more serious consequences Take care of your tires Keep them inflated to the recommended pressure Incorrect inflation either too much or too little results in unnecessary tire wear Check the tire pressures at least once a month Be sure that the wheels are aligned correctly Improper alignment can result from hitting curbs or driving too fast over irregular surfaces Poor align ment causes faster tire wear and may also result in other problems as well as greater fuel consumption Keep your car in good condition For better fuel economy and reduced maintenance costs maintain your car in accordance with the maintenance schedule in section 7 If you drive your car in severe conditions more frequent maintenance is required see section 7 for details Keep your car clean For maximum service your vehicle should be kept clean and free of corrosive materials It is especially important that mud dirt ice etc not be allowed to accumulate on the underside of the car This extra weight can result in increased fuel con sumption and also contribute to corro sion Travel lightly Don t carry unnecessary weight in your car Weight reduces fuel economy Don t let the engine idle longer than necessary If you are waiting and not in traffic turn off your engine and restart only when you re ready to go Driving your vehicle e Remember your vehicle does not require extended warm up After the engine has
280. ng discharged do not operate them consecutively more than approximately 10 times D020105AUN Alarm 4 The horn sounds and hazard warning lights flash for about 30 seconds if this button is pressed for more than 0 5 sec ond To stop the horn and lights press any button on the transmitter DO20200AEN EU Transmitter precautions x NOTICE The transmitter will not work if any of following occur The ignition key is in ignition switch You exceed the operating distance limit about 90 feet 30 m The battery in the transmitter is weak Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal The weather is extremely cold The transmitter is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the transmitter When the transmitter does not work correctly open and close the door with the ignition key If you have a problem with the transmitter contact an author ized HYUNDAI dealer CAUTION Keep the transmitter away from water or any liquid If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to exposure to water or liquids it will not be covered by your manufactur er s vehicle warranty Features of your vehicle This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interfer ence received including interfer
281. ng in serious injury If the webbing or buckles are damaged get them replaced immediately C020401AEN Periodic inspection All seat belts should be inspected peri odically for wear or damage of any kind Any damaged parts should be replaced as soon as possible C020402AUN Keep belts clean and dry Seat belts should be kept clean and dry If belts become dirty they can be cleaned by using a mild soap solution and warm water Bleach dye strong detergents or abrasives should not be used because they may damage and weaken the fabric C020403AEN When to replace seat belts Entire in use seat belt assembly or assemblies should be replaced if the vehicle has been involved in an accident This should be done even if no damage is visible Additional questions concern ing seat belt operation should be directed to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Safety features of your vehicle CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM C030000AEN EU Children riding in the car should sit in the rear seat and must always be properly restrained to minimize the risk of injury in Continued e When the child restraint system is not in use store it in the lug WARNING e A child restraint system must be an accident sudden stop or sudden maneuver According to accident statis tics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seats than in the front seat Larger children not in a child restraint should use one of the seat belts provided
282. ng or the CD you want to repeat is played LCD will display RPT Press this button again to cancel repeti tion 10 Fast Forward Rewind Button Press and hold FF button while the CD is played to quickly search through the latter part of the song and REW the front part When you release the button the song will be played from current posi tion 11 Track Move Track Up Down Button e Press A Track Up button while playing CD to play from the beginning of the next song If you hold this but ton it will continue to move to the next song e Press Xy Track Down button while playing CD to move to the beginning of the song and press again to move to the beginning of the previous song If you hold this button it will continue to move to the previous song 12 Information Button Only M445s M446s without XM satel lite radio If the song title is long while playing an MP3 file press this button to scroll the song title to the end 13 Directory Name Search Button Press DIR A Directory Up button while playing an MP3 file to display the next available folder name and DIR y Directory Down button the previous folder name Find the folder you searched for and press 7 to play the songs inside the folder from the top of the list If you do not take any action after searching for the folder for 5 or more seconds this search will be canceled 14 Mark Memory Button You can choose only the s
283. ng wheel away from the driver when the ignition key is removed It will move the steering wheel toward the driver when the ignition key is inserted e With smart key system It will move the steering wheel away from the driver when the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK position It will move the steering wheel toward the driver when the ignition switch is turned to the ACC position NOTICE An authorized HYUNDAI dealer can select the easy access function of the dri ver s power seat If you want this feature consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer ite z D120400AEN Reverse parking aid function if equipped While the vehicle is moving backward the outside rearview mirror s will move downward to aid reverse parking According to the position of the outside rearview mirror switch 1 the outside rearview mirror s will operate as follows L When the remote control outside rearview mirror switch is selected to the L position both outside rearview mirrors will move downward R When the remote control outside rearview mirror switch is selected to the R position only the passenger s outside rearview mirror will move downward Features of your vehicle Neutral When the remote control out side rearview mirror switch is placed in the middle position the outside rearview mirrors will not operate while the vehi cle is moving backward x NOTICE The outside rearview mirrors will au
284. nger occupant classification system Devices SRS warning Front passen Condition Indicator Warning light detected by the PASSENGER occupant classi AIR BAG OFF fication system indicator light ger air bag 2 Child or child restraint Off system 4 There isa Side air bag Curtain air bag Activated Activated Deactivated Activated Activated Deactivated Activated malfunction Activated Activated Activated in the system 1 The system judges a person of adult size as an adult When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat the system may recognize him her as a child depending on his her physique and posture 2 Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat When a larger child who has outgrown a child restraint system sits in the front pas senger seat the system may recog nize him her as an adult depending on his her physique or posture 3 Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat Safety features of your vehicle Continued OVQ036013N 1KMN3663 1KMN3665 Never put a heavy load in the Never sit with hips shifted Never place feet on the dash front passenger seat or seatback towards the front of the seat board pocket OVQ036014N 1KMN3662 lt lt 1KMN3664 Never place feet on the front pas Never excessively recline the Never lean on the center console senger seatback front passenger seatback Never sit on one side of t
285. ning out under the car or steam is coming out from the hood stop the engine Do not open the hood until the coolant has stopped running or the steaming has stopped If there is no visible loss of engine coolant and no steam leave the engine running and check to be sure the engine cooling fan is operating If the fan is not running turn the engine off 4 Check to see if the water pump drive belt is missing If it is not missing check to see that it is tight If the drive belt seems to be satisfactory check for coolant leaking from the radiator hoses or under the car If the air con ditioning had been in use it is normal for cold water to be draining from it when you stop 5 If the water pump drive belt is broken or engine coolant is leaking out stop the engine immediately and call the nearest authorized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance 6 If you cannot find the cause of the overheating wait until the engine tem perature has returned to normal Then if coolant has been lost carefully add coolant to the reservoir to bring the fluid level in the reservoir up to the halfway mark 7 Proceed with caution keeping alert for further signs of overheating If over heating happens again call an author ized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance CAUTION Serious loss of coolant indicates there is a leak in the cooling system and this should be checked as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer What to do in
286. nly lock under extreme or emergency condi tions emergency lock mode you must manually change these seat belts to the auto lock mode to secure a child restraint WARNING Child seat installation e A child can be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the child restraint is not properly anchored to the car and the child is not properly restrained in the child restraint Before installing the child restraint system read the instructions supplied by the child restraint system manufacturer If the seat belt does not operate as described in this section have the system checked immediately by your authorized HYUNDAI dealer Failure to observe this manual s instructions regarding child restraint systems and the instructions provided with the child restraint system could increase the chance and or severity of injury in an accident Safety features of your vehicle E2MS103005 C030102AUN EU Placing a passenger seat belt into the auto lock mode The use of the auto lock mode will ensure that the normal movement of the child in the vehicle does not cause the seat belt to be pulled out and loosen the firmness of its hold on the child restraint system To secure a child restraint sys tem use the following procedure OENO36101 To install a child restraint system on the outboard or center rear seats do the fol lowing 1 Place the child restraint system in the seat and route the lap shoulde
287. not insert more than one CD at atime e Keep CDs in their cases after use to protect them from scratches or dirt e Depending on the type of CD R CD RW CDs certain CDs may not operate normally according to manufacturing companies or making and recording methods In such circumstances if you still continue to use those CDs they may cause the malfunction of your car audio system x NOTICE Playing an Incompatible Copy Protected Audio CD Some copy protected CDs which do not comply with the international audio CD standards Red Book may not play on your car audio Please note that if you try to play copy protected CDs and the CD player does not perform correctly the CDs maybe defective not the CD player Features of your vehicle Stereo radio operation M445 M446 E M445 without XM satellite radio 1 Power Button and Volume Control Automatic Channel Seek Button SEEK Preset Memory Button AA WO N Manual Channel Select amp Sound Quality Control SCAN Button LCD Liquid Crystal Display Radio Band AM FM Selection Button Audio Button oO N OOA EN M445N Features of your vehicle E M445s with XM satellite radio Power Button and Volume Control Automatic Channel Seek Button SEEK Preset Memory Button Manual Channel Select amp Sound Quality Control SCAN Button LCD Liquid Crystal Display 7 Radio Band AM FM Selection Button A OO N O
288. not pop out within 30 seconds remove it to prevent overheating CAUTION Only a genuine HYUNDAI lighter should be used in the cigarette lighter socket The use of plug in accessories shavers hand held vacuums and coffee pots etc may damage the socket or cause electri cal failure D280200AEN Ashtray WARNING Ashtray use e Do not use the vehicle s ashtrays as waste receptacles e Putting lit cigarettes or matches in an ashtray with other com bustible materials may cause a fire To open the cover press the cover and it will slowly open To clean the ashtray the plastic receptacle should be removed by lifting the plastic ash receptacle upward and pulling it out Features of your vehicle D280300AEN Cup holder Front To open the cover press the cover and it will slowly open Center To open the cover press the cover and it will slowly open Place a cup or small beverage can in the holder after pulling out the support 1 Center Cups or small beverage cans may be placed in the cup holders Features of your vehicle OEN046157 D280400AEN Sunvisor Use the sunvisor to shield direct light through the front or side windows To use a sunvisor pull it downward To use a sunvisor for a side window pull it downward unsnap it from the bracket 1 and swing it to the side 2 To use the vanity mirror pull down the visor and slide the mirror cover 3 Adjust the
289. nt portion of the control knob up to raise or down to lower the front part of the seat cushion Pull the rear portion of the control knob up to raise or down to lower the rear part of the seat cushion Release the knob once the seat reaches the desired position Safety features of your vehicle OEN036005 C010204AEN Lumbar support for driver s seat Push the control knob forward or back ward to adjust the lumbar support to the desired position Release the knob once the lumbar support reaches the desired position OENO036016 Rear seat adjustment C010301AUN Forward and backward 2nd row seat To move the seat forward or backward 1 Pull up the seat slide adjustment lever under the front edge of the seat cush ion and hold it 2 Slide the seat to the position you desire 3 Release the lever and make sure the seat is locked in place Adjust the seat before driving and make sure the seat is locked securely by trying to move forward and backward without using the lever If the seat moves it is not locked properly E 2nd row seat OEN036018 C010302AEN Seatback angle To recline the seatback 1 Pull on the seatback recline lever located on the outside of the seat at the rear or on the back of the rear seatback Safety features of your vehicle 2 2nd row seat C010303AUN Carefully lean back on the seat and Headrest adjust the seatback of the seat to the The headrest not only provides comf
290. ny court having juris diction You may revoke this Arbitration Agreement by 1 written notice or 2 electronic notice Written notice must be delivered via certified mail to Hyundai Motor America Attn Consumer Affairs 10550 Talbert Avenue PO Box 20849 Fountain Valley CA 92728 0849 Electronic notice must be submitted at the following website address http war ranty arbitration hyundaiUSA com Notice must be received within 90 days after you purchase your vehicle Index A Air bags advanced supplemental restraint system 3 37 Air bag warning label s 0sssseessssesesssouesssnenenasasavess 3 62 Air bag warning light ssssessssssoesrersasessnsarareacaravens 3 40 Curtain air bap senses ia Eeee 3 54 Driver s and passenger s front air bag eeeerereeeeeeeee 3 48 Occupant classification SYSTEM Dee 3 43 Side impact air Dag estiers mismon iee 3 52 Pe NCB E O E eens aisnereoreqnseseasy 7 21 Al wheel drive AWD srsttmssasnernatpanenrannatsangatoaretnaentonenat 5 14 Appearance Care ee oipe 7 59 Exterior cafe eesesesceererreerisnssenoternertesrnei sen donnie eiei nkk 7 59 Interior care esssssssssessssesesssesesssecesssesseeseesescssseeesesseese 7 64 Audio System e e E 4 121 a ATIE AANA A A AE A T N 4 121 MAASIM AAO eonan aarian RA R E 4 126 M E eer E E eer 4 142 M466 RSE aise coerocctenceeeto orevacmeaterasueoesosattaneraenesebecsesneeds 4 154 Steering wheel audio Controleert 4 121 Automatic climate
291. o R EVERY 60 000 MILES 6 000 KM 0 E G H I 3 P a a ce SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS A Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 5 miles 8 km in normal E Driving in sandy areas i temperature or less than 10 miles 16 km in freezing temperature F Driving in heavy traffic area over 90 F 32 C B Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances G Driving on uphill downhill or mountain road C Driving on rough dusty muddy unpaved graveled or salt spread roads Towing a Trailer or using a camper or roof rack J K D Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold Driving as a patrol car taxi other commercial use or vehicle towing weather Driving over 106 mph 170 km h Frequently driving in stop and go conditions Maintenance SCC EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS G050100AUN Engine oil and filter The engine oil and filter should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule If the car is being driven in severe conditions more fre quent oil and filter changes are required G050200AUN Drive belts Inspect all drive belts for evidence of cuts cracks excessive wear or oil satu ration and replace if necessary Drive belts should be checked periodically for proper tension and adjusted as neces sary GO50300AEN Fuel filter cartridge A clogged filter can limit the speed at which the vehicle may be driven d
292. o make sure they are secure and that no leaks are present Hoses should be replaced immediately if there is any evidence of deterioration or damage GO50800AEN Air cleaner filter A Genuine HYUNDAI air cleaner filter is recommended when the filter is replaced GO50900AUN Spark plugs Make sure to install new spark plugs of the correct heat range G051000AEN Valve clearance Inspect excessive valve noise and or engine vibration and adjust if necessary An authorized HYUNDAI dealer should perform the operation G051100AUN Cooling system Check cooling system components such as radiator coolant reservoir hoses and connections for leakage and damage Replace any damaged parts G051200AUN Coolant The coolant should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule G051500AUN Brake hoses and lines Visually check for proper installation chafing cracks deterioration and any leakage Replace any deteriorated or damaged parts immediately G051600AUN Brake fluid Check brake fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir The level should be between MIN and MAX marks on the side of the reservoir Use only hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification Maintenance eC G051700AUN Parking brake Inspect the parking brake system includ ing the parking brake pedal and cables G051900AUN Brake discs pads calipers and rotors Check the pads for excessive we
293. of impact The side impact air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact situations WARNING e The side impact air bag is sup plemental to the driver s and the passenger s seat belt systems and is not a substitute for them Therefore your seat belts must be worn at all times while the vehicle is in motion The air bags deploy only in certain side impact condi tions severe enough to cause significant injury to the vehicle occupants For best protection from the side impact air bag system and to avoid being injured by the deploying side impact air bag both front seat occupants should sit in an upright position with the seat belt properly fastened The driver s hands should be placed on the steering wheel at the 9 00 and 3 00 positions The passen ger s arms and hands should be placed on their laps Do not use any accessory seat covers Use of seat covers could reduce or prevent the effectiveness of the system Continued Continued Do not install any accessories on the side or near the side impact air bag Do not place any objects over the air bag or between the air bag and yourself Do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door and the front seat Such objects may become dan gerous projectiles and cause injury if the supplemental side impact air bag inflates To prevent unexpected deploy ment of the side impact air bag that may result in personal injury avoid impact
294. of the PAS SENGER AIR BAG OFF indica tor Safety features of your vehicle WARNING If the occupant classification sys tem is not working properly the SRS air bag warning light By on the instrument panel will illuminate because the passenger s front air bag is connected with the occupant classification system If there is a malfunction of the occupant classi fication system the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator will not illuminate and the passenger s front air bag will inflate in frontal impact crashes even if there is no occupant in the front passenger s seat If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position remains illuminated after approximately 6 seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or if it illuminates while the vehicle is being driven have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer inspect the occupant classification system and the SRS air bag system as soon as possible Driver s front air bag OEN036036 C040400AEN EU Driver s and passenger s front air bag Your vehicle is equipped with a Supplemental Restraint Air Bag System The indications of the system s presence are the letters SRS AIR BAG embossed on the air bag pad cover in the steering wheel and the passenger s side front panel pad above the glove box The SRS consists of air bags installed under the pad covers in the center of the steering wheel and the passeng
295. of your car at least once a month and be sure to clean the underside thoroughly when winter is over e When cleaning underneath the car give particular attention to the compo nents under the fenders and other areas that are hidden from view Do a thorough job just dampening the accu mulated mud rather than washing it away will accelerate corrosion rather than prevent it Water under high pres sure and steam are particularly effec tive in removing accumulated mud and corrosive materials e When cleaning lower door panels rocker panels and frame members be sure that drain holes are kept open so that moisture can escape and not be trapped inside to accelerate corrosion Keep your garage dry Don t park your car in a damp poorly ventilated garage This creates a favor able environment for corrosion This is particularly true if you wash your car in the garage or drive it into the garage when it is still wet or covered with snow ice or mud Even a heated garage can contribute to corrosion unless it is well ventilated so moisture is dispersed Keep paint and trim in good condition Scratches or chips in the finish should be covered with touch up paint as soon as possible to reduce the possibility of cor rosion If bare metal is showing through the attention of a qualified body and paint shop is recommended Bird droppings Bird droppings are high ly corrosive and may damage painted surfaces in just a few hours Always
296. old tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the tire and loading information label no further adjust ment is necessary If the pressure is low add air until you reach the rec ommended amount If you overfill the tire release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve Recheck the tire pressure with the tire gage Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and mois ture WARNING e Inspect your tires frequently for proper inflation as well as wear and damage Always use a tire pressure gauge Tires with too much or too little pressure wear unevenly caus ing poor handling loss of vehi cle control and sudden tire failure leading to accidents injuries and even death The recommended cold tire pres sure for your vehicle can be found in this manual and on the tire label located on the dri ver s side center pillar Worn tires can cause acci dents Replace tires that are worn show uneven wear or are damaged Remember to check the pres sure of your spare tire HYUNDAI recommends that you check the spare every time you check the pressure of the other tires on your vehi cle G200400AUN Tire rotation To equalize tread wear it is recom mended that the tires be rotated every 7 500 miles 12 000 km or sooner if irregular wear develops During rotation check the tires for correct balance When rotat
297. om being driven will have a higher pressure measurement than a tire that is cold from sitting station ary for at least 3 hours and driven less than 1 mile 1 6km during that 3 hour period What to do in an emergency Allow the tire to cool before measur ing the inflation pressure Always be sure the tire is cold before inflating to the recommended pressure A cold tire means the vehicle has been sitting for 3 hours and driven for less than 1 mile 1 6km in that 3 hour period CAUTION Do not use any tire sealant if your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System The liquid sealant can damage the tire pressure sen sors WARNING TPMS e The TPMS cannot alert you to severe and sudden tire dam age caused by external fac tors such as nails or road debris If you feel any vehicle instabil ity immediately take your foot off the accelerator apply the brakes gradually and with light force and slowly move to a safe position off the road AX WARNING Protecting TPMS Tampering with modifying or disabling the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS components may interfere with the system s ability to warn the driver of low tire pressure con ditions and or TPMS malfunc tions Tampering with modify ing or disabling the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS components may void the warranty for that portion of the vehicle This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rul
298. on drive more than 0 03 miles 50 m Pressing the RESET button for more than 1 second when the average fuel con sumption is being displayed clears the average fuel consumption to zero X NOTICE If the vehicle is not on level ground or the battery power has been interrupt ed the Distance to empty function may not operate correctly The trip computer may not register additional fuel if less than 1 6 gallons 6 liters of fuel are added to the vehicle e The fuel consumption and distance to empty values may vary significantly based on driving conditions driving habits and condition of the vehicle e The distance to empty value is an esti mate of the available driving distance This value may differ from the actual driving distance available D150300AEN Warnings and indicators All warning lights are checked by turning the ignition switch ON do not start the engine Any light that does not illuminate should be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer After starting the engine check to make sure that all warning lights are off If any are still on this indicates a situation that needs attention When releasing the parking brake the brake system warning light should go off The fuel warning light will stay on if the fuel level is low D150302AEN AIR Air bag warning light BAG This warning light will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion
299. on the driver side crash pad If the power tailgate doesn t work proper ly after above procedure have the sys tem checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer OEN038050 DO70403AEN EE Power ON OFF button e When the power ON OFF button is ON depressed the power tailgate can be controlled with the sub control button on the tailgate Also the tailgate can be opened and closed automatically by pressing the tailgate handle switch and pulling handle up e When the power ON OFF button is OFF not depressed the power tail gate can not be controlled with the sub control button or tailgate handle switch However the tailgate can be controlled with the transmitter or smart key or the main control button on the driver side crash pad even though the power ON OFF button is OFF not depressed Features of your vehicle Also the tailgate can be opened or closed manually by pressing the tail gate handle switch and pulling the han dle up or pushing the tailgate down ward CAUTION Close the tailgate and keep the power ON OFF button in the OFF not depressed position before washing the vehicle in an automatic car wash On the driver side crash pad Pw p E OENO36051 D070404AEN EE Power tailgate operation Push the power tailgate main control button on the driver side crash pad to open or close the power tailgate However the power tailgate will not open with the main control button when
300. on using TUNE or SEEK press the button you wish to memorize current channel to and hold for more than 0 8 seconds until it beeps to memorize the channel 4 Manual Channel Select amp Sound Quality Control Only M466s with XM satellite radio e When listening to a radio channel rotate this control to manually adjust the frequency Turn this control to the right to increase the frequency and left to decrease This selects all functions related with audio quality e When listening to the audio system press this button to select following sound qualities in respective order BASS gt MIDDLE gt TREBLE gt FADER BALANCE gt EQUALIZER Current State e Rotate the control to adjust the sound mode when adjusting sound quality Only M466 without XM satellite radio e When listening to a radio channel rotate this control to manually adjust the frequency Turn this control to the right to increase the frequency and left to decrease This selects all functions related with audio quality Rotate the control to adjust the sound mode when adjusting sound quality 5 SCAN Button Press this button to tune to all available channels for 5 seconds each LCD will display SCAN Press the button once again to cancel scanning 6 LCD Liquid Crystal Display It displays the state of the system when listening to the radio such as AM FM1 FM2 Stereo ST preset number fre quency received EQ mode CLASSI
301. one will be recognized first D170102AUN Types of warning sound e When an object is 47 in to 32 in 120 cm to 81 cm from the rear bumper Buzzer beeps intermittently e When an object is 31 in to 16 in 80 cm to 41 cm from the rear bumper Buzzer beeps more frequently e When an object is within 15 in 40 cm of the rear bumper Buzzer sounds continuously Features of your vehicle D170200AEN Non operational conditions of rear parking assist system The rear parking assist system may not operate properly when 1 Moisture is frozen to the sensor It will Operate normally when the moisture has been cleared 2 The sensor is covered with foreign matter such as snow or water or the sensor cover is blocked It will operate normally when the material is removed or the sensor is no longer blocked 3 Driving on uneven road surfaces unpaved roads gravel bumps gradi ent 4 Objects generating excessive noise vehicle horns loud motorcycle engines or truck air brakes are within range of the sensor 5 Heavy rain or water spray exists 6 Wireless transmitters or mobile phones are within range of the sensor 7 The sensor is covered with snow 8 Trailer towing The detecting range may decrease when 1 The sensor is stained with foreign mat ter such as snow or water The sens ing range will return to normal when removed 2 Outside air temperature is extremely hot or cold The following
302. ongs you want to listen to and play them in respective order Refer to the operation method Press again to cancel 15 Scroll Button Only M445 M446 without XM satellite radio Press 3 button while playing an MP3 file then the screen will scroll the file name in case the file name is longer than 8 char acters in Korean language or 16 chalac ters in English language Features of your vehicle XM Satellite radio operation M445s M446s E M445s 1 XM Selector LCD Liquid Crystal Display SCAN Button Information Button Channel Move Seek Up Down Button Preset Memory Button Category Search Fast Up Down Button oOo N O oO A OO N Channel Search Control and Selector EN M445XM Features of your vehicle E M446s XM Selector LCD Liquid Crystal Display SCAN Button Information Button Channel Move Seek Up Down Button Preset Memory Button Category Search Fast Up Down Button Oo N O oO A OO N Channel Search Control and Selector EN M446XM Features of your vehicle 1 XM Selector e The XM selector will turn to each mode in the following order each time you press the button XM1 3 XM2 gt XM3 es e When you press this button when you are listening to CD or RADIO the sys tem will automatically turn to XM mode e When the ignition switch is set to ACC 1st notch or ON 2nd notch and when you press this button XM will be on even
303. only one of the dual systems working more than normal pedal travel and greater pedal pressure are required to stop the car Also the car will not stop in as short a distance with only a portion of the brake system working If the brakes fail while you are driving shift to a lower gear for additional engine braking and stop the car as soon as it is safe to do so To check bulb operation check whether the parking brake and brake fluid warning light illuminates when the ignition switch is in the ON position D150331AEN Low tire pressure telltale 1 160 iT The low tire pressure and position tell tales come on for 3 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON posi tion If the warning lights do not come on or continuously remain on after coming on for about 3 seconds when you turned the ignition switch to the ON position the Tire Pressure Monitoring System is not working properly If this occurs have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible This warning lights will also illuminate if one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated The low tire pressure posi tion telltale will indicate which tire is signif icantly under inflated by illuminating the corresponding position light You should stop and check your tires as soon as possible If the warning lights illuminate while driving reduce vehicle speed immediately and stop the vehicle Avoid hard braking and ov
304. oof control lever for ward until the sunroof closes com pletely Push the sunroof control lever upward until the sunroof tilts completely upward 3 Release the sunroof control lever 4 Push the sunroof control lever upward until the sunroof has returned to the Original tilt position after it is raised a little higher than the maximum tilt position Then release the lever Features of your vehicle DRIVER POSITION MEMORY SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED 5 Push the sunroof control lever upward until the sunroof operates as follows TILT DOWN SLIDE CLOSE SLIDE OPEN gt Then release the lever When this is complete the sunroof sys tem is reset AN k a f l mM IIA em Pa i e M r Aa i a Fi EU D120000AEN A driver position memory system is pro vided to store and recall the driver seat outside rearview mirror and steering wheel positions with a simple button operation By saving the desired positions into the system memory different drivers can reposition the driver seat outside rearview mirror and steering wheel based upon their driving preference If the bat tery is disconnected the position memo ry will be lost and the driving positions should be restored in the system x NOTICE The buzzer sounds 10 times if there is a malfunction of the memory system Have the driver position memory system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Storing positions into memory using t
305. oor safety locks should be used whenever children are in the vehi cle 1 Open the rear door 2 Push the child safety lock located on the rear edge of the door to the lock position When the child safety lock is in the lock position the rear door will not open even though the inner door handle is pulled 3 Close the rear door To open the rear door pull the outside door handle 1 Even though the doors may be unlocked the rear door will not open by pulling the inner door handle 2 until the rear door child safety lock is unlocked tm Features of your vehicle TAILGATE OEN046011 DO70100AEN EE Opening the tailgate e The tailgate is locked or unlocked when all doors are locked or unlocked with the key transmitter or smart key or central door lock switch Only the tailgate is unlocked if the tail gate unlock button on the transmitter or smart key is pressed Once the tailgate is opened and then closed the tailgate is locked automatically If unlocked the tailgate can be opened by pressing the handle switch and pulling the handle up X NOTICE In cold and wet climates door lock and door mechanisms may not work proper ly due to freezing conditions CAUTION Make certain that you close the tail gate before driving your vehicle Possible damage may occur to the tailgate lift cylinders and attached hardware if the tailgate is not closed prior to driving DO70200AUN
306. or buckle to get caught or pinched in the rear seat Ensure that the seat back is completely locked into its upright position by pushing on the top of the seatback Otherwise in an accident or sudden stop the seat could fold down and allow cargo to enter the passenger com partment which could result in serious injury or death WARNING 3rd row seat The headrest on the 3rd row seat should be adjusted so the middle of the headrest is at the same height as the top of the occupant s eyes If the tailgate is pushed down to close it when a passenger s head is not against a properly adjusted headrest or a tall person is seated the tailgate may hit the occupant s head which could cause injury WARNING Uprighting seat When you return the seatback to its upright position hold the seatback and return it slowly If the seatback is returned without holding it the back of the seat could spring for ward resulting in injury caused by being struck by the seatback Safety features of your vehicle SEAT BELTS C020100AUN N CAUTION Damaging rear seat belt buckles When you fold the rear 2nd and or 3rd row seatback insert the buckle in the pocket between the rear seat back and cushion Doing so can prevent the buckle from being dam aged by the rear seatback CAUTION Rear seat belts When returning the rear 2nd and or 3rd row seatbacks to the upright position remember to return the rear shoulder be
307. or Status LED will flash slowly and then rapidly after HomeLink successfully trains to the frequency signal from the hand held transmitter Release both buttons 5 Press and hold the _ just trained HomeLink button and observe the red Status Indicator LED If the indicator light stays on constantly programming is complete and your device should activate when the HomeLink button is pressed and released 6 To program the remaining two HomeLink buttons follow steps 2 through 5 Rolling code programming Rolling code devices which are code protected and manufactured after 1996 may be determined by the following e Reference the device owner s manual for verification The handheld transmitter appears to program the HomeLink Universal Transceiver but does not activate the device Press and hold the trained HomeLink button The device has the rolling code feature if the indicator light flashes rap idly and then turns solid after 2 sec onds To train rolling code devices follow these instructions 1 At the garage door opener receiver motor head unit in the garage locate the learn or smart button This can usually be found where the hanging antenna wire is attached to the motor head unit Exact location and color of the button may vary by garage door opener brand If there is difficulty locating the training button reference the device owner s manual or please visit our Web site at www homelink com
308. ore starting e Close and lock all doors e Position the seat so that all controls are easily reached e Adjust the inside and outside rearview mirrors e Be sure that all lights work Check all gauges e Check the operation of warning lights when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position Release the parking brake and make sure the brake warning light goes out For safe operation be sure you are famil iar with your vehicle and its equipment Driving your vehicle WARNING Always check the surrounding areas near your vehicle for people especially children before putting a car into D Drive or R Reverse AX WARNING Driving under the influence of alcohol or drugs Drinking and driving is dangerous Drunk driving is the number one contributor to the highway death toll each year Even a small amount of alcohol will affect your reflexes perceptions and judgment Driving while under the influence of drugs is as dangerous or more dangerous than driving drunk You are much more likely to have a serious accident if you drink or take drugs and drive If you are drinking or taking drugs don t drive Do not ride with a driv er who has been drinking or taking drugs Choose a designated driver or call a cab KEY POSITIONS OENO56001 E030100AEN Illuminated ignition switch Whenever a front door is opened the ignition switch will be illuminated for your convenience provided the ignitio
309. ort position you desire for passengers but also helps to protect 3rd row seat the head and neck in the event of a colli Hold and adjust the seatback of the sion seat to the position you desire 3 Release the lever and make sure the seatback is locked in place The lever MUST return to its original position for the seatback to lock na a j ae a OEN036019 Adjusting the height up and down To raise the headrest pull it up to the desired position 1 To lower the head rest push and hold the release button 2 on the headrest support and lower the headrest to the desired position 3 Safety features of your vehicle OEN036021 OEN036022 Removal C010304AEN Multi box and cup holder To remove the headrest raise it as faras Armrest 2nd row seat e To use the multi box pull up the lever it can go then press the release button To use the armrest pull the strap 1 for 2 1 while pulling upward 2 ward from the seatback e To use the cup holder push the button 3 Close the cover after use Safety features of your vehicle OEN036024 C010306AEN Walk in seat 2nd row seat To get in or out of the 3rd row seat pull up the walk in lever on the 2nd row seat back The 2nd row seatback will be folded and the seat will slide forward Move the seat to the farthest forward position After getting in or out slide the 2nd row seat to the farthest rearward position and pull the seatback
310. orward or reverse at 32 times the normal speed Release the FWD gt or lt REW button to return to normal speed play Previous Next Chapter While a DVD VCD is playing press the NEXT button to skip to the next chapter Press the PREV button to jump to the beginning of the current chapter Press PREV again to go move through earlier chapters Press the but ton repeatedly to move quickly through chapters NOTICE Some VCDs do not have track informa tion If the VCD has no chapter infor mation pressing either of these buttons will restart the VCD While pressing the NEXT or V PREV buttons the Status Display includ ing the current medium DVD or VCD chapter and title information is displayed It will automatically disappear after five seconds NOTICE Some DVDs do not permit chapter nav igation Instead of using the PREV AN NEXT buttons you can also enter the chapter number using the numbers on the remote controller While a DVD VCD is playing press the number button s that correspond to the desired chapter and press ENTER Features of your vehicle Stop a Disc The disc will automatically stop when any other source e g the vehicle radio or an external game is selected When you switch back to the DVD it will begin play ing at the point where it stopped While the player is running press the RSE control panel POWER VOLUME knob or the POWER ON OFF button on the remote control to
311. other switches off 2 Open the fuse panel cover OENO76022 3 Pull the suspected fuse straight out Use the removal tool provided in the fuse panel cover 4 Check the removed fuse replace it if it is blown Spare fuses are provided in the instru ment panel fuse panel or in the engine compartment fuse panel 5 Push in a new fuse of the same rating and make sure it fits tightly in the clips If it fits loosely consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer If you do not have a spare use a fuse of the same rating from a circuit you may not need for operating the vehicle such as the cigarette lighter fuse If the headlights or other electrical com ponents do not work and the fuses are OK check the fuse panel in the engine compartment If a fuse is blown it must be replaced Maintenance OENO76023 G210101AUN Memory fuse Your vehicle is equipped with a memory fuse to prevent battery discharge if your vehicle is parked without being operated for prolonged periods Use the following procedures before parking the vehicle for prolonged periods 1 Turn off the engine 2 Turn off the headlights and tail lights 3 Open the driver s side panel cover and pull up the memory fuse x NOTICE e If the memory fuse is pulled up from the fuse panel the warning chime audio clock and interior lamps etc will not operate Some items must be reset after replacement Refer to Battery in this sectio
312. ould be started without depressing the accelerator CAUTION If the engine stalls while you are in motion do not attempt to move the shift lever to the P Park position If traffic and road conditions permit you may put the shift lever in the N Neutral position while the vehicle is still moving and turn the ignition switch to the START position in an attempt to restart the engine CAUTION Do not engage the starter for more than 10 seconds If the engine stalls or fails to start wait 5 to 10 seconds before re engaging the starter Improper use of the starter may damage it OEN056008 E040300BEN Starting the engine with a smart key if equipped When starting the engine without insert ing the smart key 1 Make sure the parking brake is firmly applied 2 Place the transaxle shift lever in the P park position Driving your vehicle 3 Carry the smart key or leave it inside the vehicle 4 Depress the brake pedal 5 Depress and hold the ignition switch Make sure that the immobilizer indica tor lt illuminates on the instru ment panel 6 With the ignition switch depressed and held start the engine by turning the ignition switch on e Even if the smart key is in the vehicle if it is far away from you the engine may not start e When the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position if any door is open the system checks for the smart key If the smart key is not in th
313. oulder belt should be positioned midway over your shoulder across your collarbone Continued Safety features of your vehicle Continued e Avoid wearing twisted seat belts A twisted belt can t do its job as well In a collision it could even cut into you Be sure the belt webbing is straight and not twist ed Be careful not to damage the belt webbing or hardware If the belt webbing or hardware is dam aged replace it WARNING Seat belts are designed to bear upon the bony structure of the body and should be worn low across the front of the pelvis or the pelvis chest and shoulders as applicable wearing the lap section of the belt across the abdominal area must be avoided Seat belts should be adjusted as firmly as possible consistent with comfort to provide the protection for which they have been designed A slack belt will greatly reduce the protection afforded to the occu pant Continued Continued Care should be taken to avoid con tamination of the webbing with pol ishes oils and chemicals and par ticularly battery acid Cleaning may safely be carried out using mild soap and water The belt should be replaced if webbing becomes frayed contaminated or damaged It is essential to replace the entire assembly after it has been worn in a severe impact even if damage to the assembly is not obvious Belts should not be worn with straps twisted Each seat belt assembly must only be used
314. ove to the cargo area and open the tailgate yy TU EN F OEN046009 D050202AUN With central door lock switch Operate by depressing the central door lock switch ee ee ee e l e e e e l e l se qe l l l l e e l e e l e e Features of your vehicle e When pushing down on the front por tion 1 of the switch all vehicle doors will lock When pushing down on the rear por tion 2 of the switch all vehicle doors will unlock If the key is in the ignition switch and any front door is open the doors will not lock when the front portion 1 of central door lock switch is pressed WARNING Doors e The doors should always be fully closed and locked while the vehi cle is in motion to prevent acci dental opening of the door Locked doors will also discour age potential intruders when the vehicle stops or slows Be careful when opening doors and watch for vehicles motorcy cles bicycles or pedestrians approaching the vehicle in the path of the door Opening a door when something is approaching can cause damage or injury WARNING Unlocked vehicles Leaving your vehicle unlocked can invite theft or possible harm to you or others from someone hiding in your vehicle while you are gone Always remove the ignition key engage the parking brake close all windows and lock all doors when leaving your vehicle unattended WARNING Unattended children An enclosed vehicle can become extremely
315. ow add fluid to the MAX level NOTICE Check that the fluid level is in the HOT range on the reservoir If the fluid is cold check that it is in the COLD range In the event the power steering system requires frequent addition of fluid the vehicle should be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer CAUTION e To avoid damage to the power steering pump do not operate the vehicle for prolonged periods with a low power steering fluid level e Never start the engine when the reservoir tank is empty e When adding fluid be careful that dirt does not get into the tank Too little fluid can result in increased steering effort and or noise from the power steering system e The use of the non specified fluid could reduce the effectiveness of the power steering system and cause damage to it Use only the specified power steering fluid Refer to Recommended lubricants or capacities in section 8 G090200AEN Checking the power steering hose Check the connections for oil leaks dam age and twists in the power steering hose before driving Maintenance WASHER FLUID G120100AUN Checking the washer fluid level The reservoir is translucent so that you can check the level with a quick visual inspection Check the fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir and add fluid if necessary Plain water may be used if washer fluid is not available However use washer solvent with antifreeze char
316. p or the equivalent specified for your vehicle An incorrect fuel filler cap can result in a serious malfunction of the fuel system or emission control system Do not spill fuel on the exterior surfaces of the vehicle Any type of fuel spilled on painted surfaces may damage the paint After refueling make sure the fuel cap is installed securely to pre vent fuel spillage in the event of an accident SUNROOF IF EQUIPPED OEN046021 D100500AUN Emergency fuel filer lid release If the fuel filler lid does not open using the remote fuel filler lid release you can open it manually Unsnap and remove the panel in the cargo area Pull the handle outward slightly CAUTION Do not pull the handle excessively otherwise the luggage area trim or release handle may be damaged D110000AEN If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof you can slide or tilt your sunroof with the sunroof control lever located on the over head console The sunroof can only be opened closed or tilted when the ignition switch is in the ON position NOTICE e In cold and wet climates the sunroof may not work properly due to freez ing conditions e After washing the car or after there is rain be sure to wipe off any water that is on the sunroof before operating it Features of your vehicle CAUTION Do not continue to move the sun roof control lever after the sunroof is in the fully open closed or tilt position s Dama
317. pen 4 To remove the cap turn the fuel tank cap 2 counterclockwise 5 Refuel as needed D100200AUN Closing the fuel filler lid 1 To install the cap turn it clockwise until it clicks This indicates that the cap is securely tightened 2 Close the fuel filler lid and push it light ly and make sure that it is securely closed D100300AEN EU Features of your vehicle WARNING Refueling dan gers Automotive fuels are flammable materials When refueling please note the following guidelines care fully Failure to follow these guide lines may result in severe personal injury severe burns or death by fire or explosion e Read and follow all warning at the gas station facility Before refueling note the location of the Emergency Gasoline Shut Off if available at the gas station facility Before touching the fuel nozzle you should eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity dis charge by touching another metal part of the vehicle a safe dis tance away from the fuel filler neck nozzle or other gas source Continued Continued e Do not get back into a vehicle once you have begun refueling since you can generate static electricity by touching rubbing or sliding against any item or fab ric polyester satin nylon etc capable of producing static elec tricity Static electricity discharge can ignite fuel vapors resulting in rapid burning If you must re enter the vehicle you
318. perly Never let a child ride with the shoulder belt under their arm or behind their back Always proper ly position and secure children in the rear seat Never allow a child to stand up or kneel on the seat or floor of a moving vehicle During a colli sion or sudden stop the child can be violently thrown against the vehicle s interior resulting in serious injury Continued Continued e Never use an infant carrier or a child safety seat that hooks over a seatback it may not pro vide adequate security in an acci dent Seat belts can become very hot especially when the car is parked in direct sunlight Always check seat belt buckles before fasten ing them over a child Safety features of your vehicle Rearward facing child restraint system C030100AEN EU Using a child restraint system For small children and babies the use of a child seat or infant seat is required This child seat or infant seat should be of appropriate size for the child and should be installed in accordance with the man ufacturer s instructions For safety reasons we recommend that the child restraint system be used in the rear seats A WARNING Never place a rear facing child restraint in the front passenger seat because of the danger that an inflating passenger side air bag could impact the rear facing child restraint and kill the child Since all passenger seat belts move freely under normal conditions and o
319. pped The rain sensor located on the upper end of the windshield glass senses the amount of rainfall and controls the wiping cycle for the proper interval The more it rains the faster the wiper operates When the rain stops the wiper stops To vary the speed setting turn the speed control knob 1 If the ignition switch is turned ON when the wiper switch is set in AUTO mode or the wiper switch is set in AUTO mode when the ignition switch is ON or the speed control knob is turned upward when the wiper switch is in AUTO mode the wiper will operate once to perform a self check of the system Set the wiper to OFF position when the wiper is not in use CAUTION When the ignition switch is ON and the windshield wiper switch is placed in the AUTO mode use cau tion in the following situations to avoid any injury to the hands or other parts of the body e Do not touch the upper end of the windshield glass facing the rain sensor e Do not wipe the upper end of the windshield glass with a damp or wet cloth e Do not put pressure on the wind shield glass CAUTION When washing the vehicle set the wiper switch in the OFF position to stop the auto wiper operation The wiper may operate and be dam aged if the switch is set in the AUTO mode while washing the vehicle Do not remove the sensor cover located on the upper end of the pas senger side windshield glass Damage to system parts could occur and may not be cov
320. programmed HomeLink buttons be erased for security purposes Programming HomeLink X NOTICE e When programming a garage door opener it is advised to park the vehi cle outside of the garage e It is recommended that a new battery be placed in the hand held transmit ter of the device being programmed to HomeLink for quicker training and accurate transmission of the radio frequency signal e Some vehicles may require the igni tion switch to be turned to the second or accessories position for pro gramming and or operation of HomeLink e In the event that there are still pro gramming difficulties or questions after following the programming steps listed below contact HomeLink at www homelink com or 1 800 355 3515 Features of your vehicle Standard programming To train most devices follow these instructions 1 For first time programming press and hold the two outside buttons HomeLink Channel 1 and Channel 3 Buttons until the indicator light begins to flash after 20 seconds Release both buttons Do not hold the buttons for longer than 30 seconds 2 Position the end of your hand held transmitter 1 3 inches 2 8 cm away from the HomeLink buttons while keeping the indicator light in view 3 Simultaneously press and hold both the HomeLink and hand held trans mitter button DO NOT release the but tons until step 4 has been completed 4 While continuing to hold the buttons the red Indicat
321. r pra 6 S Title Subtitles Folders 7 Menu Button 7 MENy D 8 i 8 Title PBC Button 9 9 Return Button 10 10 Speaker Volume VOL and VOL SPEAKER Rear Seat Entertainment System RSE EN004 RE In addition to buttons and functions available from the RSE control panel the remote control has several additional buttons and operation control functions The remote control is an infrared device and should be pointed at the RSE monitor for best results Features of your vehicle 1 POWER On Off Press the RSE control panel POWER button or the POWER ON OFF button on the remote control to turn the RSE on or off If a disc is loaded and playing when the RSE is turned off when the RSE is turned back on the disc will automatically resume playback at the point where it was stopped 2 Mute Gas Press the MUTE button to mute the audio in the vehicle speakers The MUTE button has no effect on the wireless headphones While muted the RSE control panel vehicle radio and RSE monitor will all dis play MUTE Press the button again or adjust the volume at RSE control panel or vehicle radio to un mute the audio 3 Number Buttons The number buttons 0 through 9 can be used to directly enter information such as Chapters in a DVD track or file num bers for audio CDs and preset radio To select a DVD or VCD chapter while a DVD VCD is playing press the number button s that correspond to the desired chapter
322. r adjustable pedal control SWE a eer earn gees emanates 4 39 12 AWD LOCK button neers eee 5 16 13 AC inverter switch 068 4 115 14 Power tailgate main control button 4 21 15 Steering wheel power tilt control 4 41 16 Steering WRECIRA Sc ccerce eerssect ss 4 40 IZ FUSE DON a ete ene ores eee 7 44 18 Hood release lever 22 4 30 19 Parking brake pedal 0000000000000n 5 22 20 Brake pedal ee ne ea 5 21 21 Accelerator DCCAL cencsscceccsaendenss secs 5 6 22r SCAU ease tech te eee econ at seer eee 3 2 BO10000AEN EU Your vehicle at a glance INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW Ta Instrument CluStet eee eer 4 51 2 Steering wheel audio controls 4 121 3 Light control Turn signals 4 72 ACW ONM E rs art E a eanere ieee 4 41 5 AULOTGHUISG COMUClS sen eree eee 5 31 6 Wiper Washel cccccceseeeeeeeeeeseeeens 4 74 7 Divers front air Dag rese 3 48 8 Inton SWIC ae e 5 4 9 Digital clock and thermometer 4 117 NOS AUGIO tierra Sees eee ere 4 121 11 Hazard warning flasher SWVILG ET eee wees ne ec ee 4 69 6 2 12 Climate control system 4 84 4 96 13 Parking brake pedal 5 22 14 Brake p da crer 5 21 15 Accelerator pedal 2 2 ccccessecceesss 5 6 Tozon ever n a a E a a iar 5 8 17 Seat WME E a a a 3 7 18 Passenger s front air bag 3 48 TO Glove Dox a aaa e aa 4 109 if equipped OEN0
323. r belt around or through the restraint follow ing the restraint manufacturer s instructions Be sure the seat belt webbing is not twisted 2 Fasten the lap shoulder belt latch into the buckle Listen for the distinct click sound Position the release button so that it is easy to access in case of an emergency OENO036102 3 Pull the shoulder portion of the seat belt all the way out When the shoulder portion of the seat belt is fully extend ed it will shift the retractor to the Auto Lock child restraint mode Safety features of your vehicle OEN036103 4 Slowly allow the shoulder portion of the seat belt to retract and listen for an audible clicking or ratcheting sound This indicates that the retractor is in the Auto Lock mode If no distinct sound is heard repeat steps 3 and 4 OENO036104 5 Remove as much slack from the belt as possible by pushing down on the child restraint system while feeding the shoulder belt back into the retractor 6 Push and pull on the child restraint system to confirm that the seat belt is holding it firmly in place If it is not release the seat belt and repeat steps 2 through 6 7 Double check that the retractor is in the Auto Lock mode by attempting to pull more of the seat belt out of the retractor If you cannot the retractor is in the Auto Lock mode To remove the child restraint press the release button on the buck
324. r driver s seat The lumbar support can be adjusted by moving the lever on the outside of the dri vers seatback Pivoting the lever increas es or decreases lumbar support OENO036015 C010107AEN Seat warmer if equipped The seat warmer is provided to warm the front seats during cold weather With the ignition switch in the ON position push either of the switches to warm the driver s seat or the front passenger s seat During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat warmer is not needed keep the switches in the OFF position Safety features of your vehicle e Each time you push the button the temperature setting of the seat is N CAUTION changed as follows e When cleaning the seats do not a st use an organic solvent such as OFF gt HIGH Caer gt LOW 38 thinner lates alcohol and i O gasoline Doing so may damage the surface of the heater or seats e To prevent overheating the seat warmer do not place blankets e The seat warmer defaults to the OFF position whenever the ignition switch is turned on cushions or seat covers on the seats while the seat warmer is in NOTICE operation With the seat warmer switch in the ON e Do not place heavy or sharp position the heating system in the seat objects on seats equipped with turns off or on automatically depending seat warmers Damage to the seat on the seat temperature warming components could occur Safety features of your vehic
325. r to the AWD LOCK mode and drive at less than 5 mph 8 km h AX WARNING Driving through water Drive slowly If you are driving too fast in water the water spray can get into the engine compartment and wet the ignition system caus ing your vehicle to suddenly stall If this happens and your vehicle is in a tilted position your vehicle may roll over Driving your vehicle 3E NOTICE Do not drive in water if the level is higher than the bottom of the vehicle Check your brake condition once you are out of mud or water Press the brake pedal several times as you move slowly until you feel normal braking forces return Shorten your scheduled maintenance interval if you drive in off road condi tions such as sand mud or water see Maintenance under severe usage conditions in section 7 Always wash your car thoroughly after off road use especially cleaning the under side of the vehicle Since the driving torque is always applied to the 4 wheels the perform ance of the AWD vehicle is greatly affected by the condition of the tires Be sure to equip the vehicle with four tires of the same size and type A full time all wheel drive vehicle can not be towed by an ordinary tow truck Make sure that the vehicle is placed on a flat bed truck for moving CAUTION Mud or snow If one of the front or rear wheels begins to spin in mud snow etc the vehicle can sometimes be driv en out by depressing the ac
326. r vehicle OENO056003 Sports mode Whether the vehicle is stationary or in motion sports mode is selected by push ing the shift lever from the D Drive posi tion into the manual gate To return to D Drive range operation push the shift lever back into the main gate In sports mode moving the shift lever backwards and forwards will allow you to make gearshifts rapidly In contrast to a manual transaxle the sports mode allows gearshifts with the accelerator pedal depressed Up Push the lever forward once to shift up one gear Down Pull the lever backwards once to shift down one gear x NOTICE In sports mode the driver must exe cute upshifts in accordance with road conditions taking care to keep the engine speed below the red zone e In sports mode only the 6 forward gears can be selected To reverse or park the vehicle move the shift lever to the R Reverse or P Park position as required e In sports mode downshifts are made automatically when the vehicle slows down When the vehicle stops Ist gear is automatically selected Continued Continued e In sports mode when the engine rpm approaches the red zone shift points are varied to upshift automatically e To maintain the required levels of vehicle performance and safety the system may not execute certain gearshifts when the shift lever is oper ated e When driving on a slippery road push the shift lever forward into the
327. r vehicle and result in costly repairs not covered by your warranty To pull a trailer correctly follow the advice in this section Your vehicle can tow a trailer To identify what the vehicle trailering capacity is for your vehicle you should read the infor mation in Weight of the trailer that appears later in this section Remember that trailering is different than just driving your vehicle by itself Trailering means changes in handling durability and fuel economy Successful safe trailering requires correct equip ment and it has to be used properly This section contains many time tested important trailering tips and safety rules Many of these are important for your safety and that of your passengers Please read this section carefully before you pull a trailer Load pulling components such as the engine transaxle wheel assemblies and tires are forced to work harder against the load of the added weight The engine is required to operate at relatively higher speeds and under greater loads This additional burden generates extra heat The trailer also adds considerably to wind resistance increasing the pulling requirements Driving your vehicle E140100AEN Hitches It s important to have the correct hitch equipment Crosswinds large trucks going by and rough roads are a few rea sons why you ll need the right hitch Here are some rules to follow e Will you have to make any holes in the body of your
328. re For proper maintenance safety and maximum fuel economy you must always maintain recommended tire inflation pressures and stay within the load limits and weight distribution recommended for your vehicle G200200AEN EU Recommended cold tire inflation pressures All tire pressures including the spare should be checked when the tires are cold Cold Tires means the vehicle has not been driven for at least three hours or driven less than one mile 1 6 km Recommended pressures must be maintained for the best ride vehicle handling and minimum tire wear For recommended inflation pressure refer to Tire and wheels in section 8 a OEN086003 All specifications sizes and pres sures can be found on a label attached to the driver s side center pillar CAUTION Underinflation also results in excessive wear poor handling and reduced fuel economy Wheel deformation also is possible Keep your tire pres sures at the proper levels If a tire frequently needs refilling have it checked by an author ized HYUNDAI dealer Overinflation produces a harsh ride excessive wear at the center of the tire tread and a greater possibility of dam age from road hazards CAUTION e Warm tires normally exceed recommended cold tire pres sures by 4 to 6 psi 28 to 41 kPa Do not release air from warm tires to adjust the pres sure or the tires will be under inflated Be sure to reinstall the ti
329. re fully because the information it contains can contribute greatly to the satisfaction you receive from your new car The manufacturer also recommends that all service and maintenance on your car be performed by an authorized Hyundai deal er Hyundai dealers are prepared to provide high quality service maintenance and any other assistance that may be required HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual if you sell this Hyundai please leave the man ual in the vehicle for their use Thank you CAUTION Severe engine and transaxle damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants that do not meet Hyundai specifications You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 9 4 in the Vehicle Specifications section of the Owner s Manual Copyright 2007 Hyundai Motor Company All rights reserved No part of this publication may be reproduced stored in any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of Hyundai Motor Company Guide to Hyundai Genuine Parts 1 What are Hyundai Genuine Parts Hyundai Genuine Parts are the same parts used by Hyundai Motor Company to manufacture vehicles They are designed and tested for the optimum safety performance and reli ability to our customers 2 Why should you use genuine parts Hyundai Genuine Parts are engi neered an
330. re inflation valve caps Without the valve cap dirt or moisture could get into the valve core and cause air leakage If a valve cap is missing install a new one as soon as possible N CAUTION Tire pressure Always observe the following Check tire pressure when the tires are cold After vehicle has been parked for at least three hours or hasn t been driven more than one mile 1 6 km since startup Check the pressure of your spare tire each time you check the pressure of other tires Never overload your vehicle Be careful not to overload a vehicle luggage rack if your vehicle is equipped with one Worn old tires can cause acci dents If your tread is badly worn or if your tires have been damaged replace them Maintenance G200300AUN Checking tire inflation pressure Check your tires once a month or more Also check the tire pressure of the spare tire G200301AEN How to check Use a good quality gage to check tire pressure You can not tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by look ing at them Radial tires may look properly inflated even when they re underinflated Check the tire s inflation pressure when the tires are cold Cold means your vehicle has been sitting for at least three hours or driven no more than 1 mile 1 6 km Maintenance Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem Press the tire gage firm ly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement If the c
331. read life than a regular size tire Replace it when you can see the tread wear indicator bars on the tire The replacement compact spare tire should be the same size and design tire as the one provided with your new vehicle and should be mounted on the same compact spare tire wheel The compact spare tire is not designed to be mounted on a regular size wheel and the compact spare tire wheel is not designed for mount ing a regular size tire G200700AUN Wheel replacement When replacing the metal wheels for any reason make sure the new wheels are equivalent to the original factory units in diameter rim width and offset G200800AUN Tire traction Tire traction can be reduced if you drive on worn tires tires that are improperly inflated or on slippery road surfaces Tires should be replaced when tread wear indicators appear To reduce the possibility of losing control slow down whenever there is rain snow or ice on the road G200900AUN Tire maintenance In addition to proper inflation correct wheel alignment helps to decrease tire wear If you find a tire is worn unevenly have your dealer check the wheel alignment When you have new tires installed make sure they are balanced This will increase vehicle ride comfort and tire life Additionally a tire should always be rebalanced if it is removed from the wheel Maintenance l030B04JM G201000AUN Tire sidewall labeling This information identifies an
332. ressure water washing may cause the fail ure of electrical circuits located in the engine compartment Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electri cal electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them Waxing Wax the vehicle when water will no longer bead on the paint Always wash and dry the vehicle before waxing Use a good quality liquid or paste wax and follow the manufacturer s instructions Wax all metal trim to protect it and to maintain its luster Removing oil tar and similar materials with a spot remover will usually strip the wax from the finish Be sure to re wax these areas even if the rest of the vehicle does not yet need waxing CAUTION e Wiping dust or dirt off the body with a dry cloth will scratch the finish e Do not use steel wool abrasive cleaners or strong detergents containing highly alkaline or caustic agents on chrome plated or anodized aluminum parts This may result in damage to the pro tective coating and cause discol oration or paint deterioration G230103AUN Finish damage repair Deep scratches or stone chips in the painted surface must be repaired promptly Exposed metal will quickly rust and may develop into a major repair expense X NOTICE If your vehicle is damaged and requires any metal repair or replacement be sure the body shop applies anti corrosion materials to the parts repaired or replaced G230104AUN Bright metal m
333. retractor seat belt To fasten your seat belt pull it out of the retractor and insert the metal tab into the buckle There will be an audible click when the tab locks into the buckle When not securing a child restraint the seat belt operates in the same way as the driver s seat belt Emergency Locking Retractor Type It automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt portion of the seat belt is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips Safety features of your vehicle When the seat belt is fully extended from the retractor to allow the installation of a child restraint system the seat belt oper ation changes to allow the belt to retract but not to extend Automatic Locking Retractor Type Refer to Using a child restraint system in this section x NOTICE Although the combination retractor provides the same level of protection for seated passengers in either emergency or automatic locking modes it is recom mended that seated passengers use the emergency locking feature for improved convenience The automatic locking function is intended to facilitate child restraint installation To convert from the automatic locking feature to the emergency locking operation mode allow the unbuckled seat belt to fully retract N CAUTION Do NOT fold down the left portion of the second row seat back when the second row center seat belt is buck led ALWAYS UNBUCKLE the sec ond row center sea
334. rking the vehi if equipped Roof antenna cle or when loading cargo on the Your car uses a roof antenna to receive roof rack The steering wheel audio control button both AM and FM broadcast signals This e When cargo is loaded on the roof installed to promote safe driving antenna is a removable type To remove rack do not place the cargo near the eae it Ayn ann To the antenna pole to ensure proper A CAUTION Install the antenna turn It clockwise reception Bin Goh IAE seein Wars Gam trol buttons simultaneously Features of your vehicle D300202AEN MODE Press the button to select Radio or CD compact disc D300204AEN VOLUME VOL e Press the up button to increase vol ume e Press the down button to decrease volume D300205AEN MUTE e Press the MUTE button to cancel the sound e Press the MUTE button again to acti vate the sound D300203AEN SEEK PRESET If the SEEK PRESET button is pressed for 0 8 second or more it will work as fol lows in each mode RADIO mode It will function as the AUTO SEEK select button CDP mode It will function as the FF REW button CDC mode It will function as the DISC UP DOWN button If the SEEK PRESET button is pressed for less than 0 8 second it will work as follows in each mode RADIO mode It will function as the PRESET STATION select buttons CDP mode It will function as the TRACK UP DOWN button CDC mode It will function as the TR
335. rmal taking care to keep the car under control at all times If the braking action does not return to normal stop as soon as it is safe to do so and call an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance Driving your vehicle Don t coast down hills with the car out of gear This is extremely hazardous Keep the car in gear at all times use the brakes to slow down then shift to a lower gear so that engine braking will help you maintain a safe speed Don t ride the brake pedal Resting your foot on the brake pedal while driv ing can be dangerous because it can result in the brakes overheating and losing their effectiveness It also increases the wear of the brake com ponents If a tire goes flat while you are driving apply the brakes gently and keep the car pointed straight ahead while you slow down When you are moving slowly enough for it to be safe to do so pull off the road and stop in a safe place e f your car is equipped with an auto matic transaxle don t let your car creep forward To avoid creeping for ward keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when the car is stopped Use caution when parking on a hill Firmly engage the parking brake and place the gear selector lever in P auto matic transaxle If your car is facing downhill turn the front wheels into the curb to help keep the car from rolling If your car is facing uphill turn the front wheels away from the curb to help keep the car from rolling I
336. rmometer to prevent the driver from being inattentive Features of your vehicle e Temperature conversion If the battery has been discharged or disconnected the temperature mode display will reset to Fahrenheit This is a normal condition You can switch the temperature mode between Fahrenheit to Centigrade as follows While depressing the R button depress the H or M button The display will change from Fahrenheit to NS ca ey Centigrade or from Centigrade to jg Fahrenheit i OEN047162 OEN046163 D280700AEN D280800AEN Shopping bag holder Clothes hanger if equipped To use the holder pull out the lower por non A CAUTION Do not hang heavy clothes since N CAUTION those may damage the hook Do not hang a bag weighing more than 7 Ibs 3 kg lt may cause dam age to the shopping bag holder Features of your vehicle If necessary contact your authorized HYUNDAI dealer to obtain a luggage net CAUTION To prevent damage to the goods or the vehicle care should be taken when carrying fragile or bulky objects in the luggage compart ment N ir Seg Pia 4 OEN047164 a A d OEN047165L 1 D281000AEN Luggage net holder if equipped To keep items from shifting in the cargo area you can use the 6 holders located in the cargo area to attach the luggage net EXTERIOR FEATURES HE OUN026355 D290100AEN Roof rack if equipped If the vehicle has a roof rack you can
337. ront windshield deicer if equipped If your vehicle is equipped with the front windshield deicer it will be operating at the same time you operate the rear win dow defroster Features of your vehicle MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED E Front climate control 1 Fan speed control knob 2 Mode selection knob 3 Temperature control knob 4 Air conditioning button 5 Air intake control button 6 Rear window defroster button 7 Rear climate control selection button 8 Rear fan speed control knob 9 Rear mode selection button 10 Rear temperature control knob E Rear climate control if equipped OENO046093N OEN046095 D230000AEN Features of your vehicle D230100AEN Heating and air conditioning 1 Start the engine 2 Set the mode to the desired position For improving the effectiveness of heating and cooling Heating wa Cooling ee 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 5 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 6 If air conditioning is desired turn the air conditioning system on OENO046097 Features of your vehicle X 2nd row outlet vents E e The air flow of the 2nd row outlet vents is controlled by the front climate control system and delivered through the inside air duct of the front doors If the door is open or not closed completely the air flow of the 2nd row outlet vent
338. rough openings in the front and rear of the mirror case Any object that would obstructs either light sensor will degrade the automatic dimming control feature Automatic dimming function Your mirror will automatically dim upon detecting glare from the vehicles travel ing behind you The auto dimming func tion can be controlled by the Dimming ON OFF Button 1 Pressing the button turns the auto dimming function OFF which is indicat ed by the green Status Indicator LED turning off 2 Pressing the button again turns the auto dimming function ON which is indicated by the green Status Indicator LED turning on x NOTICE The mirror defaults to the ON position each time the vehicle is started Z Nav Compass Display The NVS Mirror in your vehicle is also equipped with a Z Nav Compass that shows the vehicle Compass heading in the Display Window using the 8 basic cardinal headings N NE E SE etc Compass function The Compass can be turned ON and OFF and will remember the last state when the ignition is cycled To turn the display feature ON OFF 1 Press and release the turn the display feature OFF 2 Press and release the button again to turn the display back ON Additional options can be set with press and hold sequences of the button and are detailed below button to There is a difference between magnetic north and true north The compass in the mirror can compensate for this
339. rview mirror Be sure to adjust mirror angles before driving Your vehicle is equipped with both left hand and right hand outside rearview mirrors The mirrors can be adjusted remotely with the remote switch The mir ror heads can be folded back to prevent damage during an automatic car wash or when passing in a narrow street WARNING Rearview mir rors e The right outside rearview mirror is convex Objects seen in the than they mirror are closer appear Use your interior rearview mirror or direct observation to deter mine the actual distance of fol lowing vehicles when changing lanes Features of your vehicle CAUTION Do not scrape ice off the mirror face this may damage the surface of the glass If ice should restrict movement of the mirror do not force the mirror for adjustment To remove ice use a deicer spray or a sponge or soft cloth with very warm water CAUTION If the mirror is jammed with ice do not adjust the mirror by force Use an approved spray de icer not radi ator antifreeze to release the frozen mechanism or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt F OEN047037 D140201AEN Remote control The electric remote control mirror switch allows you to adjust the position of the left and right outside rearview mirrors To adjust the position of either mirror push the switch 1 to R or L to select the right side mirror or the left side mirror then pre
340. ry weight and normal occu pant weight and driving by 2 Vehicle Placard A label permanent ly attached to a vehicle showing the Original equipment tire size and rec ommended inflation pressure All season tires HYUNDAI specifies all season tires on some models to provide good performance for use all year round including snowy and icy road condi tions All Season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M S Mud and Snow on the tire sidewall Snow tires have better snow traction than all season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas Summer tires HYUNDAI specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads Summer tire performance is substantially reduced in snow and ice Summer tires do not have the tire traction rat ing M S Mud and Snow on the tire side wall if you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions HYUNDAI recommends the use of snow tires or all season tires on all four wheels Snow tires If you equip your car with snow tires they should be the same size and have the same load capacity as the original tires Snow tires should be installed on all four wheels other wise poor handling may result Snow tires should carry 4 psi 28 kPa more air pressure than the pressure recommended for the stan dard tires on the tire label on the dri ver s side of the center pillar or up to the maximum pressure shown on the tire sidewall whichever is less
341. s oa os val wf mf pesonrion fowerens xian a e oe oo fe e om ie wo wel wr we am zs moms fe lelwla alwlelelalalw a ma e EMISSION CONTROL ITEMS g O oe _ P g N O a ENGINE OIL AND FILTER Replace every 7 500 miles 12 000 km or 12 months G gefruer o ede TT fe 3 Fuer tnes Fuet noses ano connections f f pif tit tit te PL ee Hoan BS eae eee eee yapon Hose ano FUEL FLER CAP fit tit tt dey tt 7jameteanerrureR Tt tt te Rt ett fete ije 8 SPARK PLUGS IRIDIUM COATED Replace every 100 000 miles 160 000 km or 10 years ofwa dT TT TT TT PTT TIT LI rofruccmvcanruren P al tel tal del _ iifeuccrmowctmnommecomman PP PP PPP bpp Perr Pt 1 Inspect for excessive tappet noise and or engine vibration and adjust if necessary Maintenance NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT R Replace Inspect and after Inspection clean adjust repair or replace if necessary mesoo eo fas ms fees os m os e we wo eres res wo nesonmrion fkroverensx 10o ve 2 oo r io a e e ee a worms Te lefolalolelelelalol mlo a wal mela GENERAL ITEMS DRIVE BELT AUTO TENSIONER GENERATOR P STR G A CON W PUMP At first replace at 60 000 miles 96 000 km or 60 months 2 COOLANT After that replace every 30 000 miles 48 000 km or 24 months promere T T 1 IT I III e A sferos Pt bt bt ppp bP pt ee a a FRONT DI
342. s eee F230 hice otitcoo Coo ee tienet iiia enenne 7 35 Wheel alignment and tire balance eseese T33 Wheel replacement ssssssssssssssssesssssnassstsaseveveseusanens 7 35 TOWING sisssssesssesssvessseessnseasesssevasonoacasenestuavavssosousasenenssanas 6 2 Emergency towing E E E a or ee 6 23 Removable towing hook rear ssseseesvessveeseeenens 6 22 Tie down hook for flatbed towing sseeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 25 Trailer towing ssssssssssessssavessvousessasaeatvavasesoacassntaenasas 5 46 AY ic E LAENEN ONIAN A A nae 5 47 Safety Cha Seea ea ena a Raet 5 47 Trailer Draenen A EEE AR 5 47 Trailler connector merdei r onain Ean 5 53 Weight of the trailer tongue EEEE ENEE SEEE E EERE EAEE 5 52 V Vehicle break in proCESE ere unieran praan in ree 1 5 Vehicle certification label ssteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesees 2 6 Vehicle data collection and event data recorders 1 6 Vehicle identification number VIN eeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 6 Vehicle load BET eee ee en eee 5 54 Cargo Capacity oana E 5 54 CET PCat O10 ADE A NEE E 5 56 Seating capacity ee 5 54 Tire and loading information label seeeeeeeeee 5 54 Index eel TOWING eD E E A 5 54 Vehicle capacity weight s ssssosssssssssseserssaseusasenseas 5 54 Vehicle Weight etienne haaa 5 58 Base curb Weight s s ssssessesssessssnsasssvesovonensernasnsavavens 5 58 Cargo Weight ssssssssssavsersesessenennnssivasevovorsevanesestsavesens 5
343. s for the trailer brakes so you ll be able to install adjust and maintain them properly e Don t tap into your vehicle s brake sys tem Driving your vehicle E140400AUN Driving with a trailer Towing a trailer requires a certain amount of experience Before setting out for the open road you must get to know your trailer Acquaint yourself with the feel of handling and braking with the added weight of the trailer And always keep in mind that the vehicle you are driving is now a good deal longer and not nearly so responsive as your vehicle is by itself Before you start check the trailer hitch and platform safety chains electrical connector s lights tires and mirror adjustment If the trailer has electric brakes start your vehicle and trailer mov ing and then apply the trailer brake con troller by hand to be sure the brakes are working This lets you check your electri cal connection at the same time During your trip check occasionally to be sure that the load is secure and that the lights and any trailer brakes are still work ing E140401AUN Following distance Stay at least twice as far behind the vehi cle ahead as you would when driving your vehicle without a trailer This can help you avoid situations that require heavy braking and sudden turns E140402AUN Passing You ll need more passing distance up ahead when you re towing a trailer And because of the increased vehicle length you ll nee
344. s place and return the jack and tools to their proper storage locations N CAUTION Your vehicle has metric threads on the wheel studs and nuts Make certain during wheel removal that the same nuts that were removed are reinstalled or if replaced that nuts with metric threads and the same chamfer configuration are used Installation of a _ non metric thread nut on a metric stud or vice versa will not secure the wheel to the hub properly and will damage the stud so that it must be replaced Note that most lug nuts do not have metric threads Be sure to use extreme care in checking for thread style before installing aftermarket lug nuts or wheels If in doubt consult an author ized HYUNDAI dealer To prevent the jack jack handle wheel lug nut wrench and spare tire from rattling while the vehicle is in motion store them properly What to do in an emergency F070301AUN Important use of compact spare tire Your vehicle is equipped with a com pact spare tire This compact spare tire takes up less space than a regu lar size tire This tire is smaller than a conventional tire and is designed for temporary use only When using a compact spare tire observe the following precautions e Under no circumstances should you exceed 50 mph 80 km h a higher speed could damage the tire Ensure that you drive slowly enough for the road conditions to avoid all hazards Any road hazard such as a pothole or debris
345. savess 7 58 4 License plate light bulb replacement 7 57 Puddle lamp and door courtesy lamp bulb replacement sringd Gia sain E Tenge eee T de rngsepnetearedien 7 57 Rear combination light bulb replacement 7 54 Side repeater light bulb replacement 7 54 Lighting s ssssssssssssvesovorsssessssssavssesessaneaeaasasasavenoerasinaaananas 4 70 Battery saver function 290020 ereteneeataesasatan sence nsaneeeeaesanas 4 70 Headlight a Ge NMA MOIR Oe 4 70 Rescue mode function r 11eeeeeeeereeteeeeeceeeeeeceeeeeeeees 4 70 Mo SOS Maintenance serviceg esssssssessesssessssssessssesseesssseseseeseeeeseeess 7 3 Manual climate control SYSTEM etteeettterrerresrrrrererrerereeerees 4 84 Air Conditioning s ssssesesssssaresosssesverssassseverisousaosonss 4 89 Climate control air filter eeeeeeeerteeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 95 Cool Wier cere eede E EE 4 92 Heating and air conditioning sssssssssessssssearavacess 4 85 Rear heating and air conditioning eee 4 90 MUON Societe cohen asad aa dauaatatgutdoscoessimeoanesenasatnenseansnsaians 4 4 Conversation Mirror r s eeeeeeeeeeeeteececaeceeceeeeeeceeeeeenees 4 48 Electric chromic mirror ECM with compass and HomeLink SYSTEM REC AAD Inside rearview Mirror r sseeeeeeeeeerttteeeecceeceeeceeceeeeees 4 4 Outside rearview Mirror 1eeeeeeerteetteeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeees 4 48 O gt O Owner maintenance ssss
346. sesermsecgsnaiartes 3 4 Front seat adjustment pOWEP nee 3 9 Lumbar support seeeeeeteeererertsrereseesesesesreseseseseesesens 3 7 3 11 Pear seat adjustment Ce ee ee 3 11 Seatback pocket ee ee 3 9 Seat Warmer eesesecssercccsssncccssnassseveccesensecsssecscsscesesseasessseces 3 7 Walk m seai einni EEEE rr rere 3 14 Special driving conditions v eseeeseeeersseesrrreeersreesssseeeesses 5 37 Driving at night adders A a a 5 38 Driving in flooded areas eeeeeereeeeersrrerrsesesssseesssssesssseees 5 39 Driving in the rain esseeeeeeereeeesrrereersseesrseeesrsesesesesessseeens 5 39 Hazardous driving conditions seeeeeeeesseeeersreersrseeesseeee 5 37 Highway driving eeseeeeeeeeeererrsrerereseeersseeerseeeerseeeerseeeeses 5 40 Reducing the risk of a rolloyer eeseeerseeerssesersseersseeee 5 41 Rocking the vehicle eessserrrseesssreerssserssssesrsssssssssessseee 5 37 Smooth cornering eeeeeessereerereerrereersereserereerreressreresesees 5 38 Starting the engine or oe oe 5 6 Steering wheelsseeeeeeeereeterereresseseresrereseststereresteneseseeeeseses 4 39 Easy access function eeeeeeeeererereeeererteresesesrerereseesesesees 4 40 Fornier a E E E T te en eee 4 41 Power steering eeereteeteeererereererereeseresteresesesteseseseesesesees 4 39 Tilt steering ee er re ee eer 4 39 Storage COMPALtME NE veeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 109 Center console SRO 02 oes 4 109 CGV iG EEE NO A E EE 4 109 Te L E E E T 4 110 eee Index Luggage DOK me
347. speed driving or cornering This could endanger the safety of yourself or others The ABS continuously senses the speed of the wheels If the wheels are going to lock the ABS system repeatedly modu lates the hydraulic brake pressure to the wheels When you apply your brakes under con ditions which may lock the wheels you may hear a tik tik sound from the brakes or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal This is normal and it means your ABS is active In order to obtain the maximum benefit from your ABS in an emergency situa tion do not attempt to modulate your brake pressure and do not try to pump your brakes Press your brake pedal as hard as possible or as hard as the situa tion warrants and allow the ABS to con trol the force being delivered to the brakes Driving your vehicle X NOTICE A click sound may be heard in the engine compartment when the vehicle begins to move after the engine is start ed These conditions are normal and indicate that the anti lock brake system is functioning properly e Even with the anti lock brake system your vehicle still requires sufficient stopping distance Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you Always slow down when cornering The anti lock brake system cannot pre vent accidents resulting from exces Sive speeds e On loose or uneven road surfaces operation of the anti lock brake system may result in a longer stopp
348. spondingly When you find the track you want to listen to press the button to play the selected song The search will be canceled when you do not select the track within 5 seconds after searching the track 8 RDM Random Button Press this button to play the songs in ran dom order regardless of the order of tracks LCD will display RDM Press it again to cancel random play 9 RPT Repeat Button This lets you listen to the song or CD you like repeatedly Simply press this button when the song or the CD you want to repeat is played Press this button again to cancel repetition e Less than 0 8 seconds Repeats 1 song or 1 file LCD will display RPT e 0 8 seconds or longer Repeats 1 DISC only LCD will display ALL RPT 10 Fast Forward Rewind Button Press and hold FF button while the CD is played to quickly search through the latter part of the song and REW the front part When you release the button the song will be played from current position 11 Track Move Track Up Down Button e Press A Track Up button while playing CD to play from the beginning of the next song If you hold this button it will continue to move to the next song e Press Y Track Down button while playing CD to move to the beginning of the song and press again to move to the beginning of the previous song If you hold this button it will continue to move to the previous song 12 Information Bu
349. ss a corresponding point on the mirror adjustment control to position the select ed mirror up down left or right After adjustment put the switch into neu tral center position to prevent the inad vertent adjustment CAUTION e The mirrors stop moving when they reach the maximum adjust ing angles but the motor contin ues to operate while the switch is depressed Do not depress the switch longer than necessary the motor may be damaged Do not attempt to adjust the out side rearview mirror by hand Doing so may damage the parts Features of your vehicle IP ee OEN046215 D140202AEN Folding the outside rearview mirror To fold the outside rearview mirror grasp the housing of the mirror and then fold it toward the rear of the vehicle D140203AEN Automatic dimming outside rearview mirror AUTO DIM if equipped If your vehicle is equipped with the auto matic dimming outside rearview mirror it will operate at the same time you turn on the auto dimming function of the electric chromic inside rearview mirror ECM The automatic dimming outside rearview mirror will automatically dim upon detect ing glare from vehicles traveling behind you Features of your vehicle INSTRUMENT CLUSTER 1 Tachometer 2 Turn signal indicators 3 Speedometer 4 Engine temperature gauge 5 Warning and indicator lights 6 Shift position indicator 7 Odometer Trip computer 8 Fuel gauge if equipped
350. st once a year at the beginning of the winter season and before traveling to a colder climate RECOMMENDS GO60200AEN EU remove it Changing the engine oil and filter A ais Removing Even if the engine is not operat ing do not remove the radiator e Never attempt to remove the radi cap or the drain plug while the ator cap while the engine is oper engine and radiator are hot Hot ating or hot Doing so might lead coolant and steam may still blow pe eeu ne en sere Sear out under pressure causing seri A PROPOSITION 65 WARNING ous seen injury from escap genie Used engine oil may cause irrita ing hot coolant or steam tion or cancer of the skin if left in Continued contact with the skin for prolonged periods of time Used engine oil contains chemicals that have Have engine oil and filter changed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the begin ning of this section caused cancer in laboratory ani mals Always protect your skin by washing your hands thoroughly with soap and warm water as soon as possible after handling used oil Maintenance OENO76004 Check the condition and connections of all cooling system hoses and heater hoses Replace any swollen or deterio rated hoses The coolant level should be filled between F and L marks on the side of the coolant reservoir when the engine is cool If the coolant level is low add enough specified coolant to pro
351. still be propelled upward by mechanical force if the tailgate is manually opened more than 10 objects around the tailgate before operating the power tailgate Wait until the tailgate is open fully and stopped before loading or unload ing cargo or passengers from the vehicle A WARNING Make sure the tailgate is closed firmly before driving If the tailgate is open you will draw dangerous exhaust fumes into your vehicle which can cause serious injury or death to vehicle occupants e If the power tailgate is operated again while the tailgate is opening the tail gate is automatically closed complete ly However if the power tailgate con trol button is pressed again when the tailgate is open less than 10 degrees the tailgate will continue to open Power tailgate non opening conditions The power tailgate will not open auto matically but will close under the follow ing conditions If the main or sub control button is pushed for power opening oper ation the chime sounds once When the ignition switch is in the ON position 1 Vehicle is moving above 3 mph 5 km h e If the power tailgate is not closed and 2 The gearshift lever is not in P Park degrees beyond the fully closed position In addition if the tailgate is manually closed to the second ary latch position the tailgate will be electrically moved to the fully latched position Make sure that face arms hands and other obstructions are s
352. system In order to assure the proper function of the emission control systems it is rec ommended that you have your car inspected and maintained by an author ized HYUNDAI dealer in accordance with the maintenance schedule in this manu al Caution for the Inspection and Maintenance Test With Electronic Stability Control ESC system e To prevent the vehicle from misfir ing during dynamometer testing turn the Electronic Stability Control ESC system off by pressing the ESC switch e After dynamometer testing is com pleted turn the ESC system back on by pressing the ESC switch again G270100AUN 1 Crankcase emission control system The positive crankcase ventilation sys tem is employed to prevent air pollution caused by blow by gases being emitted from the crankcase This system supplies fresh filtered air to the crankcase through the air intake hose Inside the crankcase the fresh air mixes with blow by gases which then pass through the PCV valve into the induction system G270200AUN 2 Evaporative emission control including ORVR Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery system The Evaporative Emission Control System is designed to prevent fuel vapors from escaping into the atmos phere The ORVR system is designed to allow the vapors from the fuel tank to be loaded into a canister while refueling at the gas station preventing the escape of fuel vapors into the atmosphere Maintenance E G270201AUN
353. t OEN066017N the fuse and damage the vehicle E140700AEN e While the connector is connected Trailer connector to the trailer make sure the con nector wire does not go near the muffler The heat from the muffler may damage the wire Power connector Signal connector Connector Cap Power supply for trailer lamp SOA B Ground Signal Right turn signal light ON OW gt Driving your vehicle VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION PNEUS ET CHARGE INFORMAT ION SEATING CAPACITY TOTAL 7 FRONT 2 REAR 5 NOMBRE DE SI GES TOTAL 7 AVANT 2 ARRI RE 5 The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed 526kg or 1160 bs Le poids combin des occupants et du chargement ne doit jamais exc der 526kg ou 1160 1b TIRE SIZE COLD TIRE PRESSURE PRESSION FROID SEE OWNER S peoa p24s 65R17 210kPa 30pSi manual FoR PROPRIETAIRE POUR OBTENIR P245 65R17 210kPa 30psi ADDITIONAL Des INFORMAT LON RENSE I GNEMENTS SPARE 1165 90R17 420kPa 60psi ADDITIONNELS OEN086200N SEATING CAPACITY TOTAL 7 FRONT 2 REAR 5 NOMBRE DE SI GES TOTAL 7 1 AVANT 2 ARRI RE 5 The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed 526kg or 1160lbs Le poids combin des occupants et du chargement ne doit jamais exc der 526kg ou 1160 1b TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION PNEUS ET CHARGE INFORMAT ION TIRE SIZE COLD TIRE PRESSURE PRESSION FROID SEE OWNER S peg FROY P2AS GORIS 2
354. t to choose the category you want and the system will receive the channel on the top of the list in the selected category 8 Channel Search Control and Selector While listening to an XM broadcast rotate this control to the right or left to search other channels while listening to current channel Turn to the right to search higher channels and left lower channels When you find the channel you want press the button to select the channel x NOTICE Rotate this control to the right or left during category search the LCD will display lt C gt and press this button to select the channel you want within the category you want Features of your vehicle REAR SEAT ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM RSE IF EQUIPPED D320000AEN Important Safety Information It is always important to operate your vehicle in a safe manner and to avoid dis traction while driving This manual pro vides information that will help you safely operate your Rear Seat Entertainment System RSE Please read it completely before using the system This device complies with part 15 of the FCC rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation Welcome The Rear Seat Entertainment System is a compact built in easy to use enter tainment system designed to provide famil
355. t Memory Button Manual Channel Select amp Sound Quality Control SCAN Button LCD Liquid Crystal Display Radio Band AM FM Selection Button AUDIO Selector Button Ro N Oo N OOA EN M466N Features of your vehicle E M466s with XM satellite radio Power Button and Volume Control Automatic Channel Seek Button SEEK Preset Memory Button Manual Channel Select amp Sound Quality Control SCAN Button LCD Liquid Crystal Display 7 Radio Band AM FM Selection Button A OO N O1 O EN M466XM Features of your vehicle b Power Button and Volume Control e Used for turning on off the audio sys tem e Press this button when using the audio system to turn off the power e Turn the volume control clockwise to increase volume and counterclock wise to decrease The volume level is displayed when adjusting the volume 2 Automatic Channel Seek Button SEEK Press this button to automatically find and tune to next available channel Press A to automatically seek next available channel in higher frequencies and Y in lower frequencies NOTICE If the channel is not received well use the manual control 4 3 Preset Memory Button Press this button and hold for less than 0 8 seconds to easily listen to the channel memorized to the button Also when you are listening to the channel other than the channel memorized to the butt
356. t belt before folding down the left portion of the second row seat back If the sec ond row center seat belt is buckled when the left portion of the second row seat back is folded down dis tortion and damage to the top por tion of the seat back and seat belt garnish may result causing the seat back to lock into the folded down position OENO036031N When using the rear center seat belt the buckle with the CENTER mark must be used Safety features of your vehicle B210A01NF 1 To release the seat belt The seat belt is released by pressing the release button 1 in the locking buckle When it is released the belt should auto matically draw back into the retractor If this does not happen check the belt to be sure it is not twisted then try again 2nd row seat penre 3rd row seat l OEN036032 C020105AEN Stowing the rear seat belt e The rear seat belt buckles can be stowed in the pocket between the rear seatback and cushion when not in use 2nd row seat N 4 r N OENO36034 3rd row seat OEN036035 e Routing the seat belt webbing through the rear seat belt guides will help keep the belts from being trapped behind or under the seats Safety features of your vehicle OEN036300 C020200AEN EU Pre tensioner seat belt Your vehicle is equipped with driver s and front passenger s pre tensioner seat belts The purpose of the pre tensioner is to make sure that th
357. t speed To return to the set speed take your foot off the accelerator OEN056014 EO90500AEN To cancel cruise control do one of the following e Press the brake pedal e Shift into N Neutral with an automatic transaxle Press the CANCEL switch located on the steering wheel Decrease the vehicle speed lower than the memory speed by 9 mph 15 km h Decrease the vehicle speed to less than approximately 25 mph 40 km h ee ee eee eee qa sss sess e e e e Driving your vehicle Each of these actions will cancel cruise control operation the SET indicator light in the instrument cluster will go off but it will not turn the system off If you wish to resume cruise control operation push the RES ACCEL switch located on your steering wheel You will return to your previously preset speed OENO056013 E090600AUN To resume cruising speed at more than approximately 25 mph 40 km h If any method other than the CRUISE ON OFF switch was used to cancel cruising speed and the system is still activated the most recent set speed will automatically resume when the RES ACCEL switch is pushed It will not resume however if the vehicle speed has dropped below approximately 25 mph 40 km h EO90700AEN To turn cruise control off do one of the following e Push the CRUISE ON OFF button the CRUISE indicator light in the instru ment cluster will go off e Turn the ignition off Both of these actions c
358. t the rear fac ing child restraint causing serious or fatal injury In addition do not place front facing child restraints in the front passenger s seat either If the front passenger air bag inflates it could cause serious or fatal injuries to the child Safety features of your vehicle When the ignition switch is turned ON the warning light should illuminate for approximately 6 seconds then go off Have the system checked if e The light does not turn on briefly when you turn the ignition ON e The light stays on after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds e The light comes on while the vehicle is in motion C041000AEN Air bag warning light The purpose of the air bag warning light in your instrument panel is to alert you of a potential problem with your air bag Supplemental Restraint System SRS Safety features of your vehicle OUN027160N C040100AEN EU SRS components and functions The SRS consists of the following com ponents 1 Driver s front air bag module Passenger s front air bag module Side impact air bag modules Curtain air bag modules Retractor pre tensioner assemblies Air bag warning light SRS control module SRSCM Front impact sensors Side impact sensors 10 PASSENGER AIR BAG OFP indi cator Front passenger s seat only 11 Occupant classification system Front passenger s seat only OONOOKRWD 12 Driver s seat track position sensor 13
359. t through large puddles can affect your brakes If you must go through puddles try to drive through them slowly e If you believe you may have gotten your brakes wet apply them lightly while driving until normal braking oper ation returns E110600AUN Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through flooded areas unless you are sure the water is no high er than the bottom of the wheel hub Drive through any water slowly Allow adequate stopping distance because brake performance may be affected After driving through water dry the brakes by gently applying them several times while the vehicle is moving slowly Driving your vehicle Fuel engine coolant and engine oil High speed travel consumes more fuel than urban motoring Do not forget to check both engine coolant and engine oil Drive belt A loose or damaged drive belt may result in overheating of the engine ee a ee 101004 E110700AUN Highway driving Tires Adjust the tire inflation pressures to specification Low tire inflation pressures will result in overheating and possible failure of the tires Avoid using worn or damaged tires which may result in reduced traction or tire fail ure x NOTICE Never exceed the maximum tire inflation pressure shown on the tires Driving your vehicle E111000AEN Reducing the risk of a rollover This multi purpose passenger vehicle is defined as a Sports Utility Vehicle SUV SUV s have higher
360. tays on the speedometer or odometer tripmeter may not work In this case have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible D150304AEN EU Seat belt warning As a reminder to the driver the seat belt warning light will blink for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch ON regardless of belt fastening The warning light will blink again for approximately 6 seconds when starting the engine If the drivers seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switch is turned ON and or START or if it is disconnected after the ignition switch is turned ON the seat belt warning light and the seat belt warning chime will operate for approxi mately 6 seconds until the belt is fas tened If the driver s seat belt is not fas tened when the vehicle speed exceeds 6 mph 10 km h the seat belt warning light and chime will operate for approximately 11 times with a pattern of 6 seconds on and 24 seconds off until the belt is fas tened or the vehicle speed decreases below 3 mph 5 km h Features of your vehicle D150305AUN Turn signal indicator haa The blinking green arrows on the instru ment panel show the direction indicated by the turn signals If the arrow comes on but does not blink blinks more rapidly than normal or does not illuminate at all a malfunction in the turn signal system is indicated Your dealer should be consult ed for repairs This indicator illuminates when t
361. ter fuel economy and cold weather performance however higher viscosity engine oils are required for sat isfactory lubrication in hot weather Using oils of any viscosity other than those rec ommended could result in engine dam age When choosing an oil consider the range of temperature your vehicle will be oper ated in before the next oil change Proceed to select the recommended oil viscosity from the chart Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers hs 22 ast Temperature Gasoline Engine Oil aor oo wes oa a 40 10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 50 120 ke 5W 20 5W 30 1 For better fuel economy it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 5W 20 5W 30 API SJ SL ILSAC GF 3 or above However if the engine oil is not available in your country select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart Specifications amp Consumer information VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN Frame number f VIN label OENO86004N HO10000AEN The vehicle identification number VIN is the number used in registering your car and in all legal matters pertaining to its ownership etc VEHICLE CERTIFICATION LABEL OENO86002 HO20000AUN EU The vehicle certification label located on the drivers side center pillar gives the vehicle identification number VIN TIRE SPECIFICATION AND PRESSURE LABEL OENO86003 HO30000AUN The tires supplied on your new ve
362. that all obstructions are removed from the hood opening Closing the hood with an obstruction present in the hood opening may result in property damage or severe personal injury Do not leave gloves rags or any other combustible material in the engine compartment Doing so may cause a heat induced fire Always double check to be sure that the hood is firmly latched before driving away If it is not latched the hood could open while the vehicle is being driven causing a total loss of visibility which might result in an accident Do not move the vehicle with the hood in the raised position as vision is obstructed and the hood could fall or be damaged Features of your vehicle FUEL FILLER LID Fa L 7 Oe le MN k i s s r N 7 EN046019 D100100AUN Opening the fuel filler lid The fuel filler lid must be opened from inside the vehicle by pushing the fuel filler lid opener button located on the dri ver s door x NOTICE If the fuel filler lid will not open because ice has formed around it tap lightly or push on the lid to break the ice and release the lid Do not pry on the lid If necessary spray around the lid with an approved de icer fluid do not use radi ator anti freeze or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt L OEN046020 1 Stop the engine 2 To open the fuel filler lid push the fuel filler lid opener button 3 Pull the fuel filler lid 1 out to fully o
363. that you read the entire manual In order to minimize the chance of death or injury you must read the WARNING and CAU TION sections in the manual Illustrations complement the words in this manual to best explain how to enjoy your vehicle By reading your manual you learn about features important safety information and driving tips under vari ous road conditions The general layout of the manual is pro vided in the Table of Contents A good place to start is the index it has an alpha betical listing of all information in your manual Sections This manual has nine sections plus an index Each section begins with a brief list of contents so you can tell ata glance if that section has the information you want You will find various WARNINGs CAUTIONs and NOTICEs in this manu al These WARNINGs were prepared to enhance your personal safety You should carefully read and follow ALL procedures and recommendations provided in these WARNINGs CAUTIONs and NOTICEs CAUTION A CAUTION indicates a situation in which damage to your vehicle could result if the caution is ignored NOTICE A NOTICE indicates interesting or help ful information is being provided Introduction FUEL REQUIREMENTS A020101AEN EU Your new vehicle is designed to use only unleaded fuel having a pump octane number R M 2 of 87 or higher For improved vehicle performance pre mium unleaded fuel with a Pump Octane Rating of 91 Res
364. the SRS system Doing so could result in injury due to acci dental inflation of the air bags or by rendering the SRS inopera tive e If components of the air bag sys tem must be discarded or if the vehicle must be scrapped certain safety precautions must be observed An authorized HYUNDAI dealer knows these precautions and can give you the necessary information Failure to follow these precautions and pro cedures could increase the risk of personal injury If your car was flooded and has soaked carpeting or water on the flooring you shouldn t try to start the engine have the car towed to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Safety features of your vehicle C041300AUN Additional safety precautions Never let passengers ride in the cargo area or on top of a folded down back seat All occupants should sit upright fully back in their seats with their seat belts on and their feet on the floor Passengers should not move out of or change seats while the vehicle is moving A passenger who is not wear ing a seat belt during a crash or emer gency stop can be thrown against the inside of the vehicle against other occupants or out of the vehicle Each seat belt is designed to restrain one occupant If more than one person uses the same seat belt they could be seriously injured or killed in a collision Do not use any accessories on seat belts Devices claiming to improve occupant comfort or reposition the seat belt can
365. the best position to protect you in case of an accident In order to avoid unnecessary and perhaps severe air bag injuries always sit as far back as possible from the steering wheel while maintaining comfortable control of the vehicle We recom mend that your chest be at least 10 inches 250 mm away from the steering wheel Safety features of your vehicle WARNING Rear seat e The rear backs 2nd and 3rd row seatback must be securely latched If not passen gers and objects could be thrown forward resulting in serious injury or death in the event of a sudden stop or collision Luggage and other cargo should be laid flat in the cargo area If objects are large heavy or must be piled they must be secured Under no circumstances should cargo be piled higher than the seatbacks Failure to follow these warnings could result in serious injury or death in the event of a sudden stop collision or rollover No passenger should ride in the cargo area or sit or lie on folded seatbacks while the vehicle is moving All passengers must be properly seated in seats and restrained properly while riding Continued Continued e When resetting the seatback to the upright position make sure it is securely latched by pushing it forward and backwards To avoid the possibility of burns do not remove the carpet in the cargo area Emission control devices beneath this floor gener ate high temperatures WARNING
366. the fine dust may cause skin irritation and should not be breathed for prolonged peri ods Wash all exposed skin areas thor oughly after an accident in which the pre tensioner seat belts were activat ed NOTICE Because the sensor that activates the SRS air bag is connected with the pre tensioner seat belt the SRS air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds after the ignition switch has been turned to the ON position and then it should turn off CAUTION If the pre tensioner seat belt is not working properly this warning light will illuminate even if there is no malfunction of the SRS air bag If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON or if it remains illuminated after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds or if it illuminates while the vehicle is being driven please have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer inspect the pre tensioner seat belt and SRS air bag system as soon as possible Safety features of your vehicle WARNING Pre tensioners are designed to operate only one time After acti vation pre tensioner seat belts must be replaced All seat belts of any type should always be replaced after they have been worn during a collision The pre tensioner seat belt assembly mechanisms become hot during activation Do not touch the pre tensioner seat belt assemblies for several minutes after they have been
367. the passenger compartment becoming excessively dry CAUTION If the windows fog up with the Recirculation or A Q S mode select ed set the air intake control to the fresh air position or A Q S control to OFF OEN046127 D240205AUN Fan speed control The fan speed can be set to the desired speed by turning the fan speed control knob The higher the fan speed is the more air is delivered Pressing the OFF button turns off the fan OEN046129 D240206AUN Air conditioning Push the A C button to turn the air condi tioning system on indicator light will illu minate Push the button again to turn the air con ditioning system off ey OEN046130 D240208AUN OFF mode Push the OFF button to turn off the air cli mate control system However you can still operate the mode and air intake but tons as long as the ignition switch is in the ON position D240300AEN Rear heating and air conditioning When the rear climate control selection button is not pressed the indicator light is not illuminated the temperature fan speed and mode of the rear climate con trol system is controlled automatically according to the front climate control sys tem operation e Rear temperature and fan speed con trol same as the front climate control e Rear mode control Front mode control is 7s Rear mode control is gt Front mode control is yr Rear mode control is X Front mode control is ss S W Rear mode
368. thern Region Florida Georgia North Carolina South Carolina Southern Region 270 Riverside Parkway Suite A Austell GA 30168 800 633 5151 South Central Region Alabama Arkansas Colorado Kansas Louisiana Mississippi Missouri New Mexico Oklahoma Tennessee Texas Wyoming South Central Region 1421 South Beltline Road Suite 400 Coppell TX 75019 800 633 5151 Central Region Illinois Indiana lowa Kentucky Michigan Minnesota Nebraska North Dakota South Dakota Ohio Wisconsin Central Region 1705 Sequoia Drive Aurora Illinois 60506 800 633 5151 Western Region Alaska Hawaii Arizona California Idaho Montana Nevada Oregon Texas Utah Washington Western Region 10550 Talbert Avenue P O Box 20850 Fountain Valley California 92728 0850 800 633 5151 Specifications amp Consumer information BINDING ARBITRATION U S A ONLY REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS HO70000AEN If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or HYUNDAI MO
369. this button the player will play 10 seconds of each track LCD will display SCAN Press it again to cancel scanning 7 Search Selection Button Turn the search control to the left or right while playing CD then the track number on the LCD will change correspondingly When you find the track you want to lis ten to press the button to play the select ed song The search will be canceled when you do not select the track within 5 seconds after searching the track Features of your vehicle 8 RDM Random Button Press this button to play the songs in ran dom order regardless of the order of tracks LCD will display RDM Press it again to cancel random play 9 RPT Repeat Button This lets you listen to the song or CD you like repeatedly Simply press this button when the song or the CD you want to repeat is played Press this button again to cancel repetition e Less than 0 8 seconds Repeats 1 song or 1 file LCD will display RPT e 0 8 seconds or longer Repeats 1 DISC only LCD will display ALL RPT 10 Fast Forward Rewind Button Press and hold FF button while the CD is played to quickly search through the latter part of the song and REW the front part When you release the button the song will be played from current posi tion 11 Track Move Track Up Down Button e Press A Track Up button while play ing CD to play from the beginning of the next song If you hold
370. thout air conditioning selected may cause fog ging of the windshield and side windows and the air within the passenger com partment may become stale In addition prolonged use of the air con ditioning with the recirculated air posi tion selected will result in excessively dry air in the passenger compartment Features of your vehicle OEN046128N D240204AEN Air quality control if equipped The air inflow from outside the vehicle can be automatically controlled Press the button to activate the air quality con trol system When using AQS mode AQS Air Quality Control System automatically senses outdoor air pollutants and minimizes them from entering the vehicle however unpleasant or foul odors that might be present may still be noticeable within the vehicle Features of your vehicle Exhaust gas cutoff mode Air enters the vehicle from the outside If exhaust gas enters the vehicle from the outside the exhaust gas cutoff mode is automatically converted from the outside air position to the recirculated air position to prevent exhaust gas from entering the vehicle x NOTICE It should be noted that prolonged oper ation of the heating system in recircula tion mode will give rise to misting of the windshield and side windows and the air within the passenger compartment will become stale In addition prolonged use of the air conditioning with the recircu lation mode selected may result in the air within
371. tion M466 RSE Compatible with MP3 WMA E M466 RSE without XM satellite radio CD Selecion Disc Deck LCD Liquid Crystal Display Disc Eject Button Disc Move Disc Up Down Button SCAN Button Search Selection Button RDM Random Button 9 RPT Repeat Button 10 Fast Forward Rewind Button 11 Track Move Track Up Down Button CON O OF W N 13 Directory Name Search Button 14 Mark Memory Button 15 Disc Load All Load Button D 16 RSE Hold and RSE Power Off 17 RSE Button 18 Scroll Button EN M466NRSE Features of your vehicle E M466s RSE with XM satellite radio CD RSE Selector Disc Deck LCD Liquid Crystal Display Disc Eject Button Disc Move Disc Up Down Button SCAN Button Search Selection Button RDM Random Button RPT Repeat Button Oo Oo N O oa A WB PD 10 Fast Forward Rewind Button 11 Track Move Track Up Down Button 12 Information Button 13 Directory Name Search Button 14 Mark Memory Button 15 Disc Load All Load Button 16 RSE Hold and RSE Power Off EN M466XMRSE Features of your vehicle 1 CD RSE Selector Only M466 RSE without XM satellite radio e The system will start playing the CD when you press this button while radio or RSE is on If no CD is found the LCD will display NO DISC for 3 sec onds If the ignition switch of the automobil
372. tires Failure to do so may adversely affect the safety and han dling of your car Furthermore speeding rapid acceleration sudden brake appli cations and sharp turns are potentially very hazardous practices During deceleration use engine braking to the fullest extent Sudden brake appli cations on snowy or icy roads may cause skids to occur You need to keep suffi cient distance between the vehicle in operation in front and your vehicle Also apply the brake gently It should be noted that installing tire chains on the tire will provide a greater driving force but will not prevent side skids X NOTICE Tire chains are not legal in all states Check state laws before fitting tire chains E120101AUN Snow tires If you mount snow tires on your vehicle make sure they are radial tires of the same size and load range as the original tires Mount snow tires on all four wheels to balance your vehicle s handling in all weather conditions Keep in mind that the traction provided by snow tires on dry roads may not be as high as your vehi cle s original equipment tires You should drive cautiously even when the roads are clear Check with the tire dealer for max imum speed recommendations Do not install studded tires without first checking local state and municipal regu lations for possible restrictions against their use Driving your vehicle ee E120102AEN EU Tire chains Since the sidewalls of radial tir
373. to matically revert to their original posi tions under the following conditions 1 Ignition switch is in the LOCK posi tion 2 Shift lever is moved to any position except R 3 Remote control outside rearview mir ror switch is placed in the middle position D310000AEN To adjust the position of the accelerator and brake pedals turn the ignition switch to the ON position with the shift lever in the P position and push the switch If you push the portion of the switch the pedals move toward the driver If you push the W portion of the switch the pedals move away from the driver POWER ADJUSTABLE PEDALS I F EQUIPPED D310100AEN Setting the adjustable pedal posi tion 1 Be sure the parking brake is engaged 2 Move the accelerator and brake ped als to the front most position by push ing the W portion of the switch 3 Adjust the seat position and the steer ing wheel angle properly 4 Move the pedals toward you until you can fully depress the brake pedal by pushing the portion of the switch 5 Depress the pedals a few times to get used to the feel after adjusting STEERING WHEEL D130100AEN Power steering Power steering uses energy from the engine to assist you in steering the vehi cle If the engine is off or if the power steering system becomes inoperative the vehicle may still be steered but it will require increased steering effort Should you notice any change in the ef
374. to fade at short distances from the station Also FM signals are easily affected by build ings mountains or other obstructions These can result in certain listening con ditions which might lead you to believe a problem exists with your radio The fol lowing conditions are normal and do not indicate radio trouble Features of your vehicle e Fading As your car moves away from the radio station the signal will weaken and sound will begin to fade When this occurs we suggest that you select another stronger station e Flutter Static Weak FM signals or large obstructions between the trans mitter and your radio can disturb the signal causing static or fluttering nois es to occur Reducing the treble level may lessen this effect until the distur bance clears Station 2 88 1Mhz JBMO005 e Station Swapping As a FM signal weakens another more powerful sig nal near the same frequency may begin to play This is because your radio is designed to lock onto the clearest signal If this occurs select another station with a stronger signal e Multi Path Cancellation Radio signals being received from several directions can cause distortion or fluttering This can be caused by a direct and reflect ed signal from the same station or by signals from two stations with close frequencies If this occurs select another station until the condition has passed Using a cellular phone or a two way radio When
375. to the side impact sensor when the ignition switch is on If the seat or seat cover is dam aged have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer because your vehicle is equipped with side impact air bags and an occupant classification system Safety features of your vehicle OEN038039 peee ai iTi Gime Memi eenn ma pini hia C040700AEN Curtain air bag Curtain air bags are located along both sides of the roof rails above the front and rear doors They are designed to help protect the heads of the front seat occupants and the rear outboard seat occupants in cer tain side impact collisions The curtain air bags are designed to deploy only during certain side impact collisions depending on the crash sever ity angle speed and impact The curtain air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact situations collisions from the front or rear of the vehicle or in most rollover situations WARNING e In order for side and curtain air bags to provide the best protec tion both front seat occupants and both outboard rear occu pants should sit in an upright position with the seat belts prop erly fastened Importantly chil dren should sit in a proper child restraint system in the rear seat Continued Continued When children are seated in the rear outboard seats they must be seated in the proper child restraint system Make sure to position the child r
376. track position sensor Safety features of your vehicle WARNING If you are considering modification of your vehicle due to a disability please contact the Hyundai Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 633 5151 NOTICE e Be sure to read information about the SRS on the labels provided on the sun visor and in the glove box e Advanced air bags are combined with pre tensioner seat belts to help pro vide enhanced occupant protection in frontal crashes Front air bags are not intended to deploy in collisions in which protection can be provided by the pre tensioner seat belt WARNING Always use seat belts and child restraints every trip every time everyone Air bags inflate with con siderable force and in the blink of an eye Seat belts help keep occu pants in proper position to obtain maximum benefit from the air bag Even with advanced air bags improperly and unbelted occupants can be severely injured when the air bag inflates Always follow the precautions about seat belts air bags and occupant safety con tained in this manual To reduce the chance of serious or fatal injuries and receive the maxi mum safety benefit from your restraint system e Never place a child in any child or booster seat in the front seat ABC Always Buckle Children in the back seat It is the safest place for children of any age to ride Front and side air bags can injure occupants improperly positioned in t
377. trol System The HomeLink Wireless Control System provides a convenient way to replace up to three hand held radio fre quency RF transmitters with a single built in device This innovative feature will learn the radio frequency codes of most current transmitters to operate devices such as gate operators garage door openers entry door locks security sys tems even home lighting Both standard and rolling code equipped transmitters can be programmed by following the out lined procedures Additional HomeLink information can be found at www home link com or by calling 1 800 355 3515 CAUTION Before programming HomeLink to a garage door opener or gate oper ator make sure that people and objects are out of the way of the device to prevent potential harm or damage Do not use HomeLink with any garage door opener that lacks the safety stop and reverse features required by U S federal safety standards this includes any garage door opener model manu factured before April 1 1982 A garage door that cannot detect an object signaling the door to stop and reverse does not meet current U S federal safety standards Using a garage door opener without these features increases the risk of seri ous injury or death Retain the original transmitter of the RF device you are programming for use in other vehicles as well as for future HomeLink programming Itis also sug gested that upon the sale of the vehicle the
378. ts with LATCH or LATCH compatible attachments Once you have installed the LATCH child restraint assure that the seat is properly attached to the LATCH and tether anchors Also test the child restraint seat before you place the child in it Tilt the seat from side to side Also try to tug the seat for ward Check to see if the anchors hold the seat in place CAUTION Do not allow the rear seat belt web bing to get scratched or pinched by the child seat latch and LATCH anchor during the installation WARNING If the child restraint is not anchored properly the risk of a child being seriously injured or killed in a colli sion greatly increases WARNING LATCH lower anchors LATCH lower anchors are only to be used with the left and right rear outboard seating positions Never attempt to attach a LATCH equipped seat in the center seating position You may damage the anchors or the anchors may fail and break in a collision Safety features of your vehicle AIR BAG ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM CO40000AEN 1 Driver s front air bag 2 Passenger s front air bag 3 Side impact air bag 4 Curtain air bag The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration OENO36301 Safety features of your vehicle C040900AEN EU How does the air bag system operate Air bags are activated able to inflate if necessary only when the ignition switch is turned to the O
379. tton Only M466s RSE with XM satellite radio If the song title is long while playing an MP3 file press this button to scroll the song title to the end 13 Directory Name Search Button Press DIR A Directory Up button while playing an MP3 file to display the next available folder name and DIRY Directory Down button the previous folder name Find the folder you searched for and press 7 to play the songs inside the folder from the top of the list If you do not take any action after searching for the folder for 5 or more seconds this search will be canceled Features of your vehicle 14 Mark Memory Button You can choose only the songs you want to listen to and play them in respective order Refer to the operation method Press again to cancel 15 Disc Load All Load Button When you press LOAD button one of the empty slots of the CD changer will be opened in the order of 1 2 3 4 5 Insert the CD when the word INSERT on LCD and the light of the deck flicker then the deck will be closed you will be able to play and listen to the correspon ding CD Also you can load all 6 CDs to all empty slots of the changer when you press the LOAD button for more than 0 8 seconds in respective order In this case the CD you loaded last will be played If you do not load CD for 10 seconds after pressing the LOAD button or press the LOAD button once again the loading will be canceled In this case the
380. uid Crystal Display It displays the state of the song currently played as well as the information of the disc including the track number CD RPT RDM SCAN runtime EQ mode CLASSIC POP ROCK JAZZ READING WAIT INSERT NO DISC and so forth 4 Disc Eject Button Press this button to eject the disk when the disk is in the deck If no CD is in the deck LCD will display NO DISK for 3 seconds The disk will be ejected when you press this button even when the igni tion switch ACC of the automobile is set to OFF or when the power of the audio system is off NOTICE ALL EJECT Press and hold this button for more than 0 8 seconds to eject all discs inside the deck in respective order 5 Disc Move Disc Up Down Button If you want to listen to another disk while using the CD changer press DISC A DISC Y button to move to the disc you want to listent to and play the disc If all 6 decks of the changer is not full the num ber of the empty deck will not be select ed but only the decks with discs will be played When moving through discs the selected disc will be displayed as U Features of your vehicle 6 SCAN Button When you press this button the player will play 10 seconds of each track LCD will display SCAN Press it again to cancel scanning 7 Search Selection Button Turn the search control to the left or right while playing CD then the track number on the LCD will change corre
381. up position This causes the transaxle to shift into the 2nd or 3rd gear which is better for smooth driv ing on a slippery road Push the shift lever to the down side to shift back to the Ist gear Driving your vehicle E060102AEN Shift lock system For your safety the automatic transaxle has a shift lock system which prevents shifting the transaxle from P Park or N Neutral into R Reverse unless the brake pedal is depressed To shift the transaxle from P Park or N Neutral into R Reverse 1 Depress and hold the brake pedal 2 Start the engine or turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Move the shift lever If the brake pedal is repeatedly depressed and released with the shift lever in the P Park position a chattering noise near the shift lever may be heard This is a normal condition Shift lock override If the shift lever cannot be moved from the P Park or N Neutral position into R Reverse position with the brake pedal depressed continue depressing the brake then do the following 1 Carefully remove the cap covering the shift lock override access hole 2 Insert a screwdriver or key into the access hole and press down on the screwdriver or key 3 Move the shift lever 4 Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer immedi ately E060103AUN Ignition key interlock system The ignition key cannot be removed unless the shift lever is in th
382. ur whenever you depress the brake pedal Please remember that some driving con ditions or climates may cause a brake squeal when you first apply or lightly apply the brakes This is normal and does not indicate a problem with your brakes CAUTION e To avoid costly brake repairs do not continue to drive with worn brake pads e Always replace brake pads as complete front or rear axle sets OEN056005 Parking brake E070201AEN Applying the parking brake To engage the parking brake first apply the foot brake and then depress the park ing brake pedal down as far as possible In addition it is recommended that when parking the vehicle on an incline the shift lever should be in the P Park position on automatic transaxle vehicles CAUTION Driving with the parking brake applied will cause excessive brake pad and brake rotor wear Driving your vehicle OENO056006 E070202AEN Releasing the parking brake To release the parking brake depress the parking brake pedal a second time while applying the foot brake The pedal will automatically extend to the fully released position If the parking brake pedal does not release or does not release all the way have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer OC BRAKE Check the brake warning light by turning the ignition switch ON do not start the engine This light will be illuminated when the parking brake is applied with the igni tion
383. ures of your vehicle 6 Preset Memory Button Press this button and hold for less than 0 8 seconds to listen to the channel memorized to the button Also when you are listening to the channel other than the channel memorized to the button using TUNE or SEEK press the button you wish to memorize current channel to and hold for more than 0 8 seconds until it beeps to memorize the channel 7 Category Search Button Press this button to search another cate gory while listening to current channel LCD will display CAT Press A to search in the higher categories and Y lower categories Press 8 when you want to choose the category you want and the system will receive the channel on the top of the list in the selected category 8 Channel Search Control and Selector While listening to an XM broadcast rotate this control to the right or left to search other channels while listening to the current channel Turn to the right to search higher channels and left lower channels When you find the channel you want press the button to select the chan nel X NOTICE Rotate this control to the right or left during category search the LCD will display lt C gt and press this button to select the channel you want within the category you want Features of your vehicle Stereo radio operation M466 E M466 without XM satellite radio 1 Power Button and Volume Control Automatic Channel Seek Button SEEK Prese
384. ushed The cruise SET indicator light does not illuminate when the cruise control switch CANCEL is pushed or the system is disengaged D150327AUN Key reminder warning chime If the drivers door is opened while the ignition key is left in the ignition switch ACC or LOCK position the key reminder warning chime will sound This is to prevent you from locking your keys in the vehicle The chime sounds until the key is removed from the ignition switch or the driver s door is closed Features of your vehicle D150336AEN EU AWD system warning light fat if equipped When the ignition switch is turned to the ON position the AWD system warning light will come on and then go off in a few seconds CAUTION If the AWD system warning light 4 blinks this indicates that there is a malfunction in the AWD system If this occurs have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possi ble D150337AEN EU AWD LOCK indicator AWD if equipped LOCK The AWD LOCK indicator light is illumi nated when the AWD LOCK button is pushed The purpose of this AWD LOCK mode is to increase the drive power when driving on dry road surfaces wet pavement snow covered roads and or off road The AWD LOCK indicator light is turned off by pushing the button again CAUTION Do not use AWD LOCK mode on dry paved roads or highway it can cause noise vibration or damage of AWD related parts D150338BEN KEY OUT indic
385. ushion upwards or downwards e To lower the seat cushion push the lever down several times e To raise the seat cushion pull the lever up several times C010104AEN Headrest The headrest not only provides comfort for the driver and front passenger but also helps to protect the head and neck in the event of a collision Safety features of your vehicle OEN036007 Forward and backward adjustment The headrest may be adjusted forward to 3 different positions by pulling the head rest forward to the desired detent To adjust the headrest to it s furthest back wards position pull it fully forward to the farthest position and release it Adjust the headrest so that it properly supports the head and neck i i OEN036008 Adjusting the height up and down To raise the headrest pull it up to the desired position 1 To lower the head rest push and hold the release button 2 on the headrest support and lower the headrest to the desired position 3 i OENO036009 Removal To remove the headrest raise it as far as it can go then press the release button 1 while pulling upward 2 Safety features of your vehicle HNF2041 1 Active headrest if equipped The active headrest is designed to move forward and upward during a rear impact This helps to prevent the driver s and front passengers heads from moving backward and thus helps minimize neck injuries OEN036014 C010105AEN Lumbar support fo
386. ust be carefully consid ered when driving off road Keeping the vehicle in contact with the driving surface and under control in these conditions is always the driver s responsibility for the safety of him herself and his or her pas sengers E170201AEN EU Tight corner brake effect CAUTION AWD When turning sharply on a paved road at low speed while in all wheel drive steering control will be diffi cult This is called tight corner brake effect Tight corner brake effect is a unique characteristic of all wheel drive vehicles caused by the difference in tire rotation at the four wheels and the zero degree alignment of the front wheels and sus pension Sharp turns at low speeds should be car ried out with caution Driving your vehicle E170200AEN EU All Wheel Drive AWD transfer mode selection Selection button Indicator fight e This mode is used for climbing or descending sharp grades off road driving driving on sandy and muddy roads etc to A W D maximize traction AWD LOCK f LOCK This mode automatically begins to deactivate at speeds a above 19 mph 30 km h and is shifted to AWD AUTO mode at speed above 25 mph 40 km h If the vehicle decelerates Indicator light is to speeds below 19 mph 30 km h however the transfer illuminated mode is shifted into AWD LOCK mode again When driving in AWD AUTO mode the vehicle operates sim ilar to conventional 2WD vehicles under normal operating we
387. ust be properly belted and the seat should be moved as far back as possible For maximum safety protection in all types of crashes all occu pants including the driver should always wear their seat belts whether or not an air bag is also provided at their seating position to minimize the risk of severe injury or death in the event of a crash Do not sit or lean unneces sarily close to the air bag while the vehicle is in motion Continued tion can result in serious or fatal injury in a crash All occupants should sit upright with the seat back in an upright position cen tered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs comfort ably extended and their feet on the floor until the vehicle is parked and the ignition key is removed The SRS air bag system must deploy very rapidly to provide protection in a crash If an occu pant is out of position because of not wearing a seat belt the air bag may forcefully contact the occupant causing serious or fatal injuries CO40600AEN EU Side impact air bag Your vehicle is equipped with a side impact air bag in each front seat The purpose of the air bag is to provide the vehicle s driver and or the front passen ger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt alone Safety features of your vehicle The side impact air bags are designed to deploy only during certain side impact collisions depending on the crash sever ity angle speed and point
388. usting the driver and passenger side temperature equally 1 Press the DUAL button again to deac tivate DUAL mode The passenger side temperature will be set to the same as the driver side temperature 2 Press the left temperature control but ton The driver and passenger side temperature will be adjusted equally Temperature conversion If the battery has been discharged or dis connected the temperature mode dis play will reset to Fahrenheit This is a normal condition You can switch the temperature mode between Fahrenheit to Centigrade as follows While pressing the MODE button depress the DUAL button for 3 seconds or more The display will change from Fahrenheit to Centigrade or from Centigrade to Fahrenheit i J l X ihe J i OEN046126N D240203AEN Air intake control This is used to select the outside fresh air position or recirculated air position To change the air intake control position push the control button Recirculated air position With the recirculated air position selected air from the passenger compart ment will be drawn through the heating system and heated or cooled according to the function selected Outside fresh air position With the outside fresh air position selected air enters oy the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled accord ing to the function selected X NOTICE Prolonged operation of the heater in the recirculated air position wi
389. ve cleaner pol ishing compound solvent or wire brushes on aluminum wheels They may scratch or damage the finish e Use only a mild soap or neutral deter gent and rinse thoroughly with water Also be sure to clean the wheels after driving on salted roads This helps pre vent corrosion e Avoid washing the wheels with high speed car wash brushes e Do not use any acid detergent It may damage and corrode the aluminum wheels coated with a clear protective finish Maintenance i G230107AUN Corrosion protection Protecting your vehicle from corrosion By using the most advanced design and construction practices to combat corro sion we produces cars of the highest quality However this is only part of the job To achieve the long term corrosion resistance your vehicle can deliver the owner s cooperation and assistance is also required Common causes of corrosion The most common causes of corrosion on your Car are e Road salt dirt and moisture that is allowed to accumulate underneath the Car e Removal of paint or protective coatings by stones gravel abrasion or minor scrapes and dents which leave unpro tected metal exposed to corrosion High corrosion areas If you live in an area where your car is regularly exposed to corrosive materials corrosion protection is particularly impor tant Some of the common causes of accelerated corrosion are road salts dust control chemicals ocean air and industria
390. vehicle Press the SOURCE button on the remote control or the SRC button on the RSE control panel to select and switch to the external device inputs Once the RSE has switched to the exter nal device audio and or video sources you can operate the device using its con trols The RSE controls will not control external devices For example to control or play a video game after the RSE has recognized it as the source you must use the game controls not the RSE con trols CAUTION Connect only appropriate input sources to the RSE jacks Be sure to connect audio outputs from the external device to audio inputs in your vehicle and video outputs to video inputs Connecting an incor rect input may cause damage to the RSE and or the external electronic device Features of your vehicle RSE EN 10A RSE Lock Function Front seat passengers can prevent rear seat passengers from operating the RSE with the RSE Lock function To lock the RSE press the RsEG1 button located in the front radio control Lock will appear on the RSE monitor as well as on the RSE control panel None of the RSE control panel or remote control buttons will function while the RSE is locked except for the POWER button on the RSE control panel and the remote control Rear seat passengers will still be able to eject or insert a disc in the player Press this button again to turn off the RSE lock Battery Discharge Warning A Ae RN
391. veness of heating and cooling Heating Na Cooling a 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 5 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 6 If air conditioning is desired turn the air conditioning system on Press the AUTO button in order to con vert to full automatic control of the sys tem Gan re OEN046122 D240201AEN Mode selection The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through the venti lation system The air flow outlet port is converted as follows a gt PH Xe gt Nd gt Na Refer to the illustration in the Manual cli mate control system Face Level B D E Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face Additionally each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet Bi Level B D E C F Air flow is directed towards the face and the floor Floor Level C F A D E Most of the air flow is directed to the floor with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side win dow defrosters Floor Defrost Level A C F D E Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters Features of your vehicle OEN046123 Defrost Level A D E Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield with a small amount of air
392. vide protection against freezing and corrosion Bring the level to F but do not overfill If frequent additions are required see an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for a cooling system inspection G070101AUN Recommended engine coolant e Use only soft de mineralized water in the coolant mixture e The engine in your vehicle has alu minum engine parts and must be pro tected by an ethylene glycol based coolant to prevent corrosion and freez ing e DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol coolant or mix them with the specified coolant e Do not use a solution that contains more than 60 antifreeze or less than 35 antifreeze which would reduce the effectiveness of the solution For mixture percentage refer to the fol lowing table Mixture Percentage volume Ambient Temperature Antifreeze 35 C 31 4 45 C 49 F Maintenance G0O70200AEN Changing the coolant Have coolant changed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this section CAUTION Put a thick cloth around the radiator cap before refilling the coolant in order to prevent the coolant from OENO76005 overflowing into engine parts such as the generator Maintenance BRAKE FLUID OENO76006 G080100AEN Checking the brake fluid level Check the fluid level in the reservoir peri odically The fluid level should be between MAX and MIN marks on the side of the reservoir Before remo
393. ving A seat belt cannot provide proper protection if the person is lying down in the rear seat or if the front and rear 2nd and or 3rd row seats are in a reclined position Safety features of your vehicle WARNING Riding with a reclined seatback increases your chance of serious or fatal injuries in the event of a col lision or sudden stop The protec tion of your restraint system seat belts and air bags is greatly reduced by reclining your seat Seat belts must be snug against your hips and chest to work proper ly The more the seatback is reclined the greater the chance that an occupant s hips will slide under the lap belt causing serious internal injuries or the occupant s neck could strike the shoulder belt Drivers and passengers should always sit well back in their seats properly belted and with the seat backs upright C020400AEN Care of seat belts Seat belt systems should never be disas sembled or modified In addition care should be taken to assure that seat belts and belt hardware are not damaged by seat hinges doors or other abuse A WARNING When you return the rear seatback to its upright position after the rear seatback has been folded down be careful not to damage the seat belt webbing or buckle Be sure that the webbing or buckle does not get caught or pinched in the rear seat A seat belt with damaged webbing or buckle could possibly fail during a collision or sudden stop result i
394. ving the reservoir cap and adding brake fluid clean the area around the reservoir cap thoroughly to prevent brake fluid contamination If the level is low add fluid to the MAX level The level will fall with accumulated mileage This is a normal condition asso ciated with the wear of the brake linings If the fluid level is excessively low have the brake system checked by an author ized HYUNDAI dealer Use only the specified brake fluid Refer to Recommended lubricants or capaci ties in section 8 Never mix different types of fluid CAUTION Do not allow brake fluid to contact the vehicle s body paint as paint damage will result Brake fluid which has been exposed to open air for an extended time should never be used as its quality cannot be guaranteed It should be disposed of properly Don t put in the wrong kind of fluid A few drops of miner al based oil such as engine oil in your brake system can damage brake system parts Maintenance POWER STEERING FLUID il OENO76007N G090100AEN Checking the power steering fluid level With the vehicle on level ground check the fluid level in the power steering reser voir periodically The fluid should be between MAX and MIN marks on the side of the reservoir at the normal tem perature Before adding power steering fluid thor oughly clean the area around the reser voir cap to prevent power steering fluid contamination If the level is l
395. w the object to be cleared If the window detects the resistance while the power window switch is pulled up continuously the window will stop upward movement then lower approxi mately 1 in 2 5 cm And if the power window switch is pulled up continuously again within 5 seconds after the window is lowered by the automatic window reversal feature the automatic window reversal will not operate x NOTICE The automatic reverse feature for the driver s window is only active when the auto up feature is used by fully pulling up the switch The automatic reverse feature will not operate if the window is raised using the halfway posi tion on the power window switch Features of your vehicle N CAUTION WARNING Windows D080104AUN Power window lock button e The driver can disable the power win dow switches on the passenger doors by depressing the power window lock switch located on the drivers door to LOCK pressed e When the power window lock switch is ON the driver s master control cannot operate the passenger door power windows the power window system do not open or close two windows or more at the same time This will also ensure the longevity of the fuse Never try to operate the main switch on the driver s door and the individual door window switch in opposing directions at the same time If this is done the window will stop and cannot be opened or closed e To prevent possible damage
396. wer Ea Ee tl de le hc Your spare tire is stored underneath Turn the wrench counterclockwise jack your vehicle directly below the cargo until the spare tire reaches the area ground Do not allow anyone to remain in the vehicle while it is on the TO TEINONE MET pAg ure jack 1 Open the tailgate Make sure any children pres 2 Find the plastic hex bolt cover and ent are in a secure place away remove the cover from the road and from the vehicle to be raised with the jack What to do in an emergency OEN066004 OEN066005 Ba 1VQA4022 4 After the spare tire reaches the To store the spare tire F070300AEN ground continue to turn the 4 Lay the tire on the ground with the Changing tires wrench counterclockwise and valve stem facing up 1 Park on a level surface and apply draw the spare tire outside Never rotate the wrench excessively oth erwise the spare tire carrier may 2 Place the wheel under the vehicle the parking brake firmly and install the retainer 1 through 2 Shift the transaxle shift lever into P be damaged the wheel center 7 Park 5 Remove the retainer 1 from the 3 a wrench clockwise until it 3 er the hazard warning flash center of the spare tire What to do in an emergenc r r pams r D E Te SS z ane r 1VQA4023 OENO66006 6 Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun terclockwise one turn each but do from the vehicle
397. will be ejected when you press this button even when the igni tion switch ACC of the automobile is set to OFF or when the power of the audio system is off X NOTICE Forced Eject When you press and hold this button for more than 3 seconds the disk will be ejected by all means Use this function only when the disk is not ejected in the abnormal state 5 CD Indicator This indicator light will be on if the CD is inside the deck whether the audio sys tem is on or off if the ignition switch of the automobile is set to ACC ist notch or ON 2nd notch This light will go off when the CD is ejected 6 SCAN Button When you press this button the player will play 10 seconds of each track LCD will display SCAN Press it again to cancel scanning 7 Search Selection Button Turn the search control to the left or right while playing CD then the track number on the LCD will change correspondingly When you find the track you want to lis ten to press the button to play the select ed song The search will be canceled when you do not select the track within 5 seconds after searching the track 8 RDM Random Button Press this button to play the songs in ran dom order regardless of the order of tracks LCD will display RDM Press it again to cancel random play Features of your vehicle 9 RPT Button This lets you listen to the song or CD you like repeatedly Simply press this button when the so
398. will move automatically and stop at the next available channel and play the channel The display will cycle once through the Channel Title Name and Category for selected channel Press A to move to the higher fre quencies press Y to the lower fre quencies automatically Press and hold either the down or up at a fast rate The display will show the Channel Name and Number while tun ing at the fast rate Radio ID Seek or tune to XM channel O to display the Radio ID Features of your vehicle 6 Preset Memory Button Press this button and hold for less than 0 8 seconds to listen to the channel memorized to the button Also when you are listening to the channel other than the channel memorized to the button using TUNE or SEEK press the button you wish to memorize current channel to and hold for more than 0 8 seconds until it beeps to memorize the channel 7 Category Search Button Press this button to search another cate gory while listening to current channel LCD will display CAT Press A to search in the higher categories and Y lower categories Press 8 when you want to choose the category you want and the system will receive the channel on the top of the list in the selected category 8 Channel Search Control and Selector While listening to an XM broadcast rotate this control to the right or left to search other channels while listening to current channel Turn to the right to se
399. will reduce vehicle battery power The RSE system is programmed to the assigned DVD format for your region Please note that your RSE will not read or play DVDs from a different region X NOTICE The RSE requires a few seconds of set up time after the ignition switch is turned ON or to ACC mode Your RSE system is already set up and ready for use and can be turned on by pushing the POWER VOLUME knob on the RSE control panel or the POWER ON OFF button on the remote controller The vehicle s ignition must be turned on or in accessory power mode The RSE system can also be turned OFF by the Audio Unit Features of your vehicle RSE AUDIO 3 Components Your RSE consists of several compo nents Monitor LCD display The Monitor LCD display where video is viewed is attached to the ceiling in the rear of the vehicle Features of your vehicle RSE AUDIO 4 RSE Control Panel The RSE Control Panel which includes a digital display and the RSE control but tons is located in the rear of the armrest console between the front seats RSE AUDIO 5 DVD Player The DVD Player where CDs DVDs and other discs are inserted is located below the RSE control panel located in the rear of the armrest console between the front seats RSE AUDIO 6 Wireless headphones The Wireless headphones allows you to hear the audio from the RSE without disturbing other passengers Two sets with batteries
400. y Weight This means the combined weight of optional acces sories Some examples of optional accessories are automatic transmis sion power seats and air condition ing Aspect Ratio The relationship of a tire s height to its width Belt A rubber coated layer of cords that is located between the plies and the tread Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim Bias Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Maintenance E Cold Tire Pressure The amount of air pressure in a tire measured in pounds per square inch psi or kilo pascals kPa before a tire has built up heat from driving Curb Weight This means the weight of a motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant but without passengers and cargo DOT Markings A code molded into the sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation motor vehicle safety standards The DOT code includes the Tire Identification Number TIN an alphanumeric des ignator which can also identify the tire manufacturer production plant brand and date of production GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GAWR FRT Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Front Axle GAWR RR
401. y fun while you are on the road Enjoy great quality sound from the vehi cle speakers or have a private quiet lis tening with the wireless headphones The overhead display unit is mounted to the ceiling in the rear passenger area of the vehicle allowing rear seat passen gers to play DVD movies video CDs or music CDs Users may also plug in a game platform or VHS player into an aux iliary input to show the programs through the RSE display The RSE can also access to the vehicle s front radio pro grams System Overview Connections Setup Your Rear Seat Entertainment system will play DVD movies video CDs music CDs or music MP3 discs and Mix CD Regarding Mix CD only the CD track can be played by system and is designed to make your time on the road more enjoyable Please follow these instructions carefully to get the most out of your RSE CAUTION e Avoid having food or drinks near in or on the RSE the wireless headphones or the remote con troller Direct sunlight may interfere with the headphone s operation and performance Normal RSE operation cannot be guaranteed with unofficially duplicated discs Continued Continued To prevent inadvertent vehicle battery discharge when the igni tion switch is turned to the igni tion ON position or Accessory mode a battery drain warning message will flash on the RSE monitor screen Use of rear seat entertainment system without the engine run ning
402. yed when adjusting the volume 2 Automatic Channel Seek Button SEEK Press this button to automatically find and tune to next available channel Press A to automatically seek next available channel in higher frequencies and Y in lower frequencies NOTICE If the channel is not received well use the manual control 4 3 Preset Memory Button Press this button and hold for less than 0 8 seconds to easily listen to the channel memorized to the button Also when you are listening to the channel other than the channel memorized to the button using TUNE or SEEK press the button you wish to memorize current channel to and hold for more than 0 8 seconds until it beeps to memorize the channel 4 Manual Channel Select amp Sound Quality Control Only M466s RSE with XM satellite radio e When listening to a radio channel rotate this control to manually adjust the frequency Turn this control to the right to increase the frequency and left to decrease This selects all functions related with audio quality e When listening to the audio system press this button to select following sound qualities in respective order BASS MIDDLE TREBLE FADER BALANCE gt EQUALIZER Current State e Rotate the control to adjust the sound mode when adjusting sound quality Only M466 RSE without XM satellite radio e When listening to a radio channel rotate this control to manually adjust the freque
403. your vehicle E M466s with XM satellite radio s CD Selector Disc Deck LCD Liquid Crystal Display Disc Eject Button Disc Move Disc Up Down Button SCAN Button Search Selection Button RDM Random Button RPT Repeat Button Oo Oo N O oa A WB PD 10 Fast Forward Rewind Button 11 Track Move Track Up Down Button 12 Information Button 13 Directory Name Search Button 14 Mark Memory Button 15 Disc Load All Load Button 16 Mute Button EN M466XM Features of your vehicle 1 CD Selector e The system will start playing the CD when you press this button while C186 radio or XM is on If no CD is found the LCD will display NO DISC for 3 seconds If the ignition switch of the automobile is set to ACC 1st notch or ON 2nd notch the system will be turned on and automatically play the CD from the last played part when you press this button even if the power of the audio system is off However only when the disc is placed inside the system 2 Disc Deck This is the place you insert or eject the CD To open the deck press LOAD but ton This CD changer can only play audio CD MP3 WMA discs and 12cm discs Also if you insert a video CD or a DATA CD then the LCD will display ERROR7 and it will turn to the previous mode radio or XM When the ignition switch of the automobile is set to ACC 1st notch or ON 2nd notch if you press LOAD

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

SERVICE MANUAL/INTEGRATION SPLIT TYPE  User`s Manual  Pelco CM9760-CXTA User's Manual  Philips Softone Lustre  Océ TDS320 User Manual - Océ  detalles técnicos  Schaff´ Dir einen Friedensgeist  Korky 54CM Instructions / Assembly    

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file